Skip to main content

Full text of "Philipp Reis: inventor of the telephone. A biographical sketch, with documentary testimony, translations of the original papers of the inventor and contemporary publications"

See other formats


- 

..    L    i  v 


FROM  THE  LIBRARY  OF 
DR.  CHARLES  SINGER 


^>  ^ 


7 
1' 


MEDALLION   AND   AUTOGRAPH 
FKOM   MONUMENT   TO   PHIL1IT   REIS   AT   FRIEDRICHSDORF. 


PHILIPP  REIS; 


INVENTOR  OF 


THE     TELEPHONE 


A  BIOGKAPHICAL  SKETCH, 

WITH   DOCUMENTARY   TESTIMONY,   TRANSLATIONS   OF   THE 

ORIGINAL    PAPERS   OF   THE    INVENTOR    AND 

CONTEMPORARY  PUBLICATIONS. 


BY 

SILVANUS  P.  THOMPSON,  B.A.,  D.Sc., 

PROFESSOR   OF   EXPERIMENTAL   PHYSICS   IN   UNIVERSITY   COLLEGE,    BRISTOL. 


LONDON: 

E.   &  F.  K   SPON,   16,  CHAEING   CEOSS. 
NEW  YORK:   35,  MURRAY  STREET. 

1883. 


Tt+Ts 


PREFACE. 


THE  title  of  this  little  work  sufficiently  indicates  its  nature 
and  scope.  The  labour  of  preparing  it  has  not  been  slight, 
and  has  involved  the  expenditure  of  much  time  in  prose- 
cuting inquiries  both  in  this  country  and  in  Germany 
amongst  the  surviving  contemporaries  of  Philipp  Eeis.  To 
set  forth  the  history  of  this  long-neglected  inventor  and  of 
his  instrument,  and  to  establish  upon  its  own  merits,  without 
special  pleading,  and  without  partiality,  the  nature  of  that 
much-misunderstood  and  much-abused  invention,  has  been 
the  aim  of  the  writer.  The  thought  that  he  might  thus  be  of 
service  in  rendering  justice  to  the  memory  of  the  departed 
worthy  has  inspired  him  to  his  task.  He  has  nothing  to 
gain  by  making  Eeis's  invention  appear  either  better  or 
worse  than  it  really  was.  He  has  therefore  preferred  to  let 
the  contemporary  documents  and  the  testimony  of  eye- 
witnesses speak  for  themselves,  and  has  added  that  which 
seemed  to  him  desirable  in  the  way  of  argument  in  the  form 
of  four  appendices. 

The  author's  acknowledgments  are  due  in  an  especial 
manner  to  Mr.  Albert  Stetson,  A.M.,  of  Cohasset,  Massa- 
chusetts, who  has  given  him  much  valuable  assistance  in  the 
collection  of  information  both  in  Germany  and  in  this 
country,  and  who  has  also  assisted  in  the  translation  of  some 

590 


PREFACE. 


of  the  contemporary  documents  to  be  found  in  the  work. 
To  the  friends,  acquaintances,  and  pupils  of  Philipp  Eeis, 
and  especially  to  the  surviving  members  of  the  family  at 
Friedrichsdorf,  who  have  most  kindly  furnished  many  de- 
tails of  information,  the  author  would  express  his  most 
cordial  thanks.  The  testimony  now  adduced  as  to  the  aim 
of  Philipp  Eeis's  invention,  and  the  measure  of  success  which 
he  himself  attained,  is  such,  in  the  author's  opinion,  and  in 
the  opinion,  he  trusts,  of  all  right-thinking  persons,  to  place 
beyond  cavil  the  rightfulness  of  the  claim  which  Eeis  him- 
self put  forward  of  being  the  inventor  of  the  Telephone. 
Full  and  sufficient  as  that  testimony  is,  much  more  remains 
as  yet  unpublished.  The  author  has,  for  example,  been 
permitted  to  examine  a  mass  of  evidence  collected  by  the 
Dolbear  Telephone  Company,  which  entirely  corroborates 
that  which  is  here  presented.  It  is,  however,  for  certain 
reasons  beyond  the  author's  control,  deemed  well  at  the 
present  moment  to  withhold  this  testimony  for  a  little  while 
from  publication.  The  appearance  of  this  volume  at  the 
present  time  needs  no  apology  from  the  author.  He  is 
conscious  that  all  he  can  do  will  add  little  or  nothing  to 
the  lustre  with  which  the  name  of  Philipp  Eeis  will  be 
handed  down  to  posterity.  When  the  Jubilee  of  Philipp 
Eeis  comes  to  be  celebrated  in  1884  (January  7th),  the 
world  will  find  out  its  indebtedness  to  the  great  man  whose 
thoughts  survive  him. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

PREFACE          ......  .          .          .         v 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS   .  viii 


I    BIOGRAPHY  OF  THE  INVENTOR    ......  1 

II.  THE  INVENTOR'S  APPARATUS      .         .         .  .         .14 

(a)  Transmitters. 
(5)  Receivers. 

III.  THE  CLAIM  OF  THE  INVENTOR   ......  35 

IV.  CONTEMPORARY  DOCUMENTS        ......  50 

V.  TESTIMONY  OF  CONTEMPORARY  WITNESSES  ....  112 

APPENDIX 

I.  COMPARISON  OF  REIS'S  TRANSMITTERS  WITH   RECENT  INSTRU- 
MENTS          .........  131 

II.  ON  THE  VARIATION  OF  ELECTRIC  RESISTANCE  AT  A  POINT  OF 

IMPERFECT  CONTACT  IN  A  CIRCUIT           ....  143 

III.  COMPARISON  OF  REIS'S  RECEIVERS  WITH  RECENT  INSTRUMENTS  154 

IV.  ON  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  UNDULATORY  CURRENTS     .         .         .165 
SCHEDULE  OF  AUTHORITIES  AND  REFERENCES      ....  180 
ADDITIONAL  REFERENCES  CONCERNING  REIS'S  TELEPHONE  182 


LIST   OP  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PAGE 

Medallion-portrait  of  the  Inventor  (from  the  Medallion  executed 
FIG.       by  Kumpf  in  1878),  and  Autograph.  .          .          Frontispiece 

1.  Vignette.     Tomb  of  Philipp  Reis,  at  Friedrichsdorf          .          .       13 

2.  First  Transmitter  (the  Wooden  Ear) — back  view    ...       16 

3.  „  „  „  front     „  .  .          .1C 

4.  „  „  „  side       „  .  .16 

5.  „  „  „  section,,  ...       16 

6.  „  „  „  details  .  .          .       17 

7.  Second  Transmitter  (Tin  Tube) 19 

8.  Third  Transmitter  (Collar-box) 19 

9.  Fourth  Transmitter  (Bored  Block) 20 

10.  „  „  „  section         ...       21 

11.  Sixth  Transmitter  (Wooden  Cone) 22 

12.  Eeis's  Photograph  of  himself,  holding  his  Telephone  (Seventh 

Form)  in  his  Hand 23 

13.  Seventh  Transmitter  ("  Hochstift "  Form)      ....  24 

14.  Eighth  Transmitter  (Lever  Form) 25 

15.  Ninth  Transmitter  (Transitional  Form)          ....  26 

16.  „  „  „  „       section        .  26 

17.  Tenth  Transmitter  (Square  Box) 27 

18.  „  „  „  opened          ....       27 

19.  First  Receiver  (Violin  Form)        .          .          .          .          .          .29 

20.  Second  Receiver  (Cigar-box)         ......       30 

21.  Third  Receiver  (Electromagnet) 32 

22.  Fourth  Receiver  (Knitting-needle) 33 

23.  „  „  „  .....       33 

24.  Curve  of  Condensation  and  Rarefaction  in  Sound-wave      .          .       53 

25.  Telephone   ("Bored   Block")  shown    to    Physical    Society  of 

Frankfort-on-the-Main    .         .  55 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS.  ix 

FIG.  PAGE 

26.  Sound  Curves 58 

27.  „          „ 59 

28.  Facsimile  sketch  from  Reis's  Letter  to  Mr.  Ladd     ...  83 

29.  The  Telephone  (from  Reis's  Prospectus)          ....  86 

30.  „            „        (from  Miiller-Poiallet's  Physics)       ...  97 

31.  Details  of  Transmitter  (            „                 „      )       .          .          .  97 

32.  Receiver            (                         „                 „       )       .          .          .  97 

33.  The  Telephone  (from  Pisko's  Acoustics)          .          .          .          .100 

34.  „            „         (from  Kuhn's  Handbook)        ....  109 

35.  Cone  used  in  Transmitter    ........  117 

36.  Metal  Tympanum 117 

37.  Second  Receiver  (Cigar-box) 118 

38.  Receiver  with  Lid 118 

39.  Projected  form  of  Receiver  with  Electromagnet       .         .         .119 

40.  „                           „                           „                                   .  119 

41.  Sketch  of  Experimental  Transmitter      .....  122 

42.  Yeates'  Receiver  for  Reis's  Telephone 128 

43.  Berliner's  Transmitter 136 

44.  Blake's  Transmitter 137 

45.  Comparative  Series  of  Transmitters        .....  139 

46.  Comparative  Series  of  Receivers    ......  157 

47.  Curves  from  Reis's  Memoir  "  On  Telephony  "  .         .         .173 

48.  Curves  from  Bell's  Specification  (U.S.  Patent)          .         .          .173 

PLATE 

I.  Curves  from  Yon  Legat's  Report  on  Reis's  Telephone. 
II.  Reis's  Telephone,  from  Yon  Legat's  Report. 


PHILIPP    EEIS. 


CHAPTEK  I. 

BIOGRAPHY   OF   THE   INVENTOR. 

[Compiled  chiefly  from  papers  left  by  the  deceased,  and  from  the  bio- 
graphical notice  of  the  late  Professor  Schenk.] 

PHILIPP  EEIS,  or,  as  his  full  name  appears  from  his  auto- 
biographical sketch  to  have  been,  Johann  Philipp  Eeis,  was 
born  on  the  7th  of  January,  1834,  at  Gelnhausen,  in  the 
principality  of  Cassel.  His  father,  who  belonged  to  the 
Evangelical  Church,  was  a  master  baker,  but  also  pursued 
farming  to  some  extent,  as  the  circumstances  of  small 
provincial  towns  generally  require.  As  his  mother  had  died 
young,  his  paternal  grandmother  undertook  the  bringing  up 
of  the  boy.  "  While  my  father,"  writes  Herr  Eeis,  "  strove 
constantly  to  cultivate  my  mental  powers  by  instruction 
concerning  the  things  which  surrounded  me  (by  discussing 
that  which  was  actually  observed),  my  grandmother  turned 
her  activity  to  training  my  disposition  and  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  religious  sentiments  to  which  she  was  eminently 
fitted  by  the  experiences  of  a  long  life,  by  being  well-read, 
and  especially  by  her  gift  of  narration." 

On  attaining  his  sixth  year  the  boy  was  sent  to  the 
common  school  of  his  native  town.  His  teachers  soon  re- 
cognised that  he  possessed  no  ordinary  endowments,  and 

B 


PEILIPP  BEIS, 


sought  to  induce  his  father  to  entrust  him  later  to  a  higher 
institution  of  learning.  His  father  agreed  to  this ;  and  the 
plan  was  to  have  been  carried  out  after  the  boy  had  passed 
the  middle-class  of  the  common  school.  How  the  father 
contemplated  the  carrying  out  of  the  plan  is  not  known ; 
he  died  ere  the  son  had  yet  completed  his  tenth  year. 

As  a  considerable  number  of  children  from  Frankfort- 
on-the-Main  and  its  neighbourhood,  attended  that  time 
Garnier's  Institute  at  Friedrichsdorf,  near  Homburg,  the 
idea  occurred  to  his  guardian  and  his  grandmother  to 
entrust  the  boy  to  this  school.  He  entered  there  when  in 
his  eleventh  year.  "  The  foreign  languages,  English  and 
French,  taught  in  the  Institute,  attracted  me  specially.  The 
library  of  the  Institute,  rich  and  well  chosen  for  its  size,  gave 
my  mind  excellent  nourishment."  At  the  end  of  his  four- 
teenth year  he  had  passed  through  the  school,  organised  as 
it  then  was,  and  he  now  went  to  Hassel's  Institute  at 
Frankfort-on-the-Main.  His  delight  in  the  study  of  language 
induced  him  to  learn  Latin  and  Italian.  And  here,  also, 
the  taste  for  the  study  of  natural  sciences  and  mathematics 
appears  to  have  been  awakened  in  him.  The  lively  zeal  with 
which  he  applied  himself  to  both  these  disciplines  induced 
his  teachers  to  advise  his  guardian  that  he  should  allow  the 
boy  to  attend  the  Polytechnic  School  at  Carlsruhe,  on 
finishing  his  course  at  the  Institute.  "  All  the  endeavours 
of  my  well-wishing  teachers  shattered  themselves,  however, 
against  the  will  of  one  of  my  guardians,  who  was  also  my 
uncle.  He  wished  that  I  should  follow  mercantile  pursuits. 
...  I  wrote  him  at  that  time  that  I  should,  indeed,  be 
obedient  and  learn  the  pursuit  prescribed  for  me,  but  that  I 
should  in  any  case  continue  my  studies  later." 

On  the  1st  of  March,  1850,  Philipp  Eeis  entered  the  colour 
establishment  of  Mr.  J.  F.  Beyerbach,  of  Frankfort,  as  an 
apprentice.  By  diligence  and  punctuality  he  soon  won  the 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


esteem  of  his  principal.  All  his  leisure  time  he  bestowed 
upon  his  further  education.  He  took  private  lessons  in 
mathematics  and  physics,  and  attended  the  lectures  of 
Professor  E.  Bottger,  on  Mechanics,  at  the  Trade  School. 
And  so  the  end  of  his  apprenticeship  arrived.  At  the 
conclusion  of  it  he  entered  the  Institute  of  Dr.  Poppe,  in 
Frankfort.  "  Several  of  my  comrades  in  this  establishment, 
young  people  of  sixteen  to  twenty  years  old,  found  it,  as  I 
did,  a  defect  that  no  natural  history,  history,  or  geography, 
was  taught.  We  determined,  therefore,  to  instruct  one 
another  in  these  subjects.  I  undertook  geography,  and 
formed  from  this  first  occasion  of  acting  as  teacher  the  con- 
viction that  this  was  my  vocation.  Dr.  Poppe  confirmed  me 
in  this  view  and  aided  me  by  word  and  deed." 

In  the  year  1851,  whilst  resident  in  Frankfort,  Eeis  had 
become  a  member  of  the  Physical  Society  of  that  city.  This 
Society,  which  still  flourishes,  then  held,  and  still  continues 
to  hold,  its  meetings  in  the  Senckenburg  Museum.  Lectures 
in  Chemistry  and  Physics  are  delivered  by  resident  professors 
in  regular  courses  every  week  throughout  the  winter,  under 
the  auspices  of  this  Society ;  and  every  Saturday  evening  is 
devoted  to  the  exposition  of  recent  discoveries  or  inventions 
in  the  world  of  physical  science,  astronomy,  etc.  The  most 
active  members  of  this  Society  during  the  time  of  Eeis's 
connection  with  it  were  the  late  Professor  Bottger,  Professor 
Abbe  (now  of  Jena),  and  Dr.  Oppel,  all  of  whom  contributed 
many  valuable  original  memoirs  to  the  JakresbericJite,  or 
Annual  Eeports,  published  by  the  Society.  Amongst  its 
corresponding  and  honorary  members  it  counted  the  names 
of  all  the  best  scientific  men  of  Germany,  and  also  the  names 
of  Professor  Faraday,  Professor  Sturgeon,  and  Sir  Charles 
Wheatstone.  Doubtless  the  discussion  of  scientific  questions 
at  this  Society  greatly  influenced  young  Eeis.  He  remained 
for  three  years  a  member,  but  dropped  his  connexion  for  a 

B  2 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


time  on  leaving  Frankfort.  He  subsequently  rejoined  the 
Society  in  the  session  of  1860-61,  remaining  a  member  until 
1867,  when  he  finally  resigned. 

In  the  winter  of  1854-5  we  find  him  most  zealously  busied 
with  preparations  for  carrying  out  his  decision  to  become  a 
teacher.  In  1855,  he  went  through  his  year  of  military 
service  at  Cassel.  Eeturning  to  Frankfort,  he  worked  away 
with  his  customary  and  marvellous  energy,  attended  lectures 
on  mathematics  and  the  sciences,  worked  in  the  laboratory, 
and  studied  books  on  Pedagogy.  "  Thus  prepared,  I  set  my 
mind  on  going  to  Heidelberg  in  order  to  put  the  finishing 
touch  to  my  education  as  teacher.  I  wanted  to  settle  down 
in  Frankfort  in  this  capacity,  and  undertake  instruction  in 
mathematics  and  science  in  the  various  schools.  Then  in 
the  spring  of  1858,  I  visited  my  former  master,  Hofrath 
Gamier,  in  whom  I  had  ever  found  a  fatherly  friend.  When 
I  disclosed  to  him  my  intentions  and  prospects,  he  offered  me 
a  post  in  his  Institute.  Partly  gratitude  and  attachment, 
and  partly  the  ardent  desire  to  make  myself  right  quickly 
useful,  induced  me  to  accept  the  proffered  post." 

In  the  autumn  of  the  year  1858  he  returned  to  Friedrichs- 
dorf,  and  in  September  1859  he  married  and  founded  his 
peaceful  home. 

Until  Easter,  1859,  he  had  but  few  lessons  to  give ;  that 
he  utilised  every  moment  of  his  spare  time  most  conscien- 
tiously in  earnest  activity  and  sound  progress  is  nothing 
more  than  was  to  be  expected  from  what  has  been  said 
above. 

It  was  during  this  time  that  Eeis  undertook  the  first  ex- 
perimental researches  of  an  original  nature.  Working  almost 
alone,  and  without  any  scientific  guide,  he  was  led  into  lines 
of  thought  not  previously  trodden.  He  had  conceived  an 
idea  that  electrical  forces  could  be  propagated  across  space 
without  any  material  conductor  in  the  same  way  as  light  is 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


propagated.  He  made  many  experiments  on  the  subject, 
the  precise  nature  of  which  can  never  now  be  known,  but  in 
which  a  large  concave  mirror  was  employed  in  conjunction 
with  an  electroscope  and  a  source  of  electrification.  The 
results  which  he  obtained  he  embodied  in  a  paper,  of  which 
no  trace  now  remains,  bearing  as  its  title  '  On  the  Eadiation 
of  Electricity/  This  paper  he  sent  in  1859  to  Professor 
Poggendorff  for  insertion  in  PoggendorfFs  well-known 
'  Annalen  der  Physik.'  Greatly  to  his  disappointment  the 
memoir  was  not  accepted  by  Professor  Poggendorff.  Its 
rejection  was  a  great  blow  to  the  sensitive  and  highly  strung 
temperament  of  the  young  teacher ;  and  as  will  be  seen  was 
not  without  its  consequences. 

The  other  piece  of  original  work  undertaken  at  this  time 
was  the  research  which  resulted  in  his  great  invention — the 
Telephone.  From  the  brief  biographical  notes  written  by 
the  lamented  inventor  in  1868  we  extract  the  following : — 

"  Incited  thereto  by  my  lessons  in  Physics  in  the  year 
1860,  I  attacked  a  work  begun  much  earlier  concerning  the 
organs  of  hearing,  and  soon  had  the  joy  to  see  my  pains 
rewarded  with  success,  since  I  succeeded  in  inventing  an 
apparatus,  by  which  it  is  possible  to  make  clear  and  evident 
the  functions  of  the  organs  of  hearing,  but  with  which  also 
one  can  reproduce  tones  of  all  kinds  at  any  desired  distance 
by  means  of  the  galvanic  current.  I  named  the  instrument 
'  Telephon.'  The  recognition  of  me  on  so  many  sides,  which 
has  taken  place  in  consequence  of  this  invention,  especially 
at  the  Naturalists'  Association  (Versammlung  Deutscher 
Naturforscher)  at  Giessen,  has  continually  helped  to  quicken 
my  ardour  for  study,  that  I  may  show  myself  worthy  of  the 
luck  that  has  befallen  me." 

His  earliest  telephones  were  made  by  his  own  hands,  in  a 
little  workshop  behind  his  house,  whence  he  laid  on  wires 
into  an  upper  room.  He  also  carried  a  wire  from  the  physical 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


cabinet  of  Garnier's  Institute  across  the  playground  into  one 
of  the  class-rooms  for  experimental  telephonic  communica- 
tion ;  and  a  firmly  established  tradition  of  the  school  is  still 
preserved,  that  the  boys  were  afraid  of  making  a  noise  in 
that  class-room  for  fear  Herr  Eeis  should  hear  them  in  his 
place  amongst  his  favourite  instruments. 

In  1862  Eeis  sent  once  again  to  Professor  Poggendorff  a 
memoir,  this  time  on  the  Telephone.  This,  in  spite  of  the 
advocacy  of  Professor  Bottger  and  of  Professor  Miiller  of 
Freiburg,  both  of  whom  wrote,  was  declined  by  Professor 
Poggendorff,  who  treated  the  transmission  of  speech  by 
electricity  as  a  myth.  Eeis,  who  was  convinced  that  the 
rejection  was  because  he  was  "  only  a  poor  schoolmaster," 
was  more  deeply  pained  than  ever. 

Of  the  various  public  exhibitions  of  the  Telephone  given 
by  Eeis  in  the  years  1861  to  1864,  much  will  be  found  in 
the  latter  part  of  this  book  in  which  the  contemporary 
notices  are  reprinted.  The  first  public  lecture  was  in  1861, 
before  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort  (see  p.  50),  the 
last  the  above-mentioned  occasion  at  Giessen  (see  p.  93)  in 
1864.  By  this  time  Eeis's  invention  was  becoming  widely 
known.  In  addition  to  his  own  lectures  on  the  subject,  the 
Telephone  had  been  the  subject  of  lectures  in  various  parts 
of  Germany.  It  was  lectured  upon  by  Professor  Buff  in 
Geissen  twice,  by  Professor  Bottger  both  in  Frankfort  and 
in  Stettin ;  by  Professor  .  H.  Pick,  by  Professor  Osann  of 
Wurtzburg,  by  Professor  Paul  Eeis  of  Mainz,  and  by  others. 
In  1863  Eeis's  Telephone  was  shown  by  Dr.  Otto  Volger, 
Founder  and  President  of  the  Free  German  Institute  (Freies 
Deutsches  Hochstift),  to  the  Emperor  of  Austria  and  to  King 
Max  of  Bavaria,  then  on  a  visit  to  Frankfort. 

Telephones  were  being  sent  to  various  parts  of  the  world. 
They  were  to  be  found  in  the  Physical  Laboratories  of  Munich, 
Erlangen,  Wiesbaden,  Vienna,  and  Cologne.  They  were 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


sent  to  distant  parts  of  the  world,  to  London,*  to  Dublin,  to 
Tiflis  in  the  Caucasus.  In  Manchester,  before  the  Literary 
and  Philosophical  Society,  Eeis's  Telephone  was  shown  in 
1865  by  Professor  Clifton,  who,  however,  from  not  having 
Eeis's  own  original  memoirs  on  the  subject  before  him, 
utterly  mistook — if  the  Journal  of  Proceedings  be  not  in  error 
— the  nature  of  the  instrument,  and  not  knowing  the  theory 
of  vibration  of  the  tympanum  so  beautifully  demonstrated 
by  Eeis,  imagined  the  instrument  to  be  a  mere  harmonic 
telegraph  for  transmitting  code  signals  in  fixed  musical 
tones !  Telephones,  too,  were  becoming  an  article  of  commerce 
and,  good  and  bad,t  were  being  bought  for  the  purpose  of 
placing  them  in  collections  of  scientific  apparatus.  The 
invention  was,  however,  too  soon  for  the  world.  To  Eeis's 
great  disappointment,  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort  took 
no  further  notice  of  the  invention,  the  lustre  of  which  shone 
upon  them.  He  resigned  his  membership  in  the  Society  in 
October  1867.  The  Free  German  Institute  of  Frankfort,  to 
which  Eeis  had  next  betaken  himself,  though  electing  him 
to  the  dignity  of  honorary  membership,  left  the  invention 
aside  as  a  philosophic  toy.  The  Naturalists'  Assembly, 
including  all  the  leading  scientific  men  of  Germany,  had 
indeed  welcomed  him  at  Giessen ;  but  too  late.  The  sensitive 
temperament  had  met  with  too  many  rebuffs,  and  the  fatal 
disease  with  which  he  was  already  stricken  told  upon  his 
energies.  In  particular  the  rejection  of  his  earlier  researches 
had  preyed  upon  his  disposition.  It  is  narrated  by  eye- 
witnesses still  living,  how,  after  his  successful  lecture  on  the 

*  An  autograph  letter  of  Philipp  Eeis  to  Mr.  W.  Ladd,  the  well-known 
instrument  maker  of  Beak  Street,  London,  describing  his  telephone,  is 
still  preserved,  and  is  now  in  possession  of  the  Society  of  Telegraph 
Engineers  and  Electricians  of  London.  It  is  reproduced  at  p.  81. 

t  As  to  the  difference  in  quality  of  the  instruments,  see  the  testimony 
of  the  maker,  Albert  of  Frankfort,  on  p.  44.  Prof.  Pisko  (see  p.  101)  seems 
to  have  had  a  peculiarly  imperfect  instrument. 


8  PHILIPP  REIS, 


Telephone  at  Giessen,  Keis  was  asked  by  Professor  Poggen- 
dorff,  who  was  present,  to  write  an  account  of  his  instrument 
for  insertion  in  the  '  Annalen/  to  which  request  Eeis's  reply 
was :  "  Ich  danke  IJinen  recht  sehr,  Herr  Professor ;  es  ist  zu 
spat.  Jetzt  will  i  c  h  nicht  ihn  schicken.  Mein  Apparat  wird 
ohne  Beschreibung  in  den  Annalen  lekannt  werden" 

Haemorrhage  of  the  lungs  and  a  loss  of  voice,  which 
eventually  became  almost  total,  intervened  to  incapacitate 
him  for  work,  and  especially  from  working  with  the  telephone. 
In  1873  he  disposed  of  all  his  instruments  and  tools  to 
Garnier's  Institute.  To  Herr  Garnier  he  made  the  remark 
that  he  had  showed  the  world  the  way  to  a  great  invention, 
which  must  now  be  left  to  others  to  develop.  At  last  the 
end  came.  The  annual  Eeport  of  Garnier's  Institute  for  the 
academic  year  1873-1874  contains  the  following  brief  notice 
of  the  decease  and  labours  of  Philipp  Eeis  : — 

"  At  first  active  in  divers  subjects  of  instruction,  he  soon 
concentrated  his  whole  faculties  upon  instruction  in  Natural 
Science,  the  subject  in  which  his  entire  thought  and  work  lay. 
Witnesses  of  this  are  not  only  all  they  who  learned  to  know 
him  in  Frankfort,  in  the  period  when  he  was  preparing  for 
his  vocation  as  teacher,  but  also  his  colleagues  at  the  Institute, 
his  numerous  pupils,  and  the  members  of  the  Naturalists' 
Association  (Naturforscher  Versammlung)  at  Giessen,  who, 
recognising  his  keen  insight,  his  perseverance  and  his  rich 
gifts,  encouraged  him  to  further  investigations  in  his  newly 
propounded  theories.  To  the  Association  at  Giessen  he 
brought  his  Telephone.  To  the  Association  at  Wiesbaden, 
in  September  1872,  he  intended  to  exhibit  a  new  ingeniously 
constructed  gravity-machine,  but  his  state  of  health  made  it 
impossible.  This  had  become  such  during  several  years,  that 
he  was  enabled  to  discharge  the  duties  of  his  post  only  by 
self-control  of  a  special,  and,  as  is  generally  admitted, 
unusual  nature;  and  the  practice  of  his  vocation  became 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


more  difficult  when  his  voice  also  failed.  In  the  summer  of 
1873  he  was  obliged,  during  several  weeks,  to  lay  aside  his  • 
teaching.  As  by  this  rest  and  that  of  the  autumn  vacation 
an  improvement  in  his  condition  occurred,  he  acquired  new 
hopes  of  recovery,  and  resumed  his  teaching  in  October  with 
his  customary  energy.  But  it  was  only  the  last  flickering 
up  of  the  expiring  lamp  of  life.  Pulmonary  consumption, 
from  which  he  had  long  suffered,  laid  him  in  December  upon 
the  sickbed,  from  which  after  long  and  deep  pains,  at  five 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  on  the  14th  of  January,  1874,  he 
was  released  by  death." 

The  closing  words  of  his  autobiographical  notes,  or  "  curri- 
culum vitce"  as  he  himself  styled  them,  were  the  fol- 
lowing : — 

"  As  I  look  back  upon  my  life  I  can  indeed  say  with  the 
Holy  Scriptures  that  it  has  been  '  labour  and  sorrow/  But  I 
have  also  to  thank  the  Lord  that  He  has  given  me  His 
blessing  in  my  calling  and  in  my  family,  and  has  bestowed 
more  good  upon  me  than  I  have  known  how  to  ask  of  Him. 
The  Lord  has  helped  hitherto  ;  He  will  help  yet  further." 

In  1877,  when  the  Magneto-Telephones  of  Graham  Bell 
began  to  make  their  way  into  Europe,  the  friends  of  Philipp 
Eeis  were  not  slow  to  reclaim  for  their  deceased  comrade  the 
honours  due  to  him.  In  December  1877,  as  the  columns 
of  the  Neue  Frankfurter  Presse  show,  a  lecture  was  given 
upon  the  history  of  the  Telephone,  at  the  Free  German 
Institute,  in  Frankfort,  by  Dr.  Volger,  its  President,  the  same 
who  in  1863  had  shown  the  Telephone  to  the  Emperor  of 
Austria.  On  that  occasion  the  Telephone  of  Eeis's  own 
construction,  presented  by  him  to  the  Institute  after  his 
exhibition  of  it  in  1862,  was  shown. 

Early  in  1878  a  subscription  was  raised  by  members  of  the 
Physical  Society  of  Frankfort  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  a 
monument  to  the  memory  of  their  former  colleague.  This 


10 


PHILIPP  EEIS, 


monument,  bearing  a  portrait  medallion,  executed  by  the 
sculptor,  Carl  Kumpf,  was  duly  inaugurated  on  Sunday, 
December  8,  1878,  when  an  appropriate  address  was  pro- 
nounced by  the  late  Dr.  Fleck,  of  Frankfort.  The  '  Jahres- 
bericht,'  of  the  Physical  Society  for  1877-78  (p.  44),  contains 
the  following  brief  record : — 

"  The  Society  has  erected  to  the  memory  of  its  former 
member,  the  inventor  of  the  Telephone,  Philipp  Eeis 
(deceased  in  1874),  teacher,  of  Friedrichsdorf  (see  'Jahres- 
bericht/  1860-61,  pp.  57-64;  and  1861-62,  p.  13),  in  the 
cemetery  of  that  place,  a  monument  which  was  inaugurated 
on  the  8th  of  December,  1878.  This  monument,  an  obelisk 
of  red  sandstone,  bears  in  addition  to  the  dedication,  a  well- 
executed  medallion  portrait  of  Philipp  Eeis,  modelled  by  the 
sculptor,  A.  C.  Eumpf,  and  executed  galvanoplastically  by 
G.  v.  Kress." 

The  inscription  on  Eeis's  monument  in  the  Friedrichsdorf 
Cemetery  is : — 


HIER   EUHT 

PHILIPP  KEIS 

GEB.   7.  JANUAE   1834 
GEST.   14.  JANUAR   1874 

SEINEM   VERDIENSTVOLLEN 

MITGLIEDE 
DEM  EEFINDER  DBS 

TELEPHOKS 
DER   PHYSIKALISCHE   VEREIN 

ZU 
FBANKFURT-A-M. 

ERRICHTET 
1878 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


11 


PRINCIPAL  DATES  IN  EEIS'S  LIFE. 


1834     January  7      . 

1850     March  1   .      . 

1855 

1858 

1859     September  14. 

1860 

1861     October  26 


November  16. 


1861  December 

1862  May  8      . 
„       May  11     . 


Philipp  Eeis  born. 

Apprenticed  to  Beyerbach. 

Year  of  Military  Service  at  Cassel. 

Settled  in  Friedrichsdorf. 

Married. 

Invented  the  Telephone. 

Eead  Paper  "On  Telephony  by  the 
Galvanic  Current "  before  the  Phy- 
sical Society  of  Frankfort-on-the- 
Main. 

Eead  Paper  to  the  Physical  Society 
of  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  entitled 
"Explanation  of  a  new  Theory 
concerning  the  Perception  of  Chords 
and  of  Timbre  as  a  Continuation 
and  Supplement  of  the  Eeport  on 
the  Telephone." 

Wrote  out  his  Paper  "On  Tele- 
phony/' as  printed  in  the  '  Jahres- 
bericht.' 

Notice  in  '  Didaskalia '  of  Eeis's 
invention. 

Lectured  and  showed  the  Telephone 
to  the  Free  German  Institute 
(Freies  Deutsches  Hochstift)  in 
Frankfort-on-the-Main. 

Article  on  the  Telephone,  communi- 
cated by  Inspector  Von  Legat  to  the 
Austro-German  Telegraph  Society, 
and  subsequently  printed  in  its 
'  Zeitschrift '  (Journal). 


12 


PEILIPP  EEIS, 


1863  July  4      .      . 
„  September  6  . 
„  Sept.  17-24    . 

1864  February  13  . 


„       September  21 


1872     September 


1874     January  14 


Showed  his  improved  Telephone  to 
the  Physical  Society  of  Frank  - 
fort-on-the-Main. 

Eeis's  Telephone  shown  to  the  Em- 
peror of  Austria  and  the  King  of 
Bavaria,  then  visiting  Frankfort. 

Meeting  of  the  "Deutscher  Natur- 
forscher "  at  Stettin ;  Eeis's  Tele- 
phone shown  there  by  Professor 
Bottger. 

Meeting  of  the  "  Oberhessische  Ge- 
sellschaft  fur  Natur-  und  Heil- 
kunde "  at  Giessen ;  Lecture  by 
Professor  Buff,  and  exhibition  by 
Eeis  of  his  Telephone. 

Meeting  of  the  "Deutscher  Natur- 
forscher"  at  Giessen.  Eeis  gave 
an  explanation  of  the  Telephone 
and  the  history  of  its  invention, 
and  exhibited  it  in  action  before 
the  most  distinguished  scientific 
men  of  Germany. 

Meeting  of  the  "Deutscher  Natur- 
forscher "  at  Wiesbaden  ;  Eeis 
announced  to  show  his  "Fall- 
maschine,"  but  prevented  by  ill- 
health. 

Philipp  Eeis  died. 


IN  YEN  TOE    OF   THE    TELEPHONE. 


13 


Of 

Fig.  1. 
Monument  to  Pliilipp  Reis  in  the  Cemetery  at  Friedrichsdorf. 


14  PHILIPP  BEIS, 


CHAPTEE  II. 

THE  INVENTOR'S  APPARATUS. 

IN  describing  the  various  forms  successively  given  by  the 
inventor  to  his  apparatus,  as  he  progressed,  from  the  earliest 
to  the  latest,  it  will  be  convenient  to  divide  them  into  two 
groups,  viz.  the  Transmitters  and  the  Eeceivers. 

A. — Eeis's  Transmitters. 

So  far  as  can  be  learned,  Eeis  constructed  transmitters  in 
some  ten  or  twelve  different  forms.  The  complete  series  in 
this  course  of  evolution  does  not  now  exist,  but  the  principal 
forms  still  remain  and  will  be  described  in  their  historical 
order.  Theoretically,  the  last  was  no  more  perfect  than  the 
first,  and  they  all  embody  the  same  fundamental  idea  :  they 
only  differ  in  the  mechanical  means  of  carrying  out  to  a 
greater  or  less  degree  of  perfection  the  one  common  principle 
of  imitating  the  mechanism  of  the  human  ear,  and  applying 
that  mechanism  to  affect  or  control  a  current  of  electricity  by 
varying  the  degree  of  contact  at  a  loose  joint  in  the  circuit. 

First  Form. — THE  MODEL  EAR. 

Naturally  enough  the  inventor  of  the  Telephone  began 
with  crude  and  primitive  *  apparatus.     The  earliest  form  of 

*  Dr.  Messel,  F.C.S.,  a  former  pupil  of  Reis,  and  an  eye-witness  of  his 
early  experiments,  makes,  in  a  letter  to  Professor  W.  F.  Barrett,  the 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  15 

telephone-transmitter  now  extant,  was  a  rough  model  of  the 
human  ear  carved  in  oak  wood,  and  of  the  natural  size,  as 
shown  in  Figs.  2,  3,  4,  &  5. 

The  end  of  the  aperture  a  was  closed  by  a  thin  membrane 
&,  in  imitation  of  the  human  tympanum.  Against  the  centre 
of  the  tympanum  rested  the  lower  end  of  a  little  curved 
lever  c  d,  of  platinum  wire,  which  represented  the  "  hammer  " 
bone  of  the  human  ear.  This  curved  lever  was  attached  to 
the  membrane  by  a  minute  drop  of  sealing-wax,  so  that  it 
followed  every  motion  of  the  same.  It  was  pivoted  near  its 
centre  by  being  soldered  to  a  short  cross-wire  which  served 
as  an  axis ;  this  axis  passing  on  either  side  through  a  hole 
in  a  bent  strip  of  tin-plate  screwed  to  the  back  of  the  wooden 
ear.  The  upper  end  of  the  curved  lever  rested  in  loose 
contact  against  the  upper  end  g  of  a  vertical  spring,  about  one 
inch  long,  also  of  tin-plate,  bearing  at  its  summit  a  slender 
and  resilient  strip  of  platinum  foil.  An  adjusting-screw,  h, 
served  to  regulate  the  degree  of  contact  between  the  vertical 
spring  and  the  curved  lever.  The  conducting- wires  by  which 
the  current  of  electricity  entered  and  left  the  apparatus  were 
connected  to  the  screws  by  which  the  two  strips  of  tin-plate 


following  very  interesting  statement :  "  The  original  telephone  was  of  a 
most  primitive  nature.  The  transmitting  instrument  was  a  bung  of  a 
beer-barrel  hollowed  out,  and  a  cone  formed  in  this  way  was  closed  with 
the  skin  of  a  German  sausage,  which  did  service  as  a  membrane.  To  this 
was  fixed  with  a  drop  of  sealing-wax  a  little  strip  of  platinum  correspond- 
ing to  the  hammer  of  the  ear,  and  which  closed  or  opened  the  electric 
circuit,  precisely  as  in  the  instruments  of  a  later  date.  The  receiving 
instrument  was  a  knitting  needle  surrounded  with  a  coil  of  wire  and  placed 
on  a  violin  to  serve  as  a  sounding  board.  It  astonished  every  one  quite 
as  much  as  the  more  perfect  instruments  of  Bell  now  do.  The  instrument 
I  have  described  has  now  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  Telegraph  Depart- 
ment of  the  German  Government."  [The  instrument  now  in  the  museum 
of  the  Keichs  Post-Amt  in  Berlin  is  not  this,  but  is  the  first  of  the  "  Im- 
proved "  Telephones  described  later  by  Reis  in  his  "  Prospectus "  (see 
p.  85),  and  is  stamped  "  Philipp  Reis,"  "  1863,"  "  No.  1."]  S.P.T. 


16 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


were  fixed  to  the  ear.    In  order  to  make  sure  that  the  current 
from  the  upper  support  of  tin  should  reach  the  curved  lever, 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  4 


Fig.  5. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


17 


another  strip  of  platinum  foil  was  soldered  on  the  side  of  the 
former,  and  rested  lightly  against  the  end  of  the  wire-axis,  as 
shown  in  magnified  detail  in  Fig.  6.  If  now  any  words  or 


Fig.  6. 

sounds  of  any  kind  were  uttered  in  front  of  the  ear  the 
membrane  was  thereby  set  into  vibrations,  as  in  the  human 
ear.  The  little  curved  lever  took  up  these  motions  precisely 
as  the  "  hammer  "-bone  of  the  human  ear  does ;  and,  like  the 
"  hammer  "-bone,  transferred  them  to  that  with  which  it  was 
in  contact.  The  result  was  that  the  contact  of  the  upper  end 
of  the  lever  was  caused  to  vary.  With  every  rarefaction  of 
the  air  the  membrane  moved  forward  and  the  upper  end  of 
the  little  lever  moved  backward  and  pressed  more  firmly 
than  before  against  the  spring,  making  better  contact  and 
allowing  a  stronger  current  to  flow.  At  every  condensation 
of  the  air  the  membrane  moved  backwards  and  the  upper  end 
of  the  lever  moved  forward  so  as  to  press  less  strongly  than 
before  against  the  spring,  thereby  making  a  less  complete 
contact  than  before,  and  by  thus  partially  interrupting  the 
passage  of  the  current,  caused  the  current  to  flow  less  freely. 

c 


18  PHILJPP  EEIS, 


The  sound  waves  which  entered  the  ear  would  in  this  fashion 
throw  the  electric  current,  which  flowed  through  the  point  of 
variable  contact,  into  undulations  in  strength.  It  will  be 
seen  that  this  principle  of  causing  the  voice  to  control  the 
strength  of  the  electric  current  by  causing  it  to  operate  upon 
a  loose  or  imperfect  contact,  runs  throughout  the  whole  of 
Eeis's  telephonic  transmitters.  In  later  times  such  pieces  of 
mechanism  for  varying  the  strength  of  an  electric  current 
have  been  termed  current-regulators.*  It  would  not  be 
inappropriate  to  describe  the  mechanism  which  Eeis  thus 
invented  as  a  combination  of  a  tympanum  with  an  electric 
current-regulator,  the  essential  principle  of  the  electric 
current-regulator  being  the  employment  of  a  loose  or  im- 
perfect contact  between  two  parts  of  the  conducting  system, 
so  arranged  that  the  vibrations  of  the  tympanum  would  alter 
the  degree  of  contact  and  thereby  interrupt  in  a  correspond- 
ing degree  the  passage  of  the  current. 

Mr.  Horkheimer,  a  former  pupil  of  Eeis,  informs  me  that 
a  much  larger  model  of  the  ear  was  also  constructed  by 
Eeis.  No  trace  of  this  is,  however,  known. 

Second  Form. — TIN  TUBE. 

The  second  form,  a  tube  constructed  by  Eeis  himself,  of 
tin,  is  still  to  be  seen  in  the  Physical  cabinet  of  Garnier's 
Institute,  at  Friedrichsdorf,  and  is  shown  in  Fig.  7.  It 
consists  of  an  auditory  tube  a,  with  an  embouchure  represent- 
ing the  pinna  or  flap  of  the  ear.  This  second  apparatus 
shows  also  a  great  similarity  with  the  arrangement  of  the 
ear,  having  the  pinna  or  ear-flap,  the  auditory  passage,  and 
the  drum-skin  (a,  b,  c).  Upon  the  bladder  c  there  still 
remains  some  sealing-wax,  by  means  of  which  a  little  strip 

*  Or  sometimes  "  tension-regulators,"  though  the  latter  term  is  acknow- 
ledged by  most  competent  electricians  to  be  indcscriptive  and  open  to 
objection. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE'  TELEPHONE.  10! 

of  platinum,  for  the  all-essential  loose-contact  that  controlled 
the  current,  had  formerly  been  cemented  to  the  apparatus. 


Fig.  7. 


Third  Form. — THE  COLLAR-BOX. 

The  third  form,  also  preserved  in  the  collection  in  Garnier's 
Institute,  is  given  in  Fig.  8,  which,  with  the  preceding,  is 
taken  by  permission  from  the  pamphlet  of  the  late  Professor 
Schenk,  consists  of  a  round  tin  box,  the  upper  part  of  which 
fits  upon  the  lower  precisely  like  the  lid  of  a  collar-box. 
Over  this  lid  6,  which  is  15  centimetres  in  diameter,  was 


Fig.  8. 

formerly  stretched  the  vibrating  membrane,  there  being  also 
an  inner  flange  of  metal.  Into  a  circular  aperture  below 
opened  an  auditory  tube- a,  with  an  embouchure  representing 
the  pinna.  The  precise  arrangements  of  the  contact-parts  of 
this  apparatus  are  not  known.  Mr,  Horkheimer,  who  aided 
Eeis  in  his  earlier  experiments,  has  no  knowledge  o£  this 
form,*  which  he  thinks  was ;  made  later  than  June*  1862. 

c  2 


20 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


This  is  not  improbable,  as  the  design  with  horizontal  mem- 
brane more  nearly  approaches  that  of  the  tenth  form,  the 
"  Square-box  "  pattern. 

Fourth  Form, — THE  BOEED-BLOCK. 

The  instrument  described  by "  Keis  in  his  paper  "  On 
Telephony,"  in  the  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Physical  Society  of 
Frankfort-on-the-Main,  for  1860-61  (see  p.  50),  comes  next 
in  order.  The  inventor's  own  description  of  this  telephone 
(Fig.  9)  is  as  follows : — 

+ 


"  In  a  cube  of  wood,  r  s  t  u  v  w  x,  there  is  a  conical  hole  a, 
closed  at  one  side  by  the  membrane  &  (made  of  the  lesser 
intestine  of  the  pig),  upon  the  middle  of  which  a  little  strip 
of  platinum  is  cemented  as  a  conductor  [or  electrode].  This 
is  united  with  the  binding  screw  p.  From  the  binding 
screw  n  there  passes  likewise  a  thin  strip  of  metal  over  the 
middle  of  the  membrane,  and  terminates  here  in  a  little 
platinum  wire,  which  stands  at  right-angles  to  the  length 
and  breadth  of  the  strip.  From  the  binding-screw  p  a 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


21 


conducting  wire  leads  through  the  battery  to  a  distant 
station."  The  identical  apparatus  used  by  Eeis  was  after- 
wards given  by  him  to  Professor  Bottger,  who  later  gave  it 
to  Hofrath  Dr.  Th.  Stein,  of  Frankfort,  from  whose  hands  it 
has  recently  passed  into  the  possession  of  the  author  of  this 
work.  It  possesses  one  feature  not  shown  in  the  original 
cut,  viz.  an  adjusting  screw,  li,  which,  so  far  as  the  writer  can 
learn,  was  put  there  by  Eeis  himself.  There  appears  no 
reason  to  doubt  this,  since  there  was  an  adjusting  screw  in 
Eeis's  very  earliest  form  of  transmitter,  the  wooden  ear.  A 
section  of  the  actual  instrument  is  given  in  Fig.  10. 


Fig.  10. 

Fifth  Form. — THE  HOLLOW  CUBE. 

Another  form,  a  mere  variety  of  the  preceding,  is  described 
as  follows  by  Professor  Bottger  in  his  "  Polytechnisches 
Notizblatt "  (see  p.  61)  :— 

"  A  little  light  box,  a  sort  of  hollow  cube  of  wood,  has  a 
large  opening  at  its  front  side  and  a  small  one  at  the  back  of 
the  opposite  side.  The  latter  is  closed  with  a  very  fine 
membrane  (of  pig's  smaller  intestine)  which  is  strained  stiff. 
A  narrow  springy  strip  of  platinum  foil,  fixed  at  its  outer 
part  to  the  wood,  touches  the  membrane  at  its  middle ;  a 
second  platinum  strip  is  fastened  by  one  of  its  ends  to  the 


23  PHILIPP  REIS, 


wood  at  another  spot,  and  bears  at  its  other  end  a  fine 
horizontal  spike,  which  touches  the  other  little  platinum 
strip  where  it  lies  upon  the  membrane," 

Sixth  Form. — THE  WOODEN  CONE. 

Another  transmitter,  also  a  mere  variety  of  the  Fourth 
Form,  has  been  described  to  me  by  Herr  Peter,  of  Friedrichs- 
dorf,  who  assisted  Reis  in  his  earlier  experiments.  Fig.  11 


Fig.  11. 

is  prepared  from  a  rough  sketch  furnished  me  by  the  kindness 
of  Karl  Reis.  Herr  Peter  describes  the  apparatus  as  having 
been  turned  out  of  a  block  of  wood  by  Reis  upon  his  own 
lathe.  The  conical  hole  was  identical  with  that  of  Fig.  9, 
but  the  surrounding  portions  of  the  wood  were  cut  away, 
leaving  a  conical  mouth-piece. 

Seventh  Form. — "  HOCHSTIFT  "  FORM. 

The  engraving  presented  below  (Fig.  12).  has  been  engraved 
with  the  utmost  fidelity  by  Mr,  J.  D.  Cooper,  from  a  photo- 
graph lent  to  the  author  by  Ernest  Horkheimer,  Esq.,  of 
Manchester,  a  former  pupil  of  Reis.  The  original  photograph 
was  taken  in  1862,  having  been  sent  by  Reis  in  June  of  that 
year  to  Mr.  Horkheimer,  who  had  left  for  England.  The 
photograph  was  taken  by  Reis  himself  with  his  own  camera, 
the  exposure  being  managed  by  a  slight  movement  of  the 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


foot,  actuating  a  pneumatic  contrivance  of  Keis's  own  inven- 
tion, which  was  originally  designed  to  turn  over  the  pages 
of  a  music  book  at  the  piano.  Reis  is  here  represented  as 
holding  in  his  hand  the  telephone  with  which  he  had  a  few 
days  preceding  (May  11,  1862)  achieved  such  success  at  his 


lecture  before  the  Freies  Deutsches  Hochstift  (Free  German 
Institute)  in  Frankfort  (see  p.  66).  This  instrument  was 
constructed  by  Eeis,  young  Horkheimer  assisting  him  in  the 
construction.  Mr.  Horkheimer  has  very  obligingly  indicated 


PEILIPP  REIS, 


from  memory  the  form  of  the  instrument — but  dimly  seen  in 
the  photograph — in  a  sketch  from  which  Fig.  13  has  been 
prepared.  Mr.  Horkheimer  adds  that  the  cone  was  a  wooden 
one ;  and  that  the  square  patch  behind  at  the  back  was,  he 
thinks,  a  box  to  contain  an  electro-magnet. 


Fig.  13. 

Eighth  Form. — LEVER  FORM. 

The  Transmitter  described  with  so  much  minuteness  by 
Inspector  von  Legat  in  his  Eeport  on  Eeis's  Telephone  in 
1862  (see  p.  70),  differs  from  the  earliest  and  latest  forms, 
so  much  so  that  some  have  doubted  whether  this  form  was 
really  invented  by  Keis.  It  is  not  described  anywhere  else 
than  in  Legat's  Keport  (in  the  "  Zeitschrift "  of  the  Austro- 
German  Telegraph  Union,  reprinted  also  in  Dingler's 
Journal),  except  in  Kuhn's  Handbook,  where,  however,  the 
description  is  taken  from  Legat.  Nevertheless  a  comparison 
of  this  instrument  (Fig.  14)  with  the  original  model  of  the 
ear,  from  which  Eeis  started,  will  show  that  it  embodies  no 
new  point.  There  is,  first,  a  conical  tube  to  receive  the 
sound,  closed  at  its  end  with  a  tympanum  of  membrane. 
There  is  next  a  curved  lever,  c  d,  the  lower  end  of  which  rests 
against  the  centre  of  the  membrane.  Thirdly,  there  is  a  ver- 
tical spring,  g,  which  makes  contact  lightly  against  the  upper 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


25 


end  of  the  curved  lever.  Lastly,  there  is  an  adjusting  screw. 
It  may  be  further  pointed  out  that  in  each  case  the  current 
enters  (or  leaves,  as  the  case  may  be)  the  lever  at  its  middle 
point.  This  form  of  transmitter  is  so  closely  allied  indeed 
to  the  primitive  "  ear  "  as  to  be  alike  in  every  feature  save 
the  external  form  of  the  sound-gathering  funnel.  The  only 
reasonable  doubt  is  not  whether  it  be,  as  Legat  asserts,  Keis's 


Fig.  14. 

transmitter,  but  whether  it  ought  not  in  chronological  order 
to  rank  second.  Legat's  paper  was  not  published,  however, 
till  1862,  whilst  the  fourth  form  was  described  by  Eeis  in 
1861.  No  trace  of  any  instrument  corresponding  in  form  to 
Fig.  14,  save  modern  reproductions  from  Legat's  drawing,  has 
been  found.  The  instrument  held  by  Keis  in  his  harjd  in 
the  photograph  (Fig.  12)  is  so  strikingly  like  the  form 
described  by  Legat,  that  it  furnishes  an  additional  reason  for 


26 


PH1LIPP  REIS, 


accepting  Legat's  statement  that  this  transmitter  really  is 
Reis's  invention. 


Fig.  15. 


Fiff.  1C 


INVENTOE  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


27 


Ninth  Form. — TRANSITIONAL  FORM. 

Our  knowledge  of  this  form  is  derived  solely  from  infor- 
mation and  sketches  supplied  by  Mr.  E.  Horkheimer,  who 
assisted  Eeis  in  its  construction.  Figs.  15  and  16  are 
engraved  after  Mr.  Horkheimer's  sketches.  The  conical 
mouthpiece  was  of  wood :  the  contact  pieces  of  platinum. 
The  point  c  was  attached  to  a  springy  slip  of  brass,  g,  fixed 
across  the  wooden  box ;  and  the  adjusting-screw,  li,  served  to 
regulate  the  degree  of  initial  pressure  at  the  point  of  contact 
which  controlled  the  current. 

Tenth  Form. — THE  SQUARE  Box. 

The  last  form  of  Reis's  Transmitter  is  that  which  has 
become  best  known,  being  the  only  one  (except  Fig.  9)  which 
found  its  way  into  the  market.  It  is  here  named,  for  the  sake 
of  distinction,  as  the  "  Square  Box  "  pattern.  It  consisted  of 


Fig.  17.  Fig.  18. 

a  square  wooden  box,  having  a  hinged  lid.  Fig.  17  is  repro- 
duced from  Eeis's  "  Prospectus "  (see  page  85),  whilst 
Fig.  18  is  taken  from  Prof.  Schenk's  biographical  pamphlet. 


28  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


In  this  instrument  the  idea  of  the  human  ear  is  still  carried 
out.  The  tin  funnel,  with  its  flaring  embouchure,  still  repre- 
sents the  auditory  tube  and  pinna.  The  tympanum,  no 
longer  at  the  very  end  of  the  tube,  is  strained  across  a  circular 
aperture  in  the  lid.  Upon  it  rests  the  strip  of  platinum  foil 
which  serves  as  an  electrode,  and  resting  in  loose  contact 
with  this  lies  the  little  angular  piece  of  metal  which  Eeis 
called  the  "  Hammerchen."  Above  all  lay  a  circular  glass 
disk  (a  cover  to  keep  out  the  dust),  which  was  removed 
when  the  instrument  was  used.  So  sensitive  did  this  form 
prove  itself  that  it  was  found  unnecessary  to  speak  right  into 
the  mouthpiece,  and  the  speaker  in  practice  talked  or  sang 
with  his  mouth  at  some  little  distance  vertically  above  the 
instrument ;  a  method  which  had  the  advantage  of  not  so 
soon  relaxing  the  membrane  by  the  moisture  of  the  breath. 
The  figures  show  also  the  auxiliary  apparatus  attached  at 
the  side,  consisting  of  a  key  for  interrupting  the  circuit 
(added  at  first  to  enable  the  experimenters  to  single  out  the 
" galvanic  tones"  from  the  reproduced  tones,  and  later 
applied,  as  Eeis  explains  in  his  "  Prospectus,"  on  page  87), 
and  an  electro-magnet  to  serve  as  a  "  call,"  by  which  the  lis- 
tener at  the  other  end  could  signal  back  to  the  transmitter. 

This  form  of  instrument,  which  has  been  so  frequently 
described  in  the  Text-books  of  Physics,  was  constructed  for 
sale  first  by  Albert  of  Frankfort,  later  by  Ladd  of  London, 
Konig  of  Paris,  and  Hauck  of  Vienna.  Further  details  con- 
cerning it  will  be  found  in  this  book,  in  Eeis's  "  Prospectus," 
and  in  other  contemporary  documents. 

Although  this  form  is  the  one  most  commonly  referred  to 
as  "  the  Eeis  Telephone,"  it  is  evident  from  a  consideration 
of  the  entire  group  of  forms  that  Eeis's  invention  was  in  no 
way  limited  to  one  individual  pattern  of  instrument.  For  in 
all  these  forms  there  was  embodied  one  all-embracing  prin- 
ciple ;— that  of  controlling  the  electric  current  by  the  voice 


INVENTOR    OF  TEE   TELEPHONE.  29 

working  upon  a  point  of  imperfect  contact,  by  the  agency  of  a 
tympanum,  thereby  opening  or  closing  the  circuit  to  a  greater 
or  less  degree,  and  so  regulating  the  flow  of  the  current. 

B. — Reis's  Receivers. 

First  Form. — THE  VIOLIN  EECEIVER. 

The  first  form  of  apparatus  used  by  Eeis  for  receiving  the 
currents  from  the  transmitter,  and  for  reproducing  audibly 
that  which  had  been  spoken  or  sung,  consisted  of  a  steel 
knitting-needle,  round  which  was  wound  a  spiral  coil  of  silk- 
covered  copper-wire.  This  wire,  as  Eeis  explains  in  his 
lecture  "  On  Telephony,"  was  magnetised  in  varying  degrees 
by  the  successive  currents,  and  when  thus  rapidly  magnetised 
and  demagnetised,  emitted  tones  depending  upon  the  fre- 
quency, strength,  etc.,  of  the  currents  which  flowed  round  it. 
It  was  soon  found  that  the  sounds  it  emitted  required  to  be 
strengthened  by  the  addition  of  a  sounding-box,  or  resonant- 
case.  This  was  in  the  first  instance  attained  by  placing  the 
needle  upon  the  sounding-board  of  a  violin.  At  the  first 
trial  it  was  stuck  loosely  into  one  of  the  /-shaped  holes  of  the 


Fig  19. 

violin  (see  Fig.  19)  :  subsequently  the  needle  was  fixed  by  its 
lower  end  to  the  bridge  of  the  violin.  These  details  were 
furnished  by  Herr  Peter,  of  Friedrichsdorf,  music-teacher  in 


30 


PHIL1PP  EEIS, 


Garnier's  Institute,  to  whom  the  violin  belonged,  and  who 
gave  Eeis,  expressly  for  this  purpose,  a  violin  of  less  value 
than  that  used  by  himself  in  his  profession.  Eeis,  who  was 
not  himself  a  musician,  and  indeed  had  so  little  of  a  musical 
ear  as  haidly  to  know  one  piece  of  music  from  another,  kept 
this  violin  for  the  purpose  of  a  sounding-box..  It  has  now 
passed  into  the  possession  of  Garnier's  Institute.  It  was  in 
this  form  that  the  instrument  was  shown  by  Eeis  in  October 
1861  to  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort. 

Second  Form. — THE  CIGAR-BOX  EECEIVER. 

Later  a  shallow  rectangular  wooden  box  was  substituted 
for  the  violin,  and  the  spiral  was  laid  horizontally  upon  it 
(Fig.  20).  The  date  when  this  modification  was  made  was 


Fig.  20. 

either  at  the  end  of  1861  or  the  early  spring  of  1862.  A 
cigar-box  was  the  actual  sounding-box,  and  the  needle  was 
supported  within  the  coil,  but  not  touching  it,  with  its  ends 
resting  upon  two  wooden  bridges. 

Third  Form.— THE  ELECTRO-MAGNET  EECEIVER. 
Though  the  precise  history  of  this  form  of  telephonic 
receiver  is  defective,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  it  was 
conceived  by  Eeis  amongst  his  earliest  researches.  When 
there  were  in  common  use  so  many  electric  and  telegraphic 
instruments  in  which  an  electro-magnet  is  employed  to  move 
an  armature  to  and  fro,  it  is  not  surprising  that  Eeis  should 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  31 

have  thought  of  availing  himself  of  this  method  for  repro- 
ducing the  vibrations  of  speech.  Speaking  of  the  two  parts 
of  his  invention,  the  Transmitter  and  the  Eeceiver,  Eeis 
himself  says  :*  "  The  apparatus  named  the  '  Telephone/  con- 
structed by  me,  affords  the  possibility  of  evoking  sound- 
vibrations  in  every  manner  that  may  be  desired.  Electro-mag- 
netism affords  the  possibility  of  calling  into  life  at  any  given 
distance  vibrations  similar  to  the  vibrations  that  have  been 
produced,  and  in  this  way  to  give  out  again  in  one  place  the 
tones  that  have  been  produced  in  another  place."  A  remark, 
almost  identical  with  this,  is  also  made  by  Inspector  von 
Legat  (see  p.  74)  in  his  Eeport  on  Eeis's  Telephone.  It 
may  be  here  remarked  that  the  form  of  this  receiver  is 
known  only  from  the  figure  and  description  given  in  that 
Keport,  and  from  the  extract  therefrom  printed  in  Kuhn's 
'  Handbook '  (see  p.  109).  Keis  seems  to  have  very  soon 
abandoned  this  form,  and  to  have  returned  to  the  needle, 
surrounded  by  a  coil,  in  preference  to  the  electro-magnet.  The 
electro-magnet  form  is,  however,  of  great  importance,  because 
its  principle  is  a  complete  and  perfect  anticipation  of  that  of 
the  later  receivers  of  Yeates,  of  Gray,  and  of  Bell,  who  each, 
like  Keis,  employed  as  receiver  an  electro-magnet  the  function 
of  which  was  to  draw  an  elastically  mounted  armature  back- 
wards and  forwards,  and  so  to  throw  it  into  vibrations  corre- 
sponding to  those  imparted  to  the  transmitting  apparatus. 
Fig.  21  shows  the  disposition  of  the  electro-magnet,  and  of 
its  vibratory  armature  upon  a  sounding-board.  This  appa- 
ratus was  a  good  deal  larger  than  most  of  Keis's  instruments. 
The  sounding-board  was  nearly  a  foot  long :  the  coils  of  the 
electro-magnet  were  six  inches  long,  and  over  an  inch  thick. 
The  armature,  a  rod  of  iron  of  elliptical  section,  was  affixed 
cross-wise  at  the  end  of  a  "light  and  broad J)  vertical  lever, 

*  See  Die  OeschicJite  und  Entwickelung  des  Elektrisclien  Fernsprech- 
wesens  (issued,  officially  from  the.  Imperial  German  Post-office,  1880),  p.  7L 


32 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


about  seven  inches  long,  which  seems  to  have  been  made  of 
wood,  as  in  Legat's  Report  it  is  also  denominated  as  a 
"plank"  (Balken). 


Fourth  Form. — THE  KNITTING-NEEDLE  KECEIVER. 

The  final  form  adopted  by  Eeis  for  his  Keproducing- 
apparatus  is  that  commonly  known  as  the  Knitting-needle 
Eeceiver.  It  differs  only  from  the  first  form  in  that  the 
needle  and  its  surrounding  spiral  no  longer  stand  upright  on 


INVENTOR  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


33 


a  violin,  but  lie  horizontally  upon  a  rectangular  sounding- 
box  of  thin  pine  wood.  The  coil  of  silk-covered  copper  wire 
is  wound  upon  a  light  wooden  bobbin,  instead  of  being 
twisted  round  the  needle  itself.  Two  wooden  bridges  stand 


Fig.  22. 


Fig.  23. 

upon  the  sounding-box,  and  through  these  pass  the  pro- 
truding ends  of  the  needle,  whilst  an  upper  box  or  lid, 
hinged  to  the  lower  at  the  back,  is  added  above.  Figs.  22 
and  23  show  this  form,  the  former  being  reproduced  from 
Keis's  own  Prospectus  (see  p.  85),  the  latter  being  from 
Miiller-Pouillet's  '  Text-book  of  Physics '  (see  p.  95).  Herr 

D 


34  PHILIPP  REIS, 


Albert,  mechanician,  of  Frankfort,  who  made  and  sold  the 
Reis  telephones,  says  that  the  upper  box  was  added  at  his 
suggestion.  Originally  it  was  so  constructed  (see  Tig.  22), 
that  when  closed  it  pressed  upon  the  steel  needle.  In  the 
instruments  of  later  date,  the  notches  which  fitted  over  the 
needle  were  cut  so  deeply  (see  Fig.  23),  that  the  lid  did  not 
press  upon  the  wire.  Eeis's  own  instructions  are  (see  p.  86) 
that  the  sound  is  intensified  by  firmly  pressing  the  lid 
against  the  needle,  as  was  done  occasionally  by  the  listeners 
who  pressed  their  ears  against  the  lid  in  order  to  hear  more 
distinctly.  The  little  key  seen  at  the  end  of  the  sounding- 
box,  in  Fig.  22,  was  used  for  interrupting  the  current  and  so 
to  telegraph  back  signals  to  the  transmitter. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  35 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE   CLAIM   OF   THE   INVENTOR. 

IN  the  present  century,  when  so  many  facilities  exist  for  the 
diffusion  of  knowledge,  and  when  every  new  discovery  and 
invention  is  eagerly  welcomed  and  immediately  noised 
abroad  to  every  country  of  the  globe,  it  is  hard  to  believe 
that  the  inventor  of  an  instrument  of  the  highest  scientific 
value,  destined  to  play  an  important  part  in  social  and  com- 
mercial life,  should  have  been  suffered  to  live  and  die  in 
unrecognised  obscurity.  Still  harder  is  it  to  believe  that  his 
invention  passed  into  almost  complete  oblivion,  unacknow- 
ledged by  most  of  the  leading  scientific  men  of  his  day  and 
generation.  But  hardest  of  all  is  it  to  believe  that  when 
at  last  attempts  were  made  to  give  to  him,  whose  name  and 
fame  had  thus  been  permitted  to  languish,  the  credit  of  the 
splendid  researches  in  which  he  wore  his  life  away,  those 
attempts  could  be  met  on  the  one  hand  by  an  almost  complete 
apathy,  and  on  the  other  by  a  chorus  of  denial,  not  only 
that  any  such  invention  was  made,  but  that  the  inventor  had 
ever  intended  to  invent  anything  of  the  kind.  Yet  nothing 
less  than  this  has  happened.  Philipp  Reis,  the  inventor  of 
the  Telephone,  the  first  to  scheme,  and  carry  out  into 
execution,  an  instrument  for  conveying  to  a  distance  by 
means  of  electric  currents  the  tones  of  human  speech  and 
human  song,  is  no  longer  amongst  the  living.  He  cannot 

D  2 


36  PHIL1PP  REI8, 


reclaim  for  himself  the  honours  that  have  been  showered 
upon  the  heads  of  others,  who,  however  worthy  of  those 
honours  they  were — none  will  deny  that — were  only  not  the 
first  to  deserve  them.  In  his  quiet  grave,  in  the  obscurity  of 
the  German  village  where  his  daily  work  was  done,  he  sleeps 
undisturbed  by  the  strife  of  tongues.  To  him  it  matters 
nothing  now,  whether  his  genius  be  recognised  and  his 
invention  applauded,  or  whether  ignorance,  and  calumny,  and 
envy,  alike  decry  both.  Nevertheless,  the  memory  of  him 
and  of  his  work  will  live,  and  will  descend  to  posterity  as  of 
one  whom  his  own  generation  knew  not,  whose  peculiar 
greatness  passed  unheeded  save  by  a  chosen  few.  Nor  will 
posterity  be  the  less  ready  to  accord  honour  to  him  who  in  his 
own  day  could  not  even  obtain  justice.  Yet  something  more 
than  a  mere  historic  justice  for  the  poor  schoolmaster  of  Fried- 
richsdorf  does  the  world  owe  ;  justice  to  the  great  invention 
that  is  now  imperishably  associated  with  his  name :  justice 
to  the  struggling  family  whom,  instead  of  enriching,  it 
impoverished ;  and,  not  least,  the  justice  of  patience,  whilst 
the  story  of  his  life  and  work,  and  the  words  he  himself  has 
written  thereupon,  are  unfolded. 

The  point  at  issue,  and  for  which  justice  has  been  invoked, 
and  of  which  ample  proof  is  given  in  these  pages,  is  not 
whether  Philipp  Keis  invented  a  telephone — that  is  not  denied 
— but  whether  Philipp  Eeis  invented  the  Telephone.  The 
irony  of  fate,  not  .to  say  the  curious  ignorance  which  is  often 
called  by  a  less  polite  name,  has  decreed  by  the  mouth  of 
popular  scientific  writers,  of  eminent  engineers,  and  of  accom- 
plished barristers,  that  Reis's  invention  was  not  an  instrument 
for  transmitting  human  speech  at  all — was  not  intended 
even  for  this — that  it  was  a  purely  musical  instrument  in  its 
inception,  and  that  it  has  always  so  remained.  These  clever 
persons  begin  to  persuade  themselves  of  this  view,  and  forth- 
with invent  a  question-begging  epithet,  and  dub  the  instru- 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  37 

ment  as  a  mere  "  tone-telephone "  /  If  some  unprejudiced 
person  ventures  to  speak  of  Eeis's  instrument  as  having,  as 
a  matter  of  history,  transmitted  speech,  all  the  contemptuous 
reply  that  he  gets  from  the  eminent  somebody,  who  poses  as 
an  authority  for  the  moment,  is :  Oh,  but,  you  know,  it  was 
only  a  tone-telephone,  a  musical  toy,  and  when  some  one  was 
singing  to  it  you  fancied  you  caught  the  words  of  the  song 
which,  during  singing,  were  occasionally  projected  along  with 
the  music.  I've  always  regarded  the  accounts  of  its  transmission 
of  speech  as  a  good  joke  ;  all  it  could  possibly  do  was  occasionally 
to  utter  an  articulate  noise  in  combination  with  a  musical  tone. 
Besides,  you  know,  Mr.  Reis  was  a  musical  man,  who  only 
intended  it  to  sing,  and  if  it  spoke  it  only  spoke  by  accident ;  but 
such  an  accident  never  did  or  could  occur,  because  the  construc- 
tion of  it  shows  that  it  not  only  did  not  but  could  not  transmit 
speech.  If  Mr.  Eeis  had  really  penetrated  the  fundamental 
principle  of  the  articulating  telephone,  he  would  have  arranged 
his  instruments  very  differently ;  and  then,  you  know,  if  he 
really  had  transmitted  speech  the  discovery  would  have  attracted 
so  much  attention  at  the  time.  Moreover,  if  he  had  meant  it  to 
talk,  he  would  have  called  it  the  articulating  telephone,  and  not 
a  telephone  for  transmitting  tones,  you  know ;  no  one  before 
Graham  Bell  ever  dreamed  of  using  a  tympanum  to  catch 
articulate  sounds,  or  had  he  done  so  he  would  have  been 
laughed  at. 

To  all  such  clap  -  trap  as  this  —  and  there  has  been 
enough  ad  nauseam  of  such — the  one  reply  is  silence,  and  a 
mute  appeal  to  the  original  writings  of  Eeis  and  his  con- 
temporaries, and  to  the  tangible  witness  of  inexorable 
scientific  facts.  All  the  most  important  of  these  will  be 
found  in  their  appropriate  places.  They  amply  establish  the 
following  points  : — 

I. — Eeis's  Telephone  was  expressly  intended  to  transmit 
speech. 


38  PHILIPP  REIS, 


II. — Eeis's  Telephone,  in  the  hands  of  Eds  and  his  con- 
temporaries, did  transmit  speech. 

III. — Eeis's  Telephone  will  transmit  speech. 

Before  proceeding  to  discuss  these  three  points  we  will 
pause  for  a  moment,  first  to  clear  away  a  lurking  verbal 
fallacy,  then  to  point  out  the  partial  historic  acknowledg- 
ment already  conceded  to  Eeis's  claims. 

Eeis  did  not  call  his  instrument  an  "  articulating  telephone." 
Neither  did  he  call  it  a  <(tone  telephone."  He  called  it 
simply  "  The  Telephone  "  (Das  Telephon),*  as  will  be  seen  in 
his  own  first  memoir  (p.  57).  He  did  speak  of  his  instru- 
ment again  and  again  as  an  instrument  "for  reproducing 
tones."  But  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  German  word 
Ton  (plural  Tone)  used  by  Eeis  is  more  nearly  equivalent  to 
our  English  word  "  sound,"  and  includes  articulate  as  well  as 
musical  tones,  unless  the  context  expressly  indicates  other- 
wise. So  that  when  Eeis  talked  of  the  Reproduction  of 
Tones  he  was  using  words  which  did  not  limit  his  meaning 
to  musical  tones,  as  indeed  his  memoirs  show  in  other  ways. 
He  started  from  a  consideration  of  the  mechanical  structure 
of  the  human  ear,  and  endeavoured  to  construct  an  instrument 
on  those  lines  because  the  ear  can  take  up  all  kinds  of  tones. 
Eeis  was  not  so  foolish  as  to  imagine  that  the  construction  of 
the  human  ear  was  solely  designed  for  musical,  to  the  exclusion 
of  articulate  tones.  We  are  not  aware  that  the  epithet,  Tone- 

*  The  name  "  Telephone  "  had  already  been  applied  by  Sir  C.  Wheat- 
stone  (183  L)  to  an  acoustic  arrangement  for  transmitting  sounds  through 
wooden  rods  to  a  distant  place  in  a  purely  mechanical  manner.  It  is 
needless  to  observe  that  speech  as  well  as  music  can  be  thus  transmitted ; 
and  though  Wheatstone  gave  telephonic  concerts,  this  does  not  prove  (nor 
do  telephonic  concerts  given  through  Eeis's  instrument  prove)  that  speech 
could  not  be  transmitted  also.  The  name  "  Fernsprecher,"  now  used  in 
Germany  for  the  Telephone,  was  only  suggested  in  1877  by  Dr.  Stephan, 
Postmaster  of  the  German  Empire,  in  obedience  to  the  absurd  fashion 
which  has  raged  since  1871  in  Germany  of  rejecting  words  of  classic 
derivation. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  39 

Telephone,  was  ever  applied  to  Eeis's  instruments  until  it 
became  advisable  (!)  to  seek  a  means  of  disparaging  an  old 
invention  in  order  to  exalt  a  new  one.  And  it  is  a  curious 
point  that  the  true  musical "  tone-telephones,"  i.e.  instruments 
designed  expressly  to  transmit  specific  musical  tones  for  the 
purpose  of  multiple  telegraphy,  were  invented  (by  Varley, 
Gray,  La  Cour,  Graham  Bell,  and  Edison)  long  after  Eeis's 
Telephone,  between  the  years  1870  and  1876.  All  these 
were  dependent  practically  upon  the  tuning-fork  system  of 
vibration,  whereas  Eeis's  system  was  based  on  the  tympanum 
of  the  ear.  To  classify  Eeis's  invention  with  these  would  be 
absurd. 

Having  shown  the  fallacy  bound  up  in  the  term  "  tone- 
telephone,"  we  will  dismiss  the  point  with  the  remark  that 
henceforth  it  will  be  a  waste  of  time  to  argue  with  any  person 
who  applies  that  question- begging  epithet  to  Eeis's  in- 
vention. 

Partial  historic  acknowledgments  of  Eeis's  claims  as 
inventor  of  The  Telephone  have  been  made  from  time  to  time 
by  those  best  qualified  to  speak. 

Mr.  Edison,  the  inventor  of  the  famous  lamp-black  button 
transmitter,  which  he  christened  later  as  "  The  Carbon  Tele- 
phone," has  himself  stated  in  his  account  of  his  inventions,* 
that  he  was  started  upon  this  line  of  investigation  by  having 
put  into  his  hand,  by  the  late  Hon.  Mr.  W.  Orton,  a  manu- 
script translation  of  Legat's  Eeport  on  Eeis's  Telephone, 
given  in  the  Journal  of  the  Austro-German  Telegraph  Union 
(see  Translation,  p.  70).  So  that  he  was,  therefore,  aware 
at  least  of  this :  that  in  Eeis's  instruments  "  single  words 
uttered,  as  in  reading,  speaking,  and  the  like,  were  perceptible 
indistinctly,  nevertheless,  here  also  the  inflexions  of  the 
voice,  the  modulations  of  interrogation,  exclamation,  wonder, 

*  See  proceedings  in  U.  S.  Court  (Dowd  suit),  Edison's  second  answer, 
and  Prescott's  '  The  Speaking  Telephone,'  p.  218. 


40  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


command,  etc.,  attained  distinct  expression."  So  far  as  Mr. 
Edison  is  concerned,  therefore,  Eeis  is  his  starting-point  by 
his  own  direct  avowal. 

Professor  Graham  Bell  has  not  failed  to  acknowledge  his 
indebtedness  to  Eeis,  whose  entry  "  into  the  field  of  telephonic 
research "  he  explicitly  draws  attention  to  by  name,  in  his 
"  Eesearches  in  Electric  Telephony,"  read  before  the  American 
Academy  of  Sciences  and  Arts,  in  May  1876,  and  repeated 
almost  verbatim  before  the  Society  of  Telegraph  Engineers, 
in  November  1877.  In  the  latter,  as  printed  at  the  time, 
Professor  Bell  gave  references  to  the  researches  of  Eeis,  to 
the  original  paper  in  Dingler's  'Polytechnic  Journal'  (see 
Translation,  p.  61) ;  to  the  particular  pages  of  Kuhn's 
volume  in  Karsten's  'Encyclopaedia'  (see  p.  106),  in  which 
diagrams  and  descriptions  of  two  forms  of  Eeis's  Telephone 
are  given ;  and  where  mention  is  also  made  of  the  success 
with  which  exclamatory  and  other  articulate  intonations  of 
the  voice  were  transmitted  by  one  of  these  instruments ;  and 
to  Legat's  Eeport,  mentioned  above  (and  given  in  full  on 
p.  70).  Professor  Bell  has,  moreover,  in  judicial  examina- 
tion before  one  of  the  United  States  Courts  expressly  and 
candidly  stated,*  that  whilst  the  receivers  of  his  own  early  tone- 
telephones  were  constructed  so  as  to  respond  to  one  musical 
note  only,  the  receiver  of  Eeis's  instrument,  shown  in  Legat's 
Esport  (as  copied  in  Prescott's  '  Speaking  Telephone,'  p.  10), 
and  given  on  p.  109  of  this  work,  was  adapted  to  receive 
tones  of  any  pitch,  and  not  of  one  tone  only.  It  is  further 
important  to  note  that  in  Professor  Bell's  British  Patent  he 
does  not  lay  claim  to  be  the  inventor,  but  only  the  improver 
of  an  invention  :  the  exact  title  of  his  patent  is,  "  Improve- 
ments in  Electric  Telephony  (Transmitting  or  causing  sounds 
for  Telegraphing  Messages)  and  Telephonic  Apparatus." 

*  Published  volume  of  Proceedings  in  the  United  States  Patent  Office, 
before  the  Commissioner  of  Patents.     Evidence  for  A.  G.  Bell,  p.  6. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  41 

So  far  as  Professor  Bell  is  concerned,  therefore,  he  is  guilt- 
less of  stigmatising  the  Eeis  instrument  as  a  mere  "  tone- 
telephone." 

Professor  Dolbear,  the  inventor  of  the  "  Static  Eeceiver  " 
form  of  Telephone,  is  still  more  explicit  in  avowing  Keis's 
claim.  In  the  report  of  his  paper  on  "the  Telephone," 
read,  March  1882,  before  the  Society  of  Telegraph  Engineers 
and  of  Electricians*  we  find :  "  The  speaker  could  testify 
that  the  instrument  would  talk,  and  would  talk  well.  The 
identical  instruments  employed  by  Eeis  would  do  that,  so 
that  Eeis's  transmitters  would  transmit.  Secondly,  his 
receiver  would  receive;  and  Eeis  did  transmit  and  receive 
articulate  speech  with  such  instruments." 

As  far  as  Professor  Dolbear  is  concerned,  therefore,  he 
admits  in  unequivocal  terms  the  whole  claim  of  Eeis  to  be 
the  inventor  of  The  Telephone. 

Count  du  Moncel,  author  of  a  work  on  the  Telephone,  which 
has  run  through  several  editions,  though  he  has  classified 
Eeis's  instrument  as  a  mere  "  tone- telephone,"  has  recently 
admitted!  that  he  was,  until  the  year  1882,  ignorant  of 
some  of  Eeis's  instruments  and  of  his  original  papers.  He 
has,  moreover,  added  these  words :  "  Nevertheless,  it  would 
not  be  just  not  to  acknowledge  that  the  Eeis  Telephone  formed 
the  starting-point  of  all  the  others ;  "  also  these  significant 
lines  :  "  It  is  probable  that  in  this  matter,  as  in  the  greater 
number  of  modern  inventions,  the  original  inventor  obtained 
only  insignificant  results,  and  that  it  was  the  man  who  first 
succeeded  in  arranging  his  apparatus  so  as  to  obtain  really 
striking  results  that  received  the  honour  of  the  discovery  and 
rendered  it  popular." 

So  far  as  the  Count  du  Moncel  is  concerned,  therefore, 
the  claims  of  Philipp  Eeis  to  be  the  inventor  of  the  tele- 

*  Proc.  Soc.  Telegr.  Engin.  and  Electr.  vol.  xi.  p.  134,  1882. 
t  '  Electrical  Review,'  July  22,  1882,  p.  49. 


42  PHILIPP  REIS, 


phone  are  admitted,  though  hesitatingly,  to  be  historically 
just. 

We  now  return  to  the  proof  of  the  three  points  previously 
enunciated. 

I. — Reis's    Telephone    was    expressly    intended    to 
transmit  speech. 

Keis's  first  instrument  was  (see  p.  16)  nothing  else  than  a 
model  of  the  mechanism  of  the  human  ear.  Why  did  he 
choose  this  fundamental  type  which  runs  through  all  his  in- 
struments from  first  to  last  ?  The  reason  is  given  in  his  own 
first  memoir  (p.  51),  "  How  could  a  single  instrument  repro- 
duce at  once  the  total  actions  of  all  the  organs  operated  in  human 
speech?  This  was  ever  the  cardinal  question!'  Eeis  con- 
structed his  instrument  therefore  with  intent  to  reproduce 
human  speech.  For  this  reason  he  borrowed  from  the  ear 
the  suggestion  of  a  tympanum.  Of  the  operation  of  the  tym- 
.panum  he  had  the  most  exact  and  perfect  conception.  He 
says  (p.  54),  "  Every  tone,  and  every  combination  of  tones  " — 
and  this  includes  articulate  tones,  of  course,  and  is  just  as 
true  of  them  as  of  any  other  kind — "  evokes  in  our  ear,  if  it 
enters  it,  vibrations  of  the  drum-skin,  the  motions  of  which  may 
le  represented  ly  a  curve!'  And  further :  "  As  soon,  therefore,  as 
it  shall  become  possible,  at  any  place  and  in  any  prescribed  manner, 
to  set  up  vibrations  whose  curves  are  like  those  of  any  given 
tone,  or  combination  of  tones,  we  shall  then  receive  the  same  im- 
pression as  that  tone  or  combination  of  tones  would  have  pro- 
duced upon  us!'  Again,  it  is  clear  that  his  study  of  acoustics 
led  him  to  employ  the  tympanum,  because  of  its  special  value 
in  responding  to  all  the  complex  vibrations  of  human  speech. 
It  is  no  less  significant  that  when  a  decade  later  Varley, 
Gray,  and  Bell,  set  themselves  to  invent  tone-telephones  for 
the  purpose  of  multiple  telegraphy,  they  abandoned  tympa- 
nums as  being  unsuitable  for  tone-telephones,  and  in  lieu 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  43 

thereof  employed  vibrating  tongues  like  those  of  tuning- 
forks.  Eeis's  use  of  the  tympanum  had  a  very  definite 
meaning  then ;  it  meant  nothing  less  than  this  :  I  intend  my 
instrument  to  transmit  any  sound  that  a  human  ear  can 
hear.  That  it  was  explicitly  within  his  intention  to  transmit 
speech  is  confirmed  by  another  passage  of  his  first  memoir 
(p.  58),  wherein  he  remarks  with  a  shade  of  disappointment 
that  though  "  the  consonants  are  for  the  most  part  tolerably 
distinctly  reproduced,  the  vowels  are  not  yet  to  an  equal 
degree."  To  his  own  pupils  and  co-workers  he  communi- 
cated his  ideas.  One  of  the  former,  Mr.  E.  Horkheimer,  now 
of  Manchester,  expressly  says  (see  p.  117)  that  Eeis's  inten- 
tion was  to  transmit  speech,  and  that  the  transmission  of 
music  was  an  afterthought  adopted  for  the  convenience  of 
public  exhibition,  just  as  was  the  case  with  the  public  exhi- 
bitions of  Bell's  Telephone  fifteen  years  later. 

Nor  did  this  imperfection  cause  Eeis  to  hide  his  intentions 
from  the  world.  He  modestly  claimed  such  success  as  he  , 
had  obtained,  and  left  the  rest.  In  1863  he  drew  up  a 
Prospectus  (given  in  extenso  on  p.  85),  which  was  printed  to 
accompany  the  instruments  4which  were  sold ;  and  of  which 
copies  are  still  extant.  In  this  document  he  says  :  "  Besides 
the  human  voice,  according  to  my  experience,  there  can 
also  be  reproduced  the  tones  of  good  organ  pipes,  from  F 
to  c,  and  those  of  a  piano."  In  this  same  Prospectus 
(p.  87)  occur  the  instructions  for  the  use  of  the  signal  call 
by  which  the  listener  communicates  his  wishes  to  the  speaker. 
Those  instructions  run  :  "  One  beat  =  sing ;  two  beats  = 
speak."  Can  any  sane  person  doubt  that  Eeis  intended  his 
instrument  to  transmit  speech,  when  such  directions  stand 
printed  in  his  own  Prospectus  ?  Legat's  Eeport  (1862) 
speaks  of  Eeis's  instrument  as  intended  (see  p.  77)  to  speak, 
and  further  describes  the  use  of  an  elliptic  cavity  to  which 
the  listener  can  apply  his  ear.  Kuhn  (1866)  (see  p.  106)  says 


44  PEILIPP  REIS, 


that  the  square-box  transmitter  (Figs.  17,  18)  did  not  send 
speech  well,  and  complains  that  he  could  only  get  from  it  an 
indistinguishable  noise.  Doubtless  he  spoke  too  loudly. 
Pisko  (1865)  speaks  of  the  Eeis  instrument  as  intended  for 
speaking  (p.  105).  Further,  in  the  letter  which  Eeis  wrote 
in  1863  to  Mr.  W.  Ladd,  of  London,  he  expressly  emphasises 
by  underscoring  the  word  that  his  Telephone  can  transmit 
"any  sound"  that  is  sufficiently  loud,  and  he  refers  to  the 
speaker  and  listener  at  the  two  ends  of  the  line  as  "  the  cor- 
respondents." The  only  reply  henceforth  possible  to  any 
person  who  shall  assert  that  Keis's  Telephone  was  not  ex- 
pressly intended  to  transmit  articulate  speech  is  the  good 
honest  retort :  impudentissime  mentiris. 

II. — Reis's  Telephone,  in  the  hands  of  Reis  and  his 
contemporaries,  did  transmit  speech. 

Of  the  performance  of  his  instruments  Eeis  speaks  modestly 
and  carefully,  nothing  extenuating  of  his  failures,  nothing 
exaggerating  of  his  successes.  I  shall  not  attempt  to  be 
wiser  than  he  ;  nor  seek  to  make  out  his  instrument  to  have 
been  either  more  perfect  or  more  reliable  than  he  himself 
knew  it  to  be.  The  membrane  tympanum  of  his  transmitter 
was  liable  to  become  relaxed  by  the  moisture  of  the  breath 
rendering  the  instrument — as  Graham  Bell  found  fifteen 
years  later  with  his  membrane  magneto-transmitters — uncer- 
tain in  its  action.  Moreover,  in  some  earlier  forms  of  Eeis's 
transmitter,  notably  those  with  a  vertical  tympanum,  the 
adjustment  of  the  contact-points  that  controlled  the  current 
was  a  matter  of  delicacy  requiring  experience  and  practice, 
so  that  casual  experimenters  failed  to  obtain  the  results 
which  Eeis  himself  obtained  ;*  they  obtaining  only  a  noisy 

*  Mr.  E.  Albert,  of  the  firm  of  J.  W.  Albert  and  Sohn,  of  Frankfurt, 
to  whom  Keis  entrusted  the  manufacture  of  Telephones  for  public  sale,  thus 
writes  :  "  The  most  important  part  was  the  membiane,  because  the  delicacy 


INVENTOR  OF  TEE  TELEPHONE.        45 

snarl  where  he  obtained  intelligible  speech.  Lastly,  the 
very  delicacy  of  the  essential  parts,  the  conducting  strips  of 
metal  which  lay  lightly  in  contact  against  one  another,  mili- 
tated against  a  uniformity  of  success  when  tried  with  dif- 
ferent voices,  some  of  wmVh  were  too  low  to  produce  any 
effect,  others  so  loud  as  to  rattle  the  delicate  contact-pieces  in 
a  manner  fatal  to  the  attainment  of  the  desired  result. 

In  spite  of  all  these  drawbacks,  which  were  not  inherent  in 
the  principle  of  the  instrument,  there  is  plenty  of  evidence 
that  Reis's  Telephone  did  transmit  speech.  Eeis  himself  records 
this  fact : 

(1.)  In  1861,  in  his  memoir  '  On  Telephony '  (see  p.  58), 
"  The  consonants  are  for  the  most  part  tolerably  distinctly  re- 
produced, lut  the  vowels  not  yet  in  an  equal  degree" 

(2.)  In  his  '  Prospectus  '  (p.  86)  Eeis  says  that  the  tones  of 
organ-pipes  and  of  the  piano  can  be  reproduced  as  well  as 
the  tones  of  the  human  voice,  "  according  to  my  experience." 

(3.)  The  fact  is  attested  by  Inspector  Wilhelm  von  Legat, 
in  his  Keport  in  the  '  Zeitschrift '  (p.  77),  1862.  After  alluding 
to  the  indistinctness  of  the  vowels,  he  says  :  "  Single  words, 
uttered  as  in  reading,  speaking,  and  the  like,  were  perceptible 


of  the  apparatus  depended  principally  upon  that  part.  As  it  was  not 
possible  to  make  every  membrane  equally  good,  so  it  came  about  that 
instruments  of  different  degrees  of  superiority  came  into  use,  and  various 
decisions  were  arrived  at  as  to  the  ability  of  the  instrument  to  perform 
the  functions  for  which  it  was  designed.  Those  who  happened  to  have  a 
poor  instrument  were  able  to  hear  but  little ;  while  those  who  possessed  a 
good  instrument  were  astonished  at  its  performances.  A  good  instrument 
reproduced  the  words  sung  into  it  in  such  a  manner  that  not  only  the 
pitch  but  also  the  words  of  the  song  were  perfectly  understood,  even  when 
the  listener  was  unacquainted  with  the  song  and  the  words." 

M.  St.  Ed  me,  of  Paris,  who  contributed  to  '  Cosmos,'  vol.  xxiv.  p.  349, 
1864,  an  article  on  Reis's  Telephone,  of  which  he  had  seen  an  example  in 
Konig's  atelier,  said  that  when  the  scale  was  sung  it  needed  a  trained  ear 
to  distinguish  the  notes  amidst  the  noises  of  the  receiver.  He  must  have 
got  hold  of  an  uncommonly  bad  transmitter  with  a  flabby  tympanum  to 
have  failed  so  completely. 


46  PH1LIPP  REIS, 


indistinctly,  nevertheless,  here  also  the  inflexions  of  the  voice,  the 
modulations  of  interrogation,  exclamation,  wonder,  command,  etc., 
attained  distinct  expression" 

(4.)  Professor  Quincke,  of  Heidelberg,  testifies  (see  p.  113) 
that  he  heard  and  understood  words  spoken  through  a  Reis 
Telephone  in  1864. 

(5.)  Professor  Bottger,  editor  of  the  '  Polytechnisches  Notiz- 
blatt,'  in  1863  says  (see  p.  90)':  "The  experimenters  could 
even  communicate  words  to  one  another,  though  certainly 
indeed,  only  such  as  had  often  been  heard  by  them." 

(6.)  Dr.  Eudolph  Messel,  an  old  pupil  of  Reis,  and  an  eye- 
witness of  his  early  experiments,  has  written  * :  "  There  is 
not  a  shadow  of  a  doubt  about  Reis  having  actually  achieved 
imperfect  articulation.  I  personally  recollect  this  very  distinctly, 
and  could  find  you  plenty  more  people  who  witnessed  the 
same." 

(7.)  Herr  Peter,  a  former  colleague  of  Philipp  Reis,  whose 
testimony  will  be  found  on  page  126,  narrates  how  he  doubted 
the  powers  of  the  instrument  until  he  had  verified  them  for 
himself  by  speaking  into  it  words  which  could  not  possibly 
be  premeditated. 

(8.)  Mr.  E.  Horkheimer,  who  aided  Reis  in  his  earlier  work, 
though  he  left  Germany  when  the  development  of  tfre 
instrument  was  yet  very  far  from  complete,  has  even  given 
(see  p.  117)  a  list  of  the  words  and  expressions  which  he  has 
heard  transmitted  by  the  earlier  forms  of  the  instrument. 

(9.)  Herr  Philipp  Schmidt,  brother-in-law  of  Philipp  Reis, 
and  now  acting-paymaster  in  the  Imperial  German  Navy  at 
Wilhelmshavn,  says  :  "  he  succeeded  finally  in  reproducing  at 
a  distance,  words  and  whole  sentences."  "  There  never  was 
any  understanding  between  my  brother-in-law  and  myself  as 

*  Letter  of  Dr.  Messel  to  Professor  W.  F.  Barrett  quoted,  in  Professor 
Barrett's  memoir,  '  On  the  Electric  Telephone,'  read  Nov.  19,  1877,  to  the 
Dublin  Royal  Society.  Vide  Proc.  Boy.  Soc.  Dubl.  1877. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  47 

to  particular  words  and  sentences:  on  the  contrary,  these 
were  quite  spontaneous." 

(10.)  Mr.  S.  M.  Yeates,  of  Dublin,  who  in  1865  constructed 
a  modified  Eeis  Telephone  (see  p.  128),  has  thus  described  the 
performance  of  the  instrument :  "  Before  disposing  of  the 
apparatus,  I  showed  it  at  the  November  meeting  (1865)  of 
the  Dublin  Philosophical  Society,  when  both  singing  and 
the  distinct  articulation  of  several  words  were  heard  through  it, 
and  the  difference  letween  the  speakers'  voices  clearly  recognised!'  * 

It  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  testimony  on  this  point  could 
be  stronger.  From  so  many  different  sources  it  is  alike 
agreed  that — with  the  instrument  presumably  in  good 
adjustment — Eeis's  Telephone,  in  the  hands  of  Eeis  and  his 
contemporaries,  did  transmit  articulate  speech. 

III. — Reis's  Telephone  will  transmit  speech. 

Eeis's  Telephone  consists  of  two  parts :  a  "  transmitter," 
into  which  the  speaker  speaks;  and  a  "receiver,"  at  which 
the  hearer  listens.  Their  various  forms  have  been  described 
in  detail  in  the  preceding  chapter.  All  that  we  are  con- 
cerned with  at  this  place  is,  whether  these  instruments  will 
at  the  present  day  do  what  is  asserted.  The  writer  has 
tested  every  form  of  Eeis's  transmitter,  save  only  some  of  the 
tentative  historic  forms  shown  in  Figs.  2-8, 13,  15,  &  16,  ante, 
and  has  found  them  perfectly  competent  to  transmit  speech, 
provided  proper  precautions  were  taken :  namely,  that  the 
contacts  were  clean  and  in  adjustment,  that  the  tympanum 
was  tightly  stretched,  and  that  the  speaker  did  not  speak  too 
loudly :  f  in  other  words,  that  the  instruments  were  properly 
used.  Any  one  who  wants  not  to  succeed  in  transmitting 
speech  with  Eeis's  transmitter  has  only  to  neglect  these 
reasonable  precautions.  It  is  not,  therefore,  difficult  to  fail. 

*  See  Barrett's  '  Telephones  Old  and  New '  (1878),  p.  12. 
f  See  Reis's  own  remark  at  bottom  of  p.  57. 


48  PEILIPP  EEIS, 


The  writer  has  also  tested  both  the  better-known  forms  of 
Keis's  receiver  (Figs.  21,  22,  &  23),  and  finds  that  both  are 
perfectly  competent  to  receive  speech  electrically  and  repro- 
duce it  audibly,  both  vowels  and  consonants  being  perfectly 
distinct  and  articulate,  though  never  as  loud  as  in  more 
modern  forms  of  telephone-receiver.  From  a  steel  wire, 
magnetised,  as  prescribed  by  Eeis,  by  surrounding  it  with  a 
coil  of  wire  through  which  the  current  passes,  the  writer  has 
obtained  articulation  exceeding  in  perfection  of  definition, 
both  of  vowels  and  of  consonants,  the  articulation  of  any  other 
telephone-receiver  he  has  ever  listened  to.  Perhaps  it  may 
be  objected  that  it  is  difficult  to  listen  to  a  steel  wire.  Eeis 
met  this  difficulty  in  his  own  way  by  mounting  his  steel  wire 
upon  a  small  sounding-box  to  strengthen  the  sounds,  and 
added  a  flat  upper  case  against  which  the  ear  of  the  listener 
can  be  pressed,  and  which  can  be  removed,  or  opened  as  a 
lid,  when  a  whole  audience  is  to  hear  simultaneously  the  tones 
of  the  instrument  when  working  in  a  loud  and  disagreeable 
manner,  as  a  transmitter  of  the  coarser  vibrations  of  a  loudly 
sung  melody.  The  lid  is  not  wanted  for  this  latter  purpose — 
is  an  encumbrance;  which,  nevertheless,  by  its  presence 
proves  the  more  delicate  functions  of  the  instrument.  Eeis's 
instructions  in  his  '  Prospectus/  p.  86,  are  that  pressing  this 
lid  down  firmly  upon  the  steel  core  increases  the  loudness  of 
the  sounds.  Any  one  who  wants  not  to  succeed  in  receiving 
speech  with  Eeis's  receiver  has,  as  before,  only  to  neglect 
reasonable  precautions.  He  has  only  to  use  an  imperfect  or 
bad  transmitter,  or  use  it  carelessly,  or  put  the  receiver  to  a 
sufficient  distance  from  his  ear,  to  attain  this  result.  There 
are  people  who  have  failed  to  make  Eeis's  receiver  receive. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  discuss  a  doctrinaire  objection 
sometimes  raised,  that  it  is  theoretically  impossible  for  Eeis's 
instruments  to  work.  For  the  moment  we  are  concerned 
with  the  practical  question :  Do  they  work  ?  No  one 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  49 

practically  experienced  in  telephones,  even  if  he  should 
deny  that  Eeis  had  any  such  intention,  will  dispute  that 
they  can  now  be  made  to  transmit  speech.  Professor  Dolbear, 
himself  no  mean  authority  on  telephones,  testifies,  as  quoted 
above  (p.  41),  "that  the  instruments  would  talk,  and  would 
talk  well"  He  would,  indeed,  be  a  bold  man  who  would 
come  forward  to  deny  what  can  be  shown  any  day  as  an 
experimental  fact :  that  Rds's  Telephone  will  transmit  speech. 

We  have  now  shown  that  Philipp  Eeis  was  the  undisputed 
inventor  of  an  instrument  which  he  called  the  Telephone, 
which  instrument  can  now  be  used  to  transmit  speech ;  which 
was  then  used  to  transmit  speech ;  and  which  was  invented 
on  purpose  to  transmit  speech.  So  far  the  result  of  the 
examination  into  the  facts  of  the  case  is  conclusive  enough. 
A  more  complete  case  could  hardly  be  desired.  No  honest 
person  could  hesitate  for  want  of  proof,  either  greater  in 
amount  or  more  direct  to  the  point. 

Nevertheless,  I  propose  in  another  section  to  go  a  little 
further  and  to  prove  a  technical  point  of  highest  interest ; 
namely,  that  there  is  not  in  the  Telephone  Exchanges  of 
England  to-day,  any  single  telephone  to  be  found  in  which 
the  fundamental  principles  of  Eeis's  Telephone  are  not  the 
essential  and  indispensable  features.  These  considerations 
being,  however,  of  a  strictly  technical  nature,  will  be  best 
considered  in  an  Appendix.  As,  however,  we  are  able  to 
show  that  those  instruments  which  are  now  in  daily  use  for 
transmitting  speech,  embody  the  two  fundamental  principles 
upon  which  Eeis  based  the  instrument  which  he  called  "  Das 
Telephon"  it  would  be  dishonest  to  the  memory  of  the 
deceased  inventor  to  claim  anything  less  than  that  he  was 
the  "  first  and  true  inventor  "  of  the  Telephone. 


50  PHILIPP  RE1S, 


CHAPTER  IV. 

CONTEMPORARY   DOCUMENTS. 

THE  following  documents,  drawn  from  the  scientific  literature 
of  the  time,  are  placed  in  chronological  order,  beginning  with 
the  first  memoir  published  by  Philipp  Reis  himself,  in  the 
Jaliresbericht  of  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort,  for  th,e 
year  1860-61.  Every  care  has  been  taken  that  the  trans- 
lations here  given  shall  be  faithful  in  every  detail  to  the 
originals.  All  notes  and  comments  by  the  translator  are 
distinguished  by  being  enclosed  in  square  brackets. 

[1.]        ON  TELEPHONY  BY  THE  GALVANIC  CURRENT. 
By  PHILIPP  REIS. 

[Translated  from  the  Annual  Report  (Jahresbericht)  of  the  Physical 
Society  of  Frankfurt  am-Main,  for  1860-1861.] 

THE  surprising  results  in  the  domain  of  Telegraphy,  have 
often  already  suggested  the  question  whether  it  may  not  also 
be  possible  to  communicate  the  very  tones  of  speech  direct  to 
a  distance.  Researches  aiming  in  this  direction  have  not, 
however,  up  to  the  present  time,  been  able  to  show  any 
tolerably  satisfactory  result,  because  the  vibrations  of  the 
media  through  which  sound  is  conducted,  soon  fall  off  so 
greatly  in  their  intensity  that  they  are  no  longer  perceptible 
to  our  senses. 

A  reproduction  of  the  tones  at  some  distance  by  means  of 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  51 

the  galvanic  current,  has  perhaps  been  contemplated ;  but  at 
all  events  the  practical  solution  of  this  problem  has  been 
most  doubted  by  exactly  the  very  persons  who  by  their 
knowledge  and  resources  should  have  been  enabled  to  grasp 
the  problem.  To  one  who  is  only  superficially  acquainted 
with  the  doctrines  of  Physics,  the  problem,  if  indeed  he 
becomes  acquainted  with  it,  appears  to  offer  far  fewer  points 
of  difficulty  because  he  does  not  foresee  most  of  them.  Thus 
did  I,  some  nine  years  ago  (with  a  great  penchant  for  what 
was  new,  but  with  only  too  imperfect  knowledge  in  Physics), 
have  the  boldness  to  wish  to  solve  the  problem  mentioned ; 
but  I  was  soon  obliged  to  relinquish  it,  because  the  very  first 
inquiry  convinced  me  firmly  of  the  impossibility  of  the 
solution. 

Later,  after  further  studies  and  much  experience,  I  perceived 
that  my  first  investigation  had  been  very  crude  and  by  no 
means  conclusive :  but  I  did  not  resume  the  question  seriously 
then,  because  I  did  not  feel  myself  sufficiently  developed  to 
overcome  the  obstacles  of  the  path  to  be  trodden. 

Youthful  impressions  are,  however,  strong  and  not  easily 
effaced.  I  could  not,  in  spite  of  every  protest  of  my  reason, 
banish  from  my  thoughts  that  first  inquiry  and  its  occasion ; 
and  so  it  happened  that,  half  without  intending  it,  in  many  a 
leisure  hour  the  youthful  project  was  taken  up  again,  the  diffi- 
culties and  the  means  of  vanquishing  them  were  weighed, — 
and  yet  not  the  first  step  towards  an  experiment  taken. 

How  could  a  single  instrument  reproduce,  at  once,  the 
total  actions  of  all  the  organs  operated  in  human  speech  ? 
This  was  ever  the  cardinal  question.  At  last  I  came 
by  accident  to  put  the  question  in  another  way :  How 
does  our  ear  take  cognizance  of  the  total  vibrations  of  all  the 
simultaneously  operant  organs  of  speech  ?  Or,  to  put  it  more 
generally:  How  do  we  perceive  the  vibrations  of  several 
bodies  emitting  sounds  simultaneously  ? 

E  2 


52  PHILIPP  REIS, 


In  order  to  answer  this  question,  we  will  next  see  what 
must  happen  in  order  that  we  may  perceive  a  single  tone. 

Apart  from  our  ear,  every  tone  is  nothing  more  than  the  con- 
densation and  rarefaction  of  a  body  repeated  several  times  in  a 
second  (at  least  seven  to  eight  times  *).  If  this  occurs  in  the 
same  medium  (the  air)  as  that  with  which  we  are  surrounded, 
then  the  membrane  of  our  ear  will  be  compressed  toward  the 
drum-cavity  by  every  condensation,  so  that  in  the  succeeding 
rarefaction  it  moves  back  in  the  opposite  direction.  These 
vibrations  occasion  a  lifting-up  and  a  falling-down  of  the 
"  hammer "  [malleus  bone]  upon  the  "  anvil "  [incus  bone] 
with  the  same  velocity,  or,  according  to  others,  occasion  an 
approach  and  a  recession  of  the  atoms  of  the  auditory 
ossicles,  and  give  rise,  therefore,  to  exactly  the  same  number 
of  concussions  in  the  fluid  of  the  cochlcea,  in  which  the 
auditory  nerve  and  its  terminals  are  spread  out.  The  greater 
the  condensation  of  the  sound-conducting  medium  at  any 
given  moment,  the  greater  will  be  the  amplitude  of  vibration 
of  the  membrane  and  of  the  "  hammer,"  and  the  more  power- 
ful, therefore,  the  blow  on  the  "  anvil "  and  the  concussion  of 
the  nerves  through  the  intermediary  action  of  the  fluid. 

The  function  of  the  organs  of  hearing,  therefore,  is  to  impart 
faithfully  to  the  auditory  nerve,  every  condensation  and 
rarefaction  occurring  in  the  surrounding  medium.  The 
function  of  the  auditory  nerve  is  to  bring  to  our  consciousness 
the  vibrations  of  matter  resulting  at  the  given  time,  both 
according  to  their  number  and  their  magnitude.  Here,  first, 
certain  combinations  acquire  a  distinct  name  :  here,  first  the 
vibrations  become  musical  tones  or  discords  (Misstone). 

That  which  is  perceived  by  the  auditory  nerve,  is,  therefore, 

*  [This  was  the  number  formerly  accepted  on  the  authority  of  Despretz 
as  the  minimum  number  of  vibrations  that  could  evoke  the  sensation  of  a 
tone  in  the  human  ear.  The  limit  now  more  usually  recognized  is  that  of 
Helmholtz,  who  assigns  from  thirty  to  forty  double  vibrations  per  second 
as  the  minimum.] — S.  P.  T. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  53 

merely  the  action  of  a  force  affecting  our  consciousness,  and  as 
such  may  be  represented  graphically,  according  to  its  duration 
and  magnitude,  by  a  curve. 


Fig.  24. 

Let  the  line  a,  b,  indicate  any  given  length  of  time,  and 
the  curve  above  the  line  a  condensation  (  +  ),  the  curve  below 
the  line  a  rarefaction  (  —  ),  then  every  ordinate  erected  at  the 
end  of  an  abscissa  will  give  [according  to  the  height  of  it],  at 
a  moment  indicated  by  the  position  of  the  foot  of  the 
ordinate,  the  strength  of  the  condensation  that  is  causing  the 
drum- skin  to  vibrate. 

Our  ear  can  perceive  absolutely  nothing  more  than  is 
capable  of  being  represented  by  similar  curves,  and  this 
method  is  completely  sufficient  to  bring  before  our  clear 
consciousness  every  tone  and  every  combination  of  tones. 

If  several  tones  are  produced  at  the  same  time,  then  the 
medium  that  conducts  sound  is  placed  under  the  influence  of 
several  simultaneous  forces ;  and  the  two  following  laws 
hold  good : — 

If  all  the  forces  operate  in  the  same  sense,  the  resultant 
motion  is  proportional  in  magnitude  to  the  sum  of  the  forces. 

If  the  forces  operate  in  opposite  senses,  the  resultant 
motion  is  proportional  in  magnitude  to  the  difference  of  the 
opposing  forces. 

Let  us  exhibit  the  condensation-curves  for  three  tones — 
each  singly  (Table  I.)*  :  then,  by  adding  together  the  ordinates 

*  [The  three  plates  or  tables  with  which  Keis  accompanied  his  Memoir, 
containing  a  variety  of  undulatory  curves  corresponding  to  various  com- 
binations of  tones,  both  of  musical  concords  and  of  dissonant  sounds,  are 
not  reprinted  in  this  book  in  their  entirety.  Table  I.  contained  three  sets, 
the  first  of  which  is  reproduced  by  photo-lithography  in  reduced  facsimile 


54  PHILIPP  REIS, 


corresponding  to  equal  abscissae,  we  can  determine  new 
ordinates  and  develop  a  new  curve  which  we  may  call  the 
combination-curve  [or  resultant  curve].  Now  this  gives  us 
just  exactly  what  our  ear  perceives  from  the  three  simul- 
taneous tones.  It  ought  to  cause  us  as  little  wonder  that 
a  musician  can  recognize  the  three  tones,  as  that  (as  is  the 
fact)  a  person  conversant  with  the  science  of  colour,  can 
recognize  in  green,  blue  and  yellow  tints.  The  combination- 
curves  of  table  I.  present,  however,  very  little  difficulty,  since 
in  them  all  the  proportions  of  the  component  curves  recur 
successively.  In  chords  consisting  of  more  than  three  tones 
(Table  II.),  the  proportions  of  the  components  are  no  longer 
so  easy  to  recognize  in  the  drawing.  But  it  is  also  difficult 
to  an  accomplished  musician,  in  such  chords  to  recognize  the 
individual  notes. 

Table  III.  shows  us  a  discord.  Why  discords  affect  us  so 
unpleasantly  I  leave  provisionally  to  the  contemplation  of 
the  gentle  reader,  as  I  may  perhaps  return  to  this  point  in 
another  memoir. 

It  follows  from  the  preceding  that  : — 

(1.)  Every  tone  and  every  combination  of  tones  evokes  in 
our  ear,  if  it  enters  it,  vibrations  of  the  drumskin,  the  motions 
of  which  may  be  represented  by  a  curve.* 

(2.)  The  motions  of  these  vibrations  evoke  in  us  the  per- 
ception (sensation)  of  the  tone:  and  every  change  in  the 
motion  must  change  the  sensation. 

in  Fig.  47,  p.  173.  It  was  also  reproduced  by  W.  von  Legat  in  his 
Report  from  which  Plate  I.  at  end  of  this  book  is  copied,  Fig.  1  of  that 
plate  being  the  same  as  Fig.  1  of  Eeis's  Table  I.  Fig.  2  of  Plate  1,  was 
in  like  manner  copied  by  Legat  from  the  first  figure  of  Reis's  Tahle  II.,  and 
Fig.  3  of  Plate  I.,  which  represents  the  curves  of  a  non-harmonious  com- 
bination is  the  same  as  Reis's  Table  III.,  the  only  difference  being  that  in 
Reis's  Table  III.  the  irregular  undulations  of  the  resultant  curve  were 
emphasised  by  being  labelled  '  Dissonanz.'] — S.  P.  T. 

*  [This  is  true  for  speech-tones  as  well  as  for  musical  tones.  Each  kind 
of  tone  may  be  represented  by  its  own  characteristic  curve.] — S.  P.  T. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


55 


As  soon,  therefore,  as  it  shall  be  possible  at  any  place  and 
in  any  prescribed  manner,  to  set  up  vibrations  whose  curves 
are  like  those  of  any  given  tone  or  combination  of  tones,  we 
shall  receive  the  same  impression  as  that  tone  or  combina- 
tion of  tones  would  have  produced  upon  us.* 

Taking  my  stand  on  the  preceding  principles,  I  have  suc- 
ceeded in  constructing  an  apparatus  by  means  of  which  I  am 
in  a  position  to  reproduce  the  tones  of  divers  instruments, 
yes,  and  even  to  a  certain  degree  the  human  voice.  It  is 
very  simple,  and  can  be  clearly  explained  in  the  sequel,  by 
aid  of  the  figure : 

f          -       '     '       4 


In  a  cube  of  wood,  r  s  t  u  v  w  x,  there  is  a  conical  hole,  a, 
closed  at  one  side  by  the  membrane  b  (made  of  the  lesser 
intestine  of  the  pig),  upon  the  middle  of  which  a  little  strip 
of  platinum  is  cemented  as  a  conductor  of  the  current  [or 
electrode].  This  is  united  with  the  binding-screw,  p.  From 

*  [This  is  the  fundamental  principle,  not  only  of  the  telephone,  but  ot 
the  phonograph  ;  and  it  is  wonderful  with  what  clearness  Reis  had  grasped 
his  principle  in  1861.]— S.  P.  T. 


56  PHILIPP  REIS, 


the  binding-screw  n  there  passes  likewise  a  thin  strip  of 
metal  over  the  middle  of  the  membrane,  and  terminates  here 
in  a  little  platinum  wire  which  stands  at  right  angles  to  the 
length  and  breadth  of  the  strip. 

From  the  binding-screw,  p,  a  conducting-wire  leads 
through  the  battery  to  a  distant  station,  ends  there  in  a  spiral 
of  copper-wire,  overspun  with  silk,  which  in  turn  passes  into 
a  return-wire  that  leads  to  the  binding-screw,  n. 

The  spiral  at  the  distant  station  is  about  six  inches  long, 
consists  of  six  layers  of  thin  wire,  and  receives  into  its  middle 
as  a  core  a  knitting-needle,  which  projects  about  two  inches 
at  each  side.  By  the  projecting  ends  of  the  wire  the  spiral 
rests  upon  two  bridges  of  a  sounding-box.  (This  whole  piece 
may  naturally  be  replaced  by  any  apparatus  by  means  of 
which  one  produces  the  well-known  "  galvanic  tones.") 

If  now  tones,  or  combinations  of  tones,  are  produced  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  cube,  so  that  waves  of  sufficient  strength 
enter  the  opening  a,  they  will  set  the  membrane  I  in  vibra- 
tion. At  the  first  condensation  the  hammer-shaped  little 
wire  d  will  be  pushed  back.  At  the  succeeding  rarefaction 
it  cannot  follow  the  return- vibration  of  the  membrane,  and 
the  current  going  through  the  little  strip  [of  platinum] 
remains  interrupted  so  long  as  until  the  membrane,  driven  by 
a  new  condensation,  presses  the  little  strip  (coming  from  p) 
against  d  once  more.  In  this  way  each  sound-wave  effects 
an  opening  and  a  closing  of  the  current. 

But  at  every  closing  of  the  circuit  the  atoms  of  the  iron 
needle  lying  in  the  distant  spiral  are  pushed  asunder  from 
one  another.  (Muller-Pouillet,  (  Lehrbuch  der  Physik/  see 
p.  304  of  vol.  ii.  5th  ed.).  At  the  interruption  of  the  current 
the  atoms  again  attempt  to  regain  their  position  of  equili- 
brium. If  this  happens  then  in  consequence  of  the  action 
and  reaction  of  elasticity  and  traction,  they  make  a  certain 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  57 

number  of  vibrations,  and  yield  the  longitudinal  tone  *  of  the 
needle.  It  happens  thus  when  the  interruptions  and  restora- 
tions of  the  current  are  effected  relatively  slowly.  But  if  these 
actions  follow  one  another  more  rapidly  than  the  oscillations 
due  to  the  elasticity  of  the  iron  core,  then  the  atoms  cannot 
travel  their  entire  paths.  The  paths  travelled  over  become 
shorter  the  more  rapidly  the  interruptions  occur,  and  in  pro- 
portion to  their  frequency.  The  iron  needle  emits  no  longer 
its  longitudinal  tone,  but  a  tone  whose  pitch  corresponds  to 
the  number  of  interruptions  (in  a  given  time).  But  this  is 
saying  nothing  less  than  that  the  needle  reproduces  the  tone 
which  was  imparted  to  the  interrupting  apparatus. 

Moreover,  the  strength  of  this  tone  is  proportional  to  the 
original  tone,  for  the  stronger  this  is,  the  greater  will  be  the 
movement  of  the  drum-skin,  the  greater  therefore  the  move- 
ment of  the  little  hammer,  the  greater  finally  the  length  of 
time  during  which  the  circuit  remains  open,  and  consequently 
the  greater,  up  to  a  certain  limit,  the  movement  of  the  atoms 
in  the  reproducing  wire  [the  knitting  needle],  which  we 
perceive  as  a  stronger  vibration,  just  as  we  should  have 
perceived  the  original  wave. 

Since  the  length  of  the  conducting  wire  may  be  extended 
for  this  purpose,  just  as  far  as  in  direct  telegraphy,  I  give  to 
my  instrument  the  name  "  Telephon." 

As  to  the  performance  attained  by  the  Telephone,  let  it 
be  remarked,  that,  with  its  aid,  I  was  in  a  position  to 
make  audible  to  the  members  of  a  numerous  assembly  (the 
Physical  Society  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main)  melodies  which 
were  sung  (not  very  loudly)  into  the  apparatus  in  another 
house  (about  three  hundred  feet  distant)  with  closed  doors. 

Other   researches  show  that   the    sounding-rod   [i.e.    the 

*  [That  is,  at  any  single  demagnetisation  of  the  needle,  it  vibrates  and 
emits  the  same  tone  as  if  it  had  been  struck  or  mechanically  caused  to 
vibrate  longitudinally.] — S.  P.  T. 


58  PHILIPP  REIS, 


knitting  needle]  is  able  to  reproduce  complete  triad  chords 
("  Dreiklange ")  of  a  piano  on  which  the  telephone  [i.e.  the 
transmitter]  stands ;  and  that,  finally,  it  reproduces  equally 
well  the  tones  of  other  instruments — harmonica,  clarionet, 
horn,  organ-pipes,  &c.,  always  provided  that  the  tones  belong 
to  a  certain  range  between  F  and  /  *. 

It  is,  of  course,  understood'  that  in  all  researches  it  was 
sufficiently  ascertained  that  the  direct  conduction  of  the  sound 
did  not  come  into  play.  This  point  may  be  controlled  very 
simply  by  arranging  at  times  a  good  shunt-circuit  directly 
across  the  spiral  [i.e.  to  cut  the  receiving  instrument  out  of 
circuit  by  providing  another  path  for  the  currents  of  elec- 
tricity], whereby  naturally  the  operation  of  the  latter 
momentarily  ceases. 

Until  now  it  has  not  been  possible  to  reproduce  the  tones 
of  human  speech  with  a  distinctness  to  satisfy  everybody. 
The  consonants  are  for  the  most  part  tolerably  distinctly 
reproduced,  but  the  vowels  not  yet  in  an  equal  degree.  Why 
this  is  so  I  will  endeavour  to  explain. 

According  to  the  researches  of  "Willis,  Helmholtz,  and 
others,  vowel  sounds  can  be  artificially  produced  by  causing 
the  vibrations  of  one  body  to  reinforce  those  of  another 
periodically,  somewhat  after  the  following  scheme : — 

An  elastic  spring  is  set  in  vibration  by  the  thrust  of  the 


Fig.  26. 

tooth  of  a  cog-wheel :  the  first  swing  is  the   greatest,  and 
each  of  the  others  is  less  than  the  preceding  one  (see  Fig.  26) 

*  [This  range  was  simply  due  to  the  degree  of  tension  of  the  tympanum  ; 
another  tympanum  differently  stretched,  or  of  different  proportions,  would 
have  a  different  range  according  to  circumstances.]— S.  P.  T. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  59 

After  several  vibrations  of  this  sort  (without  the  spring 
coming  to  rest)  let  another  thrust  be  given  by  the  tooth ;  the 
next  swing  will  again  be  a  maximum  one,  and  so  on. 

The  height  or  depth  of  the  sound  produced  in  this  fashion 
depends  upon  the  number  of  vibrations  made  in  a  given 
time  ;  but  the  quality  of  the  note  depends  upon  the  number 
of  variations  of  amplitude  (Anschwellungen)  occurring  in  the 
same  time. 

Two  vowels  of  equal  pitch  may  be  distinguished  from  each 
other  somewhat  after  the  manner  represented  by  the  curves 
(1)  (2) :  while  the  same  tone  devoid  of  any  vowel  quality,  is 
represented  by  curve  (3). 


•  Fig.  27. 

Our  organs  of  speech  create  the  vowels  probably  in  the 
same  manner  by  a  combined  action  of  the  upper  and  lower 
vocal  chords,  or  of  the  latter  and  of  the  cavity  of  the  mouth. 

Now  my  apparatus  gives  the  number  of  the  vibrations, 
but  with  far  less  strength  than  the  original  ones ;  though 
also,  as  I  have  cause  to  think,  always  proportional  to  one 
another  up  to  a  certain  degree.  But  because  the  vibrations 
are  throughout  smaller,  the  difference  between  large  and  small 
vibrations  is  much  more  difficult  to  recognize  than  in  the 
original  waves,  and  the  vowel  is  therefore  more  or  less 
indefinite. 


60  PEILIPP  EEIS, 


Whether  my  views  with  respect  to  the  curves  representing 
combinations  of  tones  are  correct,  may  perhaps  be  deter- 
mined by  aid  of  the  new  phonautograph  described  by 
Duhamel.  (See  Yierordt's  '  Physiology/  p.  254.) 

There  may  probably  remain  much  more  yet  to  be  done  for 
the  utilisation  of  the  telephone  in  practice  (zur  praktischen 
Verwerthung  des  Telephons).  For  physics,  however,  it  has 
already  sufficient  interest  in  that  it  has  opened  out  a  new 
field  of  labour. 

PHILIPP  EEIS. 

Friedrichsdorf,  near  Frankfort-on- the- Main, 
in  December  1861. 

[Though  the  foregoing  memoir,  as  printed  in  the  '  Jahres- 
bericht/  of  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main, 
is  dated  "December  1861,"  it  was  delivered  verbally  on 
October  26th  preceding,  as  the  '  Proceedings '  of  the  Society 
show.  From  the  '  Jahresbericht '  for  the  succeeding  year  we 
learn  that  three  weeks  after  the  delivery  of  this  communi- 
cation Eeis  made  a  second  communication  to  the  Society  on 
a  kindred  matter.  The  entry  is  as  follows  ('  Proceedings f  x>f 
the  Society,  p.  13)  :  "On  the  16th  November,  by  the  same: 
Explanation  of  a  new  Theory  concerning  the  Perception  of 
Chords  and  of  Timbre  ('  Klangfarben '),  as  a  Continuation  and 
Supplement  of  the  Memoir  on  the  Telephone."  So  far  as  can 
now  be  learned,  the  substance  of  this  communication  was 
embodied  in  the  latter  part  of  the  paper  "  On  Telephony," 
when  written  out  in  December  for  publication.  On  the  8th  of 
January,  1862,  the  formal  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted 
to  Eeis  for  the  manuscript  which  he  had  contributed  to  the 
'  Jahresbericht/ 

It  is  of  interest,  moreover,  to  note  that  the  matter  did  not 
immediately  drop.  Professor  Bottger,  who  as  one  of  the 
regular  lecturers  of  the  Physical  Society,  held  fortnightly  dis- 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  61 

courses  on  matters  of  scientific  novelty,  took  occasion  on  the 
7th  of  December  to  recur  to  the  subject  then  attracting  so 
much  attention.  The  title  of  his  discourse  (see  '  Proceedings ' 
of  the  Society,  p.  11)  was  "  Application  of  an  Experiment 
relating  to  the  Transmission  of  Musical  Tones  to  any  desired 
distance  by  means  of  the  Galvanic  Current."  It  is  not  quite 
certain  whether  Reis  was  present  on  this  occasion.  Early  in 
the  spring  of  1863,  appeared  in  Bottger's  '  Polytechnisches 
Notizblatt'  (No.  6  of  that  year)  an  article  which  contains  in 
condensed  form  Bottger's  discourse.  This  article  was  copied 
into  Dingler's  'Polytechnisches  Journal'  for  May  1863. 
vol.  clxviii.p.  185,  and  also  into  the  'Polytechnisches  Central- 
blatt'  for  July  1863,  vol.  xxix.  p.  858.  An  extract  of  Reis's 
own  paper,  condensed  from  the '  Jahresbericht '  by  Dr.  Roeber 
(now  President  of  the  Physical  Society  of  Berlin),  appeared 
in  the  '  Berliner  Berichte '  (i.  e.  the  '  Fortschritte  der  Physik  ') 
for  1861,  vol.  xvii.  pp.  171-173.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  Reis's  paper  was  then  deemed  worthy  to  stand  in  the 
pages  of  the  '  Fortschritte  '  by  the  side  of  the  classic  researches 
of  Thomson  on  Regelation,  and  of  Maxwell  on  Magnetic 
Lines  of  Force.  The  following  is  a  translation  of  Bottger's 
notice  mentioned  above.] 

[2.]  ON  THE  TRANSMISSION  OF  TONES  TO  A  DISTANCE  AS 
FAR  AS  DESIRED,  BY  THE  HELP  OF  ELECTRICITY  (TELEPHONY). 

[Translated  from  the  original  notice  by  Professor  Bottger,  which  ap- 
peared in  Bottger's  *  Polytechnischen  Notizblatt,'  1863,  No.  6,  p.  81,  in 
Dingler's  *  Polytechnisches  Journal,'  1863,  vol.  clxviii.  p.  185,  and  in  the 
1  Polytechnisches  Centralblatt,'  1863,  t.  xxix.  p.  858.] 

Two  decades  ago  we  had  not  yet  gone  beyond  the  first 
attempts  to  give  signals  at  a  great  distance  by  the  aid  of 
electricity.  Since  then  telegraphy  has  attained  such  a  com- 
pleteness, and  the  telegraph  wire  has  reached  such  a  universal 
extension,  that  there  seems  little  left  for  even  the  boldest 
wish  to  desire. 


62  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


Now  there  crops  up  a  first  serious  research  to  reproduce 
tones  at  any  desired  distance  by  the  aid  of  electricity.  This 
first  experiment  which  has  been  crowned  with  some  success, 
has  been  made  by  the  teacher  of  Natural  Science  at  Fried- 
richsdorf,  not  far  from  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  Herr  Ph.  Eeis, 
and  has  been  repeated  in  the  Auditorium  of  the  Physical 
Society  in  Frankfort,  before  numerous  assembled  members  on 
the  26th  of  October,  1861.  He  caused  melodies  to  be  sung 
not  very  loudly  into  one  part  of  his  apparatus,  which  was 
placed  in  a  building  (the  Burger-Hospital),  about  300  feet 
distant,  with  closed  windows  and  doors.  These  same  melodies 
were  audible  to  the  members  in  the  meeting-hall  by  means  of 
the  second  part  of  the  apparatus.  These  wonderful  results 
were  attained  with  the  following  simple  pieces  of  apparatus. 
A  little  light  box,  a  sort  of  hollow  cube  of  wood,  has  a  large 
opening  at  its  front  side,  and  a  small  one  at  the  back  on  the 
opposite  side.  The  latter  is  closed  with  a  very  fine  membrane 
(of  pig's  smaller-intestine)  which  is  strained  stiff.  A  narrow 
springy  strip  of  platinum  foil,  fixed  at  its  outer  part  to  the 
wood,  touches  the  membrane  at  its  middle  ;  a  second  platinum 
strip  is  fastened  by  one  of  its  ends  to  the  wood  at  another 
spot,  and  bears  at  its  other  end  a  fine  horizontal  spike,  which 
touches  the  other  little  platinum  strip  where  it  lies  upon  the 
membrane. 

As  is  known,  tones  arise  from  rarefactions  and  condensa- 
tions of  the  air  following  quickly  after  one  another.  If  these 
motions  of  the  air,  known  as  waves,  strike  upon  the  thin 
membrane,  they  press  it  against  the  little  plate  of  platinum 
with  which  it  is  in  contact,  and  immediately  let  it  vibrate 
back  again  into  the  hollow  cube  (or  so-called  artificial  ear)  : 
they  act  so  that  the  membrane  now  takes  a  form  hollowed 
toward  the  cube,  now  bulged  toward  the  outside.  The  little 
plate  of  platinum  touching  it  thereby  acquires  a  vibrating 
motion,  so  that  it  now  is  pressed  against  the  spike  of  the 
second  [platinum  plate],  now  leaves  the  same. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  63 

If  now  one  little  plate  of  platinum  be  united  by  a  wire 
with  one  pole  of  a  voltaic  battery,  and  the  electricity  be  led, 
by  a  wire  fastened  to  the  other  pole  of  the  battery,  to  any 
desired  distance ;  there  carried  through  a  spiral,  about  six 
inches  long,  made  of  a  six  fold  winding  of  very  thin  covered 
copper  wire  ;  thence  led  back  to  the  second  platinum  strip  on 
the  wooden  cube  through  a  second  insulated  wire ;  then  at 
every  vibration  of  the  membrane  an  interruption  in  the 
current  of  electricity  takes  place  because  the  platinum  point 
no  longer  touches  the  other  little  strip  of  platinum.  Through 
the  hollow  of  the  wire-spiral  there  is  stuck  a  thin  iron  wire 
(a  strong  knitting-needle),  which  is  ten  inches  long,  and 
which  rests  upon  two  bridges  of  a  sounding-board  by  its  ends 
which  project  on  both  sides  about  two  inches  out  of  the 
spiral. 

It  is  known  *  that  if  an  electric  current  be  led  through  a 

*  [The  so-called  "galvanic  tone"  heard  on  opening  or  closing  the  circuit 
was  well-known,  and  Wertheim  had  shown  that  this  tone  was,  for  any 
given  rod  of  iron,  identical  with  its  "  longitudinal  tone,"  i.e.  the  tone  pro- 
duced by  striking  it  on  the  end  so  as  to  produce  longitudinal  vibrations. 
But  it  was  one  of  the  most  important  discoveries  in  Reis's  researches  that 
such  a  rod  could  take  up  any  tone  in  obedience  to  the  vibrations  forced 
upon  it  by  periodic  interruptions  in  the  magnetising  current  in  the  spiral 
of  any  degree  of  rapidity  within  very  wide  limits.  The  translator  has  had 
occasion  to  examine  this  point,  ar.d  has  found  iron,  steel,  and  cobalt  wires 
varying  from  4  to  10  inches  in  length,  including  some  used  by  Reis  him- 
self as  receivers,  to  be  capable  of  taking  up  vibrations  from  as  slow  as  40 
per  second  to  the  very  shrillest  whistle  audible  to  human  ears,  or  exceeding 
36,000  per  second.  It  is  sometimes  also  mistakenly  supposed  that  such  a  wire 
can  respond  only  to  the  vibrations  of  tones  that  are  musical,  not  to  those 
that  are  articulate,  including  both  consonants  and  vowels.  This,  however, 
is  an  entire  mistake.  For,  using  such  a  wire  as  a  receiver  (surrounded  by  its 
proper  coil  and  mounted  with  an  appropriate  sounding  board,  or,  better  still, 
tympanum),  in  conjunction  with  a  well-adjusted  transmitter,  the  articula- 
tion transmitted  surpasses  that  obtainable  with  any  of  the  ordinary  mag- 
netic receivers  in  distinctness,  though  not  in  loudness.  This  discovery  of 
Reis's  is  of  the  greatest  importance,  especially  as  some  who  ought  to  know 
better  have  very  unjustly  denied  the  capability  of  this  part  of  the  apparatus 
to  act  as  a  telephone  receiver  for  articulate  sounds.] — S.  P.  T. 


64  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


spiral  which  surrounds  an  iron  rod  in  the  manner  described, 
at  every  interruption  of  the  same  a  tone  is  audible  arising 
from  the  vibration  of  the  rod.  If  the  closings  and  interrup- 
tions of  the  circuit  follow  one  another  relatively  slowly,  then 
there  is  produced  by  the  changes  of  position  of  the  molecules 
of  the  rod,  evoked  by  the  electricity,  a  tone, — the  so-called 
longitudinal  tone  of  the  rod, — which  is  dependent  upon  the 
length  and  stoutness  of  the  rod.  But  if  the  closings  and 
interruptions  of  the  electric  current  in  the  spiral  follow  one 
another  more  rapidly  than  the  vibrations  of  the  smallest 
particles  of  the  iron  rod,*  which  vibrations  are  determined 
by  its  elasticity,  then  these  particles  cannot  complete  their 
paths,  receive  new  impacts,  their  vibrations  become  smaller, 
but  quicker,  and  follow  one  another  as  frequently  as  the  in- 
terruptions. The  iron  rod  then  no  longer  gives  its  longi- 
tudinal tone,  but  a  tone,  which  is  higher  according  as  the 
interruptions  are  more  frequent  in  the  given  time,  or  lower, 
as  they  are  less  frequent.  It  is  known  that  the  height  and 
depth  of  tones  depends  only  on  the  number  of  air-waves 
which  follow  one  another  in  a  second.  We  have  seen 
above  that  by  this  is  determined  the  number  of  interrup- 
tions of  the  electric  current  of  our  apparatus  by  means  of 
the  membrane  and  the  platinum  strip.  The  iron  wire  must 
therefore  give  out  the  tone  in  the  same  height  or  depth  as 
that  which  struck  the  membrane.  Now  since  a  very  far 
leading  of  the  electricity  makes  it  suffer  scarcely  any  weak- 
ening in  proper  apparatus,  it  is  intelligible  that  one  can 
make  the  tone  which  acts  on  the  membrane  at  one  place 
audible,  by  means  of  the  iron  rod,  at  any  desired  distance. 

*  [This  limit  is  a  mistake  of  Professor  Bottger's.  The  longitudinal 
tone  of  an  unstrained  iron  or  steel  wire  10  inches  long  would  be  a  note 
about  four  octaves  above  the  middle  c  of  the  piano ;  whereas,  in  fact,  any 
note  of  the  whole  piano-gamut  down  to  the  lowest  note,  can  be  reproduced 
by  such  a  wire,  as  stated  in  preceding  footnote.] — S.  P.  T. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  65 

That  the  tone  is  made  audible  at  a  distance  by  the  electric 
agitations,  and  not  by  direct  conduction  of  the  sound-waves 
through  the  wires  is  proved  in  the  most  evident  way  of  all, 
because  one  instantly  hears  no  more  the  tone  through  the 
spiral  when  a  good  short  circuit  is  made,  as,  for  example,  by 
laying  upon  the  two  wires  which  conduct  the  electricity  a 
strip  of  sheet  metal  right  in  front  of  the  spiral. 

The  reproduced  tones  are,  of  course,  somewhat  weaker  than 
the  original  ones,  but  the  number  of  vibrations  is  similar.  If 
thus  the  reproduction  [of  tones]  in  exactly  similar  height 
and  depth  is  easily  attained,  it  is  however  difficult  for  our 
ear,  amidst  the  always  smaller  vibrations,  to  which  the 
diminished  strength  of  the  tone  is  due,  to  evaluate  exactly 
the  magnitude  of  the  vibrations.  But  the  character  of  the 
tone  depends  upon  the  number  of  variations  of  amplitude 
(Anschwellungen),  that  is  to  say,  depends  upon  whether,  for 
example,  in  the  tones  which  have  similar  pitch  and  therefore 
a  similar  number  of  waves  per  second,  the  fourth,  sixth, 
eighth,  tenth,  or  sixteenth  wave  is  stronger  than  the  others. 
For  physicists  have  shown  that  an  elastic  spring  is  set  in 
vibration  by  the  thrust  of  the  teeth  of  a  cog-wheel ;  the  first 
vibration  is  the  greatest,  all  those  that  follow  being  less.  If 
there  comes,  before  the  spring  comes  to  rest,  a  fresh  thrust 
from  a  cog,  then  the  next  vibration  is  again  equal  to  the 
greatest  first  vibration  without  the  spring  making  any  more 
vibrations  on.  that  account ;  and  by  this  means  vowel-tones 
may  be  artificially  produced. 

One  may  also  be  yet  far  removed  from  being  able  to  carry 
on  a  conversation  with  a  friend  dwelling  a  hundred  miles 
distant,  and  recognise  his  voice,  as  if  he  sat  near  us ;  but  it 
can  no  longer  be  maintained  that  this  is  impossible.  Indeed 
the  probability  that  this  will  be  attained  *  is  already  become 

*  [Professor  Bottger  had  not  to  wait  long  for  the  fulfilment  to  a  very 
large  degree  of  this  anticipation;  for  within  six  months  Dingler's  Journal, 


PEILIPP  EEIS, 


as  great  as  the  probability  of  the  reproduction  of  natural 
colours  in  photography  has  become  through  the  notable 
researches  of  Mepce. 

[The  second  public  exhibition  which  Eeis  made  of  the 
telephone  was,  like  the  first,  in  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  but 
this  time  before  a  Society  known  as  the  Freies  Deutsches 
Hochstift,  or  Free  German  Institute,  a  kind  of  Athenaeum 
Club  for  the  city  of  Frankfort,  now  for  many  years  established 
in  the  well-known  house  where  the  poet  Goethe  was  born, 
in  the  Grosse  Hirschgraben.  In  1862,  however,  the"  Free 
German  Institute  held  its  meetings  in  another  building 
known  as  the  Saalbau.  And  on  May  the  llth  of  that  year 
Philipp  Eeis  lectured  upon  and  exhibited  the  Telephone. 
A  journal  which  appeared  then,  and  still  appears,  in 
Frankfort,  with  the  title  of  '  Didaskalia,'  devoted  to  light 
literary  and  artistic  news,  popular  science,  and  general  in- 
telligence of  an  informing  character,  ordinarily  inserted 
notices  of  the  chief  meetings  of  the  Hochstift.  On  this  occa- 
sion a  preliminary  paragraph  was  inserted  in  the  following 
terms : — ] 

[3.]  TELEPHONY,  i.e.  SOUND-TRANSMISSION. 

[TRANSLATION  FROM  '  DIDASKALIA,'  MAY  STH,  1862.] 

The  excellent  physicist,  Mr.  Phil.  Reis,  of  Friedrichsdorf, 
calls  by  this  name  his  surprising  invention  for  using  the 
telegraph  line  to  transmit  really  audible  tones.  Our  readers 
will  perhaps  remember  having  heard  some  time  since  of  this 


iu  which  this  article  appeared,  contained  Legat's  report  on  Keis's  instru- 
ments, in  which  not  only  were  various  modifications  in  their  construction 
made  known,  but  also  the  transmission  of  voice-tones,  not  yet  perfectly 
but  with  recognisable  modulations  and  intonations,  was  recorded.  Reis 
had,  indeed,  succeeded  nearly  as  well  as  this  with  his  first  instrument,  as 
his  memoir  of  1861  shows.  See  p.  58.] 


INVENTOR    OF   TEE   TELEPHONE.  67 

invention,  the  first  trials  with  which  Mr.  Eeis  performed 
here  in  the  Physical  Society.  Since  then  the  invention  has 
been  constantly  developed,  and  will,  no  doubt,  become  of 
great  importance. 

[The  lecture  which  followed  this  announcement  was  duly 
given  on  the  llth  of  May.  In  the  Saalbau  there  is  a  suite 
of  four  rooms.  The  Lecture  to  the  assembled  members  of  the 
Hochstift  was  delivered  in  the  Auditorium,  at  one  end  of 
the  suite :  the  wires  were  passed  through  the  two  intervening 
rooms  to  the  fourth  chamber,  where  the  transmitter  was 
placed,  the  doors  being  closed.  The  battery  and  wires  were 
borrowed  from  the  Physical  Society  for  this  occasion,  per- 
mission for  their  use  having  .been  granted  on  May  2nd, 
as  appears  in  a  formal  entry  in  the  minute-book.  The  fol- 
lowing notice  of  Eeis's  discourse,  believed  to  have  been 
written  by  Dr.  Volger,  Founder  and  first  President  of  the 
Hochstift,  appeared  in  '  Didaskalia '  for  May  14th.] 

[4.]     TRANSLATION  FROM  '  DIDASKALIA/  12TH  MAY,  1862. 

Yesterday's  meeting  of  the  Free  German  Institute  was  a 
very  numerously  attended  one  from  the  fact  that  the  subject 
in  the  order  of  business,  "  Telephony  by  Transmission  of  the 
Galvanic  Current,"  as  explained  by  the  inventor  himself, 
Mr.  Phil.  Eeis,  excites  so  great  an  interest  that  it  rightly 
deserves  the  most  general  attention. 

In  a  lecture  exceedingly  interesting,  universally  under- 
stood, clear,  and  concise,  Mr,  Eeis  gave  a  historical  outline 
of  the  origin  and  development  of  his  idea  of  the  practical 
possibility  of  the  transmission  of  tones  in  a  galvanic  way. 

His  first  attempts  were  mostly  unsuccessful  in  solving  the 
cardinal  question  propounded  by  him.  "  How  is  it  possible 
that  a  single  instrument  can  reproduce  at  once  the  total  action 
of  all  the  organs  operated  in  human  speech  ?  "  Until  finally 
it  occurred  to  him  to  seek  the  solution  of  the  problem  in  the 


68  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


question,  "How  does  our  ear  take  cognisance  of  the  total 
vibrations  of  all  the  organs  of  speech  acting  at  once  ? "  or 
"  How  do  we  perceive  the  vibrations  of  several  bodies  sound- 
ing at  once  ? " 

In  order  to  answer  this  question  the  lecturer  went  more 
closely  into  the  anatomy  of  the  ear  and  into  the  formation  of 
tones  in  general.  After  this  was  determined,  he  took  up 
again  his  experiments  in  reference  to  the  transmission  of 
tones  by  means  of  galvanism. 

Afterwards  Mr.  Eeis  constructed  considerably  enlarged 
the  parts  of  the  ear  necessary  for  hearing,  by  which  it  was 
finally  possible  for  him  to  transmit  the  tones  brought  to  the 
mechanically-imitated  ear. 

The  experiments  by  him  some  months  ago  in  the  Physical 
Society,  were,  to  the  astonishment  of  all,  exceedingly  plain 
and  clear,  whereas  the  experiment  following  the  lecture  of 
yesterday  was  less  successful.  This  was  due  partly  to  the 
poor  conductivity  of  the  wires,  partly  to  the  locality. 

Although  much  is  still  left  to  be  done  for  the  practical 
utilisation  (Verwerthung)  of  the  telephone,  yet  a  new  and 
interesting  field  of  labour  is  hereby  opened  to  physics. 

[No  more  complete  report  than  the  foregoing  is  to  be  found, 
and  it  is  believed  that  the  discourse,  which  like  all  those 
given  by  Eeis  was  delivered  extempore,  was  never  committed 
to  writing.  Its  resemblance  to  the  discourse  of  the  preceding 
autumn  before  the  Physical  Society  is  great ;  and  indeed  it 
may  be  said  that  all  Reis's  discourses  upon  the  telephone 
were  practically  identical  in  their  contents.  A  few  months 
after  this  lecture,  Reis  presented  a  pair  of  instruments,  trans- 
mitter and  receiver,  to  the  Hochstift.  These  instruments 
were  not  the  same  as  those  used  by  Reis  at  his  lecture,  but 
were  of  the  "  improved  "  type,  whilst  those  used  by  Reis  at 
his  lecture  to  the  Hochstift,  were,  so  far  as  respects  the  trans- 
mitter at  least,  more  like  the  form  described  by  W.  von  Legat, 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  69 

and  figured  in  Plate  II.,  Fig.  A;*  and  according  to  Mr. 
Horkheimer,  who  helped  Eeis  on  this  occasion,  the  trans- 
mitter was  provided  with  a  conical  mouthpiece  of  wood.  The 
transmitter  presented  later  by  Eeis  is  of  the  "  square-box  " 
form  (Fig.  17),  and  is  stamped,  "  1863,  Philipp  Eeis,  2," 
and  the  receiver  is  of  the  "  knitting-needle  "  form  (Fig.  23). 
These  instruments  are  carefully  preserved  by  the  Hochstift  in 
the  "  Goethehaus,"  amongst  their  archives  "  in  everlasting 
remembrance  "  of  the  inventor.  A  few  months  later,  in  1863, 
the  Emperor  of  Austria  and  the  late  king  Max  of  Bavaria 
were  residing  at  Frankfurt  and  visited  the  "  Goethehaus ; " 
and  on  this  occasion  Eeis's  instruments  were  shown  to  these 
distinguished  visitors  by  the  Founder  and  President  of  the 
Hochstift,  Dr.  Volger. 

In  honour  of  his  brilliant  invention  Eeis  was,  shortly 
after  his  lecture,  elected  an  honorary  member  of  the  Freies 
Deutschcs  Hochstift.] 

[The  next  document  in  order  is  a  Eeport  by  Wilhelm  von 
Legat,  communicated  to  the  Austro-German  Telegraph  Union 
(Verein)  in  1862,  and  printed  in  the  '  Journal '  of  that  Society. 
It  was  reprinted  verbatim  in  Dingler's  '  Polytechnisches 
Journal,'  for  1863,  vol.  clxix.  p.  29.  This  Eeport  is  of  great 
importance.  It  is  quoted  by  Graham  Bell,  in  his  earliest 
account  of  his  telephone.  It  was  this  Eeport,  moreover, 
which  in  1875  or  1876,  in  a  translated  manuscript  form,  was 
put  into  Mr.  Edison's  hands  by  the  then  President  of  the 
Western  Union  Telegraph  Company,  and  which  formed  the 
starting-point  of  Edison's  subsequent  work.] 

[*  Compare  *  Die  Geschichte  und  Entwickelung  des  Fernsprechwesens,' 
a  pamphlet  issued  officially  in  1880  from  the  Imperial  German  Post-Office 
in  Berlin,  p.  6.] 


70  PH1LIPP  &EIS, 


[5.]      ON  THE  KEPRODUCTION  OF  TONES  IN  THE  ELECTRO - 
GALVANIC  WAY. 

By  v.  LEGAT,  Inspector  of  the  Eoyal  Prussian  Telegraphs  in 

Cassel. 

[Translated  from  the  Journal  of  the  Austro-German  Telegraph  Society 
(edited  by  Dr.  Brix),  vol.  ix.  p.  125,  1862.  (Zeitschrift  des  deutsch- 
osterreichischen  Telegraphen-Ve reins,  1862.)] 

It  might  not  be  uninteresting  to  make  known  to  wider 
circles  the  following  ideas  concerning  the  reproduction  of 
tones  in  an  electro-galvanic  way,  which  have  recently  been 
put  forward  by  Herr  Philipp  Eeiss  [sic]  of  Friedrichsdorf, 
before  the  Physical  Society,  and  before  the  meetings  of  the 
Free  German  Institute  (Freies  Deutsches  Hochstift)  in 
Frankfort-on-the-Main ;  also  to  state  what  has  hitherto  been 
attained  in  the  realisation  of  this  project,  in  order  that 
building  upon  the  collected  experiences  and  the  efficacy  of 
the  galvanic  current,  what  has  already  been  made  service- 
able to  the  human  intellect  for  the  advancement  of  its  corre- 
spondence, may  in  this  respect  also  be  turned  to  profit. 

In  what  is  here  announced  we  are  concerned  not  with  the 
action  of  the  galvanic  current  in  moving  telegraphic  apparatus 
of  whatever  construction  for  producing  visible  signals,  but 
with  its  application  for  the  production  of  audible  signals — of 
tones! 

The  air-waves,  which  by  their  action  within  our  ears 
awaken  in  us  the  sensation  of  sound,  by  first  of  all  setting 
the  drum-skin  into  a  vibrating  motion,  are  thence,  as  is 
known,  conveyed  to  the  inner  part  of  the  ear  and  to  the 
auditory  nerves  lying  there  by  a  lever  apparatus  of  the 
most  marvellous  fineness, — the  auditory  ossicles  (including 
"  Hammer,"  "  Anvil,"  and  "  Stirrup  ").  The  experiment  for 
the  reproduction  of  tones  is  based  upon  the  following :  viz. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  71 

to  employ  an  artificial  imitation  of  this  lever-apparatus  and 
to  set  it  in  motion  by  the  vibrations  of  a  membrane  like  the 
drum-skin  in  the  ear,  and  thus  to  open  and  close  a  galvanic 
circuit  which  is  united  by  a  metallic  conductor  with  a  distant 
station. 

Before  the  description  of  the  necessary  apparatus  is 
followed  out,  it  might  be  necessary,  however,  to  go  back  to 
the  point  how  our  ear  perceives  the  vibrations  of  a  given 
tone,  and  the  total  vibrations  of  all  the  tones  simultaneously 
acting  upon  it ;  because  by  this  means  will  be  determined 
the  various  requisite  conditions  which  must  be  fulfilled  by 
the  transmitting  and  receiving  apparatus  for  the  solution  of 
the  problem  that  has  been  set. 

Let  us  consider  first  the  processes  which  take  place  in 
order  that  a  single  tone  should  be  perceived  by  the  human 
ear ;  so  shall  we  find  that  each  tone  is  the  result  of  a  condensa- 
tion and  rarefaction  several  times  repeated  in  a  certain  period 
of  time.  If  this  process  is  going  on  in  the  same  medium 
(the  air)  in  which  our  .ear  is  situated,  the  membrane  will  at 
every  condensation  be  forced  toward  the  hollow  of  the  drum 
and  at  every  rarefaction  will  move  itself  in  the  opposite 
direction. 

These  vibrations  necessitate  a  similar  motion  of  the  auditory 
ossicles,  and  thereby  a  transference  to  the  auditory  nerves  is 
effected. 

The  greater  the  condensation  of  a  sound-conducting  medium 
at  any  given  moment,  the  greater  also  will  be  tlje  amplitude 
of  vibration  of  the  membrane  and  of  the  auditory  ossicles 
and  of  their  action ;  and  in  the  converse  case  the  action  will 
be  proportionally  less.  It  is,  therefore,  the  function  of  the 
organs  of  hearing  to  communicate  with  fidelity  to  the  auditory 
nerves  every  condensation  and  rarefaction  occurring  in  the 
surrounding  medium ;  whilst  it  remains  to  be  the  function  of 
the  auditory  nerves  to  bring  to  our  consciousness  the  number 


72  PHILIPP  REIS, 


as  well  as  the  magnitude  of  the  vibrations  ensuing  in  a  given 
time. 

Here  in  our  consciousness  a  definite  name  is  given  to  a 
certain  composition,  and  here  the  vibrations  brought  to  the 
consciousness  become  "  tones." 

That  which  is  perceived  by  our  auditory  nerves  is  conse- 
quently the  effect  upon  our  consciousness  of  a  force  which, 
according  to  its  duration  and  magnitude,  may  for  the  sake  of 
better  comprehension,  be  exhibited  graphically. 

Let,  for  example,  the  length  of  the  line  a  b  be  any  definite 
duration  of  time,  and  let  the  curves  above  this  line  denote 
the  condensations  (  +  ),  and  the  curves  below  this  line  the 


rarefactions  ( — ) ;  then  every  ordinate  erected  at  the 
extremity  of  an  abscissa  gives  us  the  strength  of  the  con- 
densation in  consequence  of  which  the  drum-skin  vibrates, 
at  the  moment  indicated  by  the  position  of  the  foot  of  the 
ordinate. 

Anything  more  than  that  which  is  exhibited  in  this  way 
or  by  similar  curves  our  ear  cannot  in  the  least  perceive,  and 
this  is  sufficient  to  bring  to  our  consciousness  each  single 
tone  and  each  given  combination  of  tones.  For,  if  several 
tones  are  produced  at  the  same  time,  the  sound-conducting 
medium  is  put  under  the  influence  of  several  simultaneously 
acting  forces  which  are  subject  to  the  laws  of  mechanics. 

If  all  the  forces  operate  in  the  same  sense,  then  the 
magnitude  of  the  motion  is  proportional  to  the  sum  of  the 
forces.  If  the  forces  act  in  opposite  directions,  the  magnitude 
of  the  motion  is  proportional  to  the  difference  between  the 
opposing  forces. 

Consequently  it  is  possible  out  of  the  condensation-curves 
of  several  simultaneously-occurring  tones  to  compound,  by  the 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  73 

foregoing  principles,  a  condensation-curve  which  exactly 
expresses  that  which  our  ear  experiences  on  the  reception  of 
these  simultaneously-acting  tones.  The  objection  ordinarily 
made  to  this,  that  a  musician,  or  even  any  one,  is  able  to 
hear  separately  the  single  tones  of  which  this  combined 
curve  is  built  and  constructed,  cannot  be  admitted  as  a  proof 
to  the  contrary ;  for  one  expert  in  the  science  of  colour  will, 
for  example,  in  the  same  way  discern  in  green  a  mixture  of 
yellow  and  blue  in  their  various  shades :  and  the  one 
phenomenon  equally  with  the  other  may  be  referred  back 
to  this ;  that,  to  the  person  concerned,  the  factors  which  make 
up  the  product  of  that  which  reaches  his  consciousness  are 
well  known. 

According  to  that  which  has  been  already  explained,  it  is 
easy  to  construct  the  condensation-curves  of  various  tones, 
chords,  &c.,  and  for  the  sake  of  clearness  some  examples 
follow : — 

.Fig.  1,  Plate  I.,*  shows  a  combination  curve  of  three  tones, 
in  which  all  the  proportions  of  the  components  recur 
successively. 

Fig.  2  shows  such  a  curve  of  more  than  three  tones,  in 
which  the  proportions  in  the  drawing  can  no  longer  so 
evidently  be  given;  yet  the  practised  musician  would  here 
recognise  them,  even  although  in  practice  it  might  be 
difficult  for  him  to  single  out,  in  such  chords,  the  separate 
tones. 

This  method  of  exhibiting  the  action  of  tones  upon  the 
human  ear  offers  the  advantage  of  a  very  clear  perception  of 
the  process ;  and  that  which  is  exhibited  (Fig.  3)  shows  also 
why  a  discord  must  affect  our  ear  unpleasantly. 

This  apparent  digression  from  the  aim  set  forth  was  neces- 
sary in  order  to  indicate  that  as  soon  as  it  is  possible  for  us 
to  create  anywhere,  and  in  any  manner  whatever,  vibrations 

*  [Plate  VIII.  of  the  original  in  Vol.  IX.  of  the  Zeitschrift.j 


74  PHILIPP  ItEIS, 


whose  curves  and  magnitudes  are  similar  to  the  vibrations  of 
any  given  tone,  or  of  any  given  combination  of  tones,  we 
shall  have  the  same  impression  as  this  original  tone  or  this 
original  combination  of  tones  would  have  produced  upon  us. 

The  apparatus  hereafter  described  offers  the  possibility  of 
creating  these  vibrations  in  every  fashion  that  may  be  desired, 
and  the  employment  of  electro-galvanism  gives  us  the 
possibility  of  calling  into  life,  at  any  given  distance,  vibra- 
tions similar  to  the  vibrations  that  have  been  produced,  and 
in  this  way  to  reproduce  at  any  place  the  tones  that  have 
been  originated  at  another  place. 

In  Fig.  4,  Plate  II.,*  herewith  presented,  A  is  the  trans- 
mitter (Tonabgeber),  and  B  the  receiver  (Tonempf anger), 
which  two  instruments  are  set  up  at  different  stations.  I 
make,  however,  the  preliminary  remark  that  the  manner  of 
joining  the  instruments  for  interchangeable  use  backward  and 
forward  is  here  omitted  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  and  the 
more  so  because  the  whole  is  not  here  propounded  as  a  final 
fact,  but  in  order  to  bring  that  which  has  been  hitherto 
accomplished  to  the  knowledge  of  a  wider  circle.  The 
possibility  of  the  working  of  the  apparatus  to  a  greater 
distance  than  that  which  at  present  limits  in  practice  the 
direct  working  of  the  galvanic  current  may  also  be  left  out 
of  consideration,  since  these  points  may  be  easily  rendered 
possible  by  mechanical  precautions,  and  do  not  affect  the 
essential  part  of  the  phenomena  now  described. 

Let  us  next  turn  to  the  transmitter,  Fig.  A.  It  is  put 
into  communication  on  one  side  with  the  metallic  conductor 
leading  to  the  neighbouring  station,  and  by  means  of  this 
with  the  receiver,  Fig.  B ;  on  the  other  side  it  is  connected, 
by  means  of  the  electro-motive  power,  C,  with  the  earth  or 
a  metallic  return-conductor. 

The  transmitter,  Fig.  A,  consists  of  a  conical  tube,  a  b,  of 
*  [Plate  IX.  of  the  original  Memoir.] 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  75 

about  15  centimetres  length,  10  centimetres  in  the  front, 
and  4  centimetres  in  the  back  aperture. 

(In  the  practical  investigations  it  has  been  established  that 
the  choice  of  material  for  this  tube  is  without  influence  on 
the  use  of  the  apparatus,  and  moreover  a  greater  length  of 
the  same  for  the  certainty  [of  action]  of  the  apparatus  is 
without  effect.  A  greater  width  of  the  cylinder  spoils  the 
usefulness  of  the  apparatus ;  and  it  is  recommended  that 
the  interior  surface  be  as  smooth  as  possible.) 

The  narrow  hinder  aperture  of  the  cylinder  is  closed 
by  a  membrane,  o,  of  collodion,  and  on  the  middle  of  the 
circular  surface  formed  by  this  membrane  rests  one  end,  c, 
of  the  lever,  c  d,  the  fulcrum  (point  of  support),  e,  of  which, 
supported  on  a  bearing,  remains  joined  to  the  metallic 
conductor. 

The  choice  of  the  length  of  the  two  arms  of  the  lever,  c  e 
and  e  d,  is  determined  by  the  laws  of  force  of  levers.  It  is 
recommended  that  the  arm,  c  e,  be  constructed  longer  than 
the  arm  ed,  in  order  to  bring  the  smallest  movement  at  c 
into  action  at  d  with  the  greatest  possible  force ;  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  it  is  desirable  to  make  the  lever  itself  as  light  as 
possible,  in  order  that  it  may  follow  the  motions  of  the  mem- 
brane. An  uncertain  following  of  the  lever,  c  d}  produces 
impure  tones  at  the  receiving  station.  In  the  condition  of 
rest  the  contact,  d  g,  is  closed,  and  a  delicate  spring,  n,  holds 
the  lever  firmly  in  this  position  of  rest. 

The  second  part  of  this  apparatus,  the  pillar,  /,  consists  of 
a  metallic  support,  which  is  united  with  one  pole  of  the 
battery,  C,  while  the  second  pole  of  the  battery  is  carried  to 
the  metallic  conductor  of  the  other  station. 

Upon  the  support,  /,  there  is  a  spring,  g,  with  a  contact, 
which  corresponds  to  the  contact  at  d  of  the  lever  c  d}  and 
whose  position  is  regulated  by  a  screw,  h. 

In  order  not  to  weaken  the  action  of  the  apparatus  by  the 


76  PH1LIPP  REIS, 


communication  of  the  air- waves  which  are  produced  in  using 
the  apparatus,  against  the  back  of  the  membrane,  it  is  recom- 
mended, in  using  the  apparatus,  to  place  over  the  tube,  a  I, 
at  right  angles  to  its  longitudinal  axis,  a  screen  of  about 
50  centimetres  diameter,  which  fixes  tight  upon  the  outer 
surface  of  the  tube. 

The  receiver,  Fig.  B,  consists  of  an  electro-magnet,  m  m, 
which  reposes  upon  a  sounding-box,  u  w,  and  whose  wire 
coils  are  respectively  connected  with  the  metallic  conductor 
and  with  the  earth  or  metallic  return-conductor. 

Opposite  the  electro-magnet,  m  m,  stands  an  armature, 
which  is  connected  with  a  lever,  i,  which  is  long  as  possible, 
but  light  and  broad. 

The  lever,  i,  is  fastened,  pendulum- wise,  to  the  support,  k, 
and  its  movements  are  regulated  by  the  screw,  I,  and  the 
spring,  p. 

In  order  to  improve  the  action  of  the  apparatus,  this 
receiver  can  be  placed  in  one  focus  of  an  elliptically  arched 
cavity  of  corresponding  size,  in  which  case,  then,  the  ear  of 
him  who  is  listening  to  the  reproduced  tones  may  be  placed 
at  the  second  focus  of  this  cavity. 

The  action  of  the  two  apparatuses  here  described,  is  the 
following : — 

In  a  condition  of  rest  the  galvanic  circuit  is  closed. 

In  the  apparatus,  Fig.  A,  by  speaking  (singing,  or  leading 
into  it  the  tones  of  an  instrument)  into  the  tube  a  b,  in 
consequence  of  the  condensation  and  rarefaction  of  the  air 
present  in  this  tube,  there  will  be  evoked  a  motion  of  the 
membrane  closing  the  tube  at  its  narrow  end,  corresponding 
to  this  condensation  or  rarefaction.  The  lever,  c  d,  follows  the 
motion  of  the  membrane,  and  opens  and  closes  the  galvanic 
circuit  at  d  g,  so  that  by  each  condensation  of  the  air  in  the 
tube  an  opening,  and  at  each  rarefaction  a  closing  of  the 
galvanic  circuit  ensues. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  77 

In  consequence  of  this  process,  the  electro-magnet  of  Fig.  B 
(the  receiver)  will  be  demagnetised  and  magnetised  correspond- 
ingly with  the  condensations  and  rarefactions  of  the  mass  of  air 
in  the  tube  A,  a  b  [the  mouth-piece  of  the  transmitter],  and  the 
armature  belonging  to  the  magnet  will  be  set  into  vibrations 
similar  to  those  of  the  membrane  in  the  transmitting 
apparatus.  The  plank,  i,  connected  with  the  armature, 
conveys  these  similar  vibrations  to  the  air  surrounding  the 
apparatus,  Fig.  B,  which  finally  transmits  to  the  ear  of  the 
listener  the  tones  thus  produced. 

We  are  not,  therefore,  dealing  here  with  a  propagation  of 
sound  through  the  electric  current,  but  only  with  a  trans- 
ference to  another  place  of  the  tones  that  have  been  produced, 
by  a  like  cause  being  brought  into  play  at  this  second  place, 
and  a  like  effect  produced. 

Here,  however,  it  must  not  be  overlooked  that  the  pre- 
ceding apparatus  reproduces,  indeed,  the  original  vibrations 
in  equal  number,  but  that  equal  strength  in  the  reproduced 
vibrations  has  not  yet  been  attained,  and  the  production  of 
these  is  reserved  for  a  completion  of  the  apparatus. 

One  consequence  of  this  temporary  incompleteness  of  the 
apparatus,  is  that  the  slighter  differences  of  the  original 
vibrations  are  more  difficult  to  discern  :  that  is  to  say,  the 
vowel  appears  more  or  less  indistinct,  the  more  so  since  each 
tone  is  dependent,  not  only  on  the  number  of  vibrations  of 
the  medium,  but  also  on  the  condensation  or  rarefaction  of  the 
same. 

By  this  it  is  also  explained,  that,  in  the  practical  investiga- 
tions heretofore  carried  on,  chords,  melodies,  etc.,  were  trans- 
mitted with  marvellous  fidelity ;  while  single  words  uttered 
as  in  reading,  speaking,  and  the  like,  were  perceptible  more 
indistinctly.  Nevertheless,  here  also  the  inflexions  of  the 
voice,  the  modulations  of  interrogation,  exclamation,  wonder, 
command,  &c.,  attained  distinct  expression. 


78  PEILIPP  EEIS, 


There  remains  no  doubt,  that  before  expecting  a  practical 
utilisation  with  serviceable  results  (praktische  Verwerthung 
mit  Nutzen),  that  which  has  been  here  spoken  of  will  require 
still  considerable  improvement,  and  in  particular  mechanical 
science  must  complete  the  apparatus  to  be  used ;  yet  I  am 
convinced  by  repeated  practical  experiments  that  the  prose- 
cution of  the  subject  here  explained  is  of  the  highest 
theoretical  interest,  and  that  our  intelligent  century  will  not 
miss  the  practical  utilisation  (Verwerthung)  of  it. 

[This  article  was  also  reprinted  verbatim  in  Dingle  r's 
Polytechnisches  Journal,  vol.  clxix.  p.  29,  1863.] 

[A  peculiar  interest  is  attached  to  the  foregoing  article, 
partly  on  account  of  the  unique  nature  of  the  instruments 
therein  described,  partly  because  of  the  mystery  attaching  to 
the  author  of  the  article.  Wilhelm  von  Legat  was  Inspector 
of  the  Eoyal  Prussian  Telegraphs  at  Cassel.  How  or  when 
he  became  acquainted  with  Philipp  Eeis  is  not  known — pos- 
sibly whilst  the  latter  was  performing  his  year  of  military 
service  at  Cassel  in  1855.  None  of  Eeis's  intimate  friends-or 
colleagues  now  surviving  can  give  any  information  as  to  the 
nature  of  von  Legat's  relations  with  Eeis,  as  not  even  his 
name  is  known  to  them,  save  from  this  Eeport.  Yet  he 
was  for  one  year  only  (1862),  the  year  in  which  this  Eeport 
was  made,  a  member  of  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort-on- 
the-Main.  It  is  possible  that  he  may  have  been  present  at 
Eeis's  discourse  in  the  preceding  October.  It  is  probable 
that  he  was  present  at  Eeis's  subsequent  discourse  in  May, 
1862,  to  the  Freies  Deutsches  Hochstift.  Dr.  Brix,  then 
editor  of  the  '  Journal  of  the  Telegraph  Union/  informs  me 
that  Inspector  von  Legat  based  his  article  upon  information 
derived  direct  from  Eeis,  whom  he  knew,  and  that  the  article 
was  submitted  to  Eeis  before  being  committed  to  the '  Journal.' 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  79 

The  particular  form  of  transmitter  described  in  von  Legat's 
Eeport  (see  also  p.  25,  ante)  has  also  some  important  points 
in  common  with  that  believed  to  have  been  used  by  Eeis  at 
the  Hochstift.  Neither  of  the  specific  forms  described  by  In- 
spector von  Legat  are  now  known  to  be  extant.  Inquiries 
made  in  Frankfort  and  in  Cassel  have  failed  to  find  any  trace 
of  them.  Neither  at  the  local  Naturalists'  Society,  nor  any- 
where else  in  Cassel,  did  von  Legat  describe  the  invention. 
He  met  with  a  tragic  end  during  the  Bavarian  War  in  1866, 
in  the  battle  near  Aschaffenburg,  having,  according  to  some, 
been  shot,  or,  according  to  others,  fallen  from  his  horse.] 

[The  next  extract  is  from  an  article  entitled  '  Telephonic,' 
which  appeared  in  a  journal  of  science  published  at  Leipzig, 
under  the  title  '  Aus  der  Natur.'  This  article  is  essentially  a 
paraphrase  of  Eeis's  memoir  read  to  the  Physical  Society  in 
the  preceding  December  (see  p.  50),  and  contains  the  same 
illustrations,  including  a  cut  of  the  transmitter  identical  with 
Fig.  9,  p.  20.] 

[6.]      Aus  DER  NATUR.     (Vol.  xxi.     1862.    July-October, 
pp.  470-474.) 

"  Until  now,  however,  it  was  not  possible  to  reproduce 
human  speech  with  a  distinctness  sufficient  for  every  person. 
The  consonants  are  mostly  tolerably  distinctly  reproduced, 
but  the  vowels  not  in  an  equal  degree." 

[About  this  time  there  arose  a  Correspondence  in  the 
'Deutsche  Industrie  Zeitung'  ('German  Journal  of  Industry ') 
concerning  the  telephone.  In  No.  xvi.  p.  184  (1863),  a 
correspondent  who  signs  himself  "  K "  asks  whether  the 
account  of  the  telephone  is  true  ?  In  No.  xviii.  p.  208, 
there  is  given  a  brief  answer;  and  No.  xxii.  contains,  on 


80  PHILIPP  REIS, 


p.  239,  an  extract  from  Legat's  Eeport,  on  Eeis's  Telephone 
(see  p.  70  of  this  work),  together  with  an  editorial  remark 
to  the  effect  that  he  had  received  a  letter  from  Herr  J.  F. 
Quilling,  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  who  gives  the  information 
that  in  the  transmission  of  singing  in  the  telephone,  the 
singer  could  be  recognized  by  his  voice.] 


[7.]    [EXTRACT  FROM  THE  ANNUAL  EEPORT  OF  THE  PHYSICAL 
SOCIETY  OF  FRANKFORT-ON-THE-MAIN  (1863).] 

.  .  .  .;  "and  on  the  4th  of  July,  1863,  by  Mr.  Philipp 
Eeis,  teacher,  of  Friedrichsdorf,  On  the  Transmission  of  Tones 
to  any  desired  Distance,  by  the  help  of  Electricity,  with  the 
production  of  an  Improved  Telephone,  and  Exhibition  of 
Experiments  therewith" 

[This  was  Eeis's  second  occasion  of  bringing  his  Telephone 
before  the  Physical  Society.  The  instrument  had  now 
assumed  the  "  square-box  "  pattern  described  at  p.  27  of  this 
work.] 

[8.]  LETTER  OF  PHILIPP  EEIS. 

[In  July  1863,  Mr.  W.  Ladd,  the  well-known  instrument- 
maker  of  London,  bought  one  of  Eeis's  Telephones  of  Messrs. 
J.  W.  Albert  and  Son  of  Frankfort.  Philipp  Eeis  wrote  to 
Mr.  Ladd  the  following  letter  of  instructions,  having  heard 
that  Mr.  Ladd  proposed  to  exhibit  the  instrument  at  the 
approaching  meeting  of  the  British  Association.  The  auto- 
graph letter,  written  in  English,  is  still  preserved,  and  has 
been  presented  by  Mr.  Ladd  to  the  Society  of  Telegraph 
Engineers  and  of  Electricians  of  London.] 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  81 

"  Institut  Garni  or, 

"  Friedrichsdorf. 

"  DEAR  SIR  ! 

"  I  am  very  sorry  not  to  have  been  in  Francfort 
when  you  were  there  at  Mr.  Albert's,  by  whom  I  have  been 
informed  that  you  have  purchased  one  of  my  newly-invented 
instruments  (Telephons).  Though  I  will  do  all  in  my  power 
to  give  you  the  most  ample  explanations  on  the  subject,  I 
am  sure  that  personal  communication  would  have  been 
preferable ;  specially  as  I  was  told,  that  you  will  show  the 
apparatus  at  your  next  sientifical  meeting  and  thus  introduce 
the  apparatus  in  your  country. 

"  Tunes  *  and  sounds  of  any  kind  are  only  brought  to  our 
conception  by  the  condensations  and  rarefactions  of  air  or 
any  other  medium  in  which  we  may  find  ourselves.  By  every 
condensation  the  tympanum  of  our  ear  is  pressed  inwards,  by 
every  rarefaction  it  is  pressed  outward  and  thus  the  tympanum 
performs  oscillations  like  a  pendulum.  The  smaller  or  greater 
number  of  the  oscillations  made  in  a  second  gives  us  by  help 
of  the  small  bones  in  our  ear  and  the  auditory  nerve  the  idea 
of  a  higher  or  lower  tune. 

"  It  was  no  hard  labour,  either  to  imagine  that  any  other 
membrane  besides  that  of  our  ear,  could  be  brought  to  make 
similar  oscillations,  if  spanned  in  a  proper  manner  and  if 
taken  in  good  proportions,  or  to  make  use  of  these  oscillations 
for  the  interruption  of  a  galvanic  current. 

*  [This  word,  as  the  context  and  ending  of  the  paragraph  shows,  should 
have  been  spelled  tones.  The  letter,  written  in  English  by  Eeis  himself, 
is  wonderfully  free  from  inaccuracies  of  composition  ;  the  slip  here  noted 
being  a  most  pardonable  one  since  the  plural  of  the  German  "  ton "  is 
"  tonen"  the  very  pronunciation  of  which  would  account  for  the  confusion 
in  the  mind  of  one  unaccustomed  to  write  in  English.  So  far  as  is  known, 
this  is  the  only  piece  of  English  composition  ever  attempted  by  Reis. — 
S.  P.  T.] 

G 


82  PHILIPP  REIS, 


"  However  these  were  the  principles  wich  (sic)  guided  me 
in  my  invention.  They  were  sufficient  to  induce  me  to  try 
the  reproduction  of  tunes  [i.e.,  tones — see  footnote. — S.  P.  T.] 
at  any  distance.  It  would  be  long  to  relate  all  the  fruitless 
attempts,  I  made,  until  I  found  out  the  proportions  of  the 
instrument  and  the  necessary  tension  of  the  membrane.  The 
apparatus  you  have  bought,  is  now,  what  may  be  found  most 
simple,  and  works  without  failling  when  arranged  carefully  in 
the  following  manner. 

"  The  apparatus  consists  of  two  separated  parts ;  one  for 
the  singing  station  A,  and  the  other  for  the  hearing  station  B.* 

"  The  apparatus  A,  a  square  box  of  wood,  the  cover  of 
which  shows  the  membrane  (c)  on  the  outside,  under  glass. 
In  the  middle  of  the  latter  is  fixed  a  small  platina  plate  to 
which  a  flattened  copper  wire  is  soldered  on  purpose  to 
conduct  the  galvanic  current.  Within  the  cercle  you  will 
further  remark  two  screws.  One  of  them  is  terminated  by  a 
little  pit  in  which  you  put  a  little  drop  of  quiksilver ;  the 
other  is  pointed.  The  angle,  which  you  find  lying  on  the 
membrane,  is  to  be  placed  according  to  the  letters,  with  the 
little  whole  [hole]  (a)  on  the  point  (a)  the  little  platina -foot 
(b)  into  the  quicksilver  screw,  the  other  platina  foot  will  then 
come  on  the  platina  plate  in  the  middle  of  the  membrane. 

"  The  galvanic  current  coming  from  the  battery  (which  I 
compose  generally  of  three  or  four  good  elements)  is  introduced 
at  the  conducting  screw  near  (b)  wherefrom  it  proceeds  to  the 
quicksilver,  the  movable  angle,  the  platina  plate  and  the  com- 
plementary telegraph  tof  the  conducting  screw  (s).  From 

*  [Reis  here  sketched  a  figure  identical  in  all  its  parts  with  that  which 
a  fortnight  later  was  issued  in  his  '  Prospectus.'  His  sketch  is  reproduced 
in  facsimile  in  Fig.  28.] 

f  [This  was  the  little  auxiliary  signalling  apparatus  at  the  side  of  the 
box,  placed  there  for  the  same  reasons  as  the  auxiliary  call-bell  attached 
to  modern  telephones.] 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  83 


84  PH1LIPP  REI8, 


here  it  goes  through  the  conductor  to  the  other  station  B  and 
from  there  returns  to  the  battery. 

"  The  apparatus  B,  a  sonorous  box  on  the  cover  of  which 
is  placed  the  wire-spiral  with  the  steel  axis,  wich  will  be 
magnetic  when  the  current  goes  through  the  spiral.  A  second 
little  box  is  fixed  on  the  first  one,  and  laid  down  on  the  steel 
axis  to  increase  the  intensity  of  the  reproduced  sounds.  On 
the  small  side  of  the  lower  box  you  will  find  the  correspondent 
part  of  the  complementary  telegraph. 

"  If  a  person  sing  at  the  station  A,  in  the  tube  (x)  the 
vibrations  of  air  will  pass  into  the  box  and  move  the  membrane 
above ;  thereby  the  platina  foot  (c)  of  the  movable  angle  will 
be  lifted  up  and  will  thus  open  the  stream  at  every  con- 
densation of  air  in  the  box.  The  stream  will  be  re-established 
at  every  rarefaction.  For  this  manner  the  steel  axis  at 
station  B  will  be  magnetic  once  for  every  full  vibration  ;  and 
as  magnetism  never  enters  nor  leaves  a  metal  without  dis- 
turbing the  equilibrium  of  the  atoms,  the  steel-axis  at  station 
B  must  repeat  the  vibrations  at  station  A  and  thus  reproduce 
the  sounds  which  caused  them. 

"  Any  *  sound  will  be  reproduced,  if  strong  enough  to-  .set 
the  membrane  in  motion. 

"  The  little  telegraph,  which  you  will  find  on  the  side  of 
the  apparatus  is  very  usefull  and  agreable  for  to  give  signals 
between  both  of  the  correspondents.  At  every  opening  of  the 
stream  and  next  following  shutting  the  station  A  will  hear  a 
little  clap  produced  by  the  attraction  of  the  steel  spring. 
Another  little  clap  will  be  heard  at  station  (B)  in  the  wire- 
spiral.  By  multiplying  the  claps  and  producing  them  in 
different  measures  you  will  be  able  as  well  as  I  am  to  get 
understood  by  your  correspondent. 

"I  am  to  end,  Sir,  and  I  hope,  that  what  I  said  will  be 

*  [This  word  is  underscored  in  Reis's  original  letter.] 


INVENTOR    OF   THE    TELEPHONE.  85 

sufficient  to  have  a  first  try  ;  afterward  you  will  get  on  quite 

alone. 

"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Your  most  obediant  Servant, 

"  PH.  EEIS. 
"  Friedrichsdorf,  13/7,  63." 

[9.]  REIS'S  PROSPECTUS. 

[The  following  "  Prospectus  "  of  instructions  was  drawn  up 
by  Reis  to  accompany  the  Telephones  which  were  sold  by 
Herr  Wilh.  Albert  of  Frankfort.  The  author  of  this  book  is 
in  possession  of  original  copies,  of  which  a  number  are  extant. 
The  "  Prospectus "  was  also  reprinted  in  its  entirety  at 
page  241  of  Professor  Pisko's  book  '  Die  neueren  Apparate 
der  Akustik/  published  at  Vienna  in  1865.] 

TELEPHOK 

Each  apparatus  consists,  as  is  seen  from  the  above  illustra- 
tion, of  two  parts :  the  Telephone  proper,  A,  and  the  Repro- 
duction apparatus  [Receiver],  C.  These  two  parts  are  placed 
at  such  a  distance  from  each  other,  that  singing,  or  the  tones 
of  a  musical  instrument,  can  be  heard  from  one  station  to  the 
other  in  no  way  except  through  the  apparatus  itself. 

Both  parts  are  connected  with  each  other,  and  with  the 
battery,  B,  like  ordinary  telegraphs.  The  battery  must  be 
capable  of  effecting  the  attraction  of  the  armature  of  the 
electromagnet  placed  at  the  side  of  station  A  (3-4  six-inch 
Bunsen's  elements  suffice  for  several  hundred  feet  distance). 

The  galvanic  current  goes  then  from  B  to  the  screw,  d, 
thence  through  the  copper  strip  to  the  little  platinum  plate 
at  the  middle  of  the  membrane,  then  through  the  foot,  c,  of 
the  angular  piece  to  the  screw,  &,  in  ivlwse  little  concavity  a 


86 


PHILIPP  REI8, 


drop  of  quicksilver  is  put.  From  here  the  current  then  goes 
through  the  little  telegraph  apparatus,  e-f,  then  to  the  key 
of  station  C,  and  through  the  spiral  past  i  back  to  B. 

If  now  sufficiently  strong  tones  are  produced  before  the 
sound-aperture,  S,  the  membrane  and  the  angle-shaped  little 
hammer  lying  upon  it  are  set  in  motion  by  the  vibrations ; 
the  circuit  will  be  once  opened  and  again  closed  for  each 
full  vibration,  and  thereby  there  will  be  produced  in  the  iron 
wire  of  the  spiral  at  station  C  the  same  number  of  vibrations 


Fig.  29. 

which  there  are  perceived  as  a  tone  or  combination  of  tones 
(chord).  By  imposing  the  little  upper  case  (Oberkastchen) 
firmly  upon  the  axis  of  the  spiral  the  tones  at  C  are  greatly 
strengthened. 

Besides  the  human  voice  (according  to  my  experience) 
there  also  can  be  reproduced  the  tones  of  good  organ-pipes 
from  F  —  c  and  those  of  a  piano.  For  the  latter  purpose  A 
is  placed  upon  the  sounding-board  of  the  piano.  (Of  thirteen 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  87 

triads  (Dreiklange)  a  skilled  experimentor  could  with  all 
exactness  recognise  ten). 

As  regards  the  telegraph  apparatus  placed  at  the  side,  it 
is  clearly  unnecessary  for  the  reproduction  of  tones,  but  it 
forms  a  very  agreeable  addition  for  convenient  experimenting. 
By  means  of  the  same,  it  is  possible  to  make  oneself 
understood  right  well  and  certainly  by  the  other  party.  This 
takes  place  somewhat  in  the  following  manner:  After  the 
apparatus  has  been  completely  arranged,  one  convinces  one- 
self of  the  completeness  of  the  connexion  and  the  strength 
of  the  battery  by  opening  and  closing  the  circuit,  whereby 
at  A  the  stroke  of  the  armature  is  heard,  and  at  C  a  very 
distinct  ticking. 

By  rapid  alternate  opening  and  closing  at  A  it  is  asked  at 
C  whether  one  is  ready  for  experimenting,  whereupon  C 
answers  in  the  same  manner. 

Simple  signals  can  by  agreement  be  given  from  both 
stations  by  opening  and  closing  the  circuit  one,  two,  three, 
or  four  times ;  for  example : — 

1  beat    =  Sing. 

2  beats  =  Speak,  &c. 

I  telegraph  the  words  thus — that  I  number  the  letters  of 
the  alphabet  and  then  transmit  their  numbers — 

1  beat    =  a. 

2  beats  =  6. 

3  „      =  c. 

4  „      =  d. 

5  „      =  et  &c. 

z  would  accordingly  be  designated  by  twenty-five  beats. 

This  number  of  beats  would,  however,  appear  wasteful  of 
time,  and  would  be  uncertain  in  counting,  wherefore  I  employ 


88  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


for  every  five  beats  a  dactyl-beat  (Dactylusschlag),  and  there 
results  —  ^  ^  for  e.. 

—  ^  >^  and  one  beat  for/,  &c. 

2,  =  —  — -  ^,  —  ^  ^^,  —  —  — -,  —  *— '  — ',  —  •— -  — -, 
which  is  more  quickly  and  easily  executed  and  easier  to 
understand. 

It  is  still  better  if  the  letters  are  represented  by  numbers 
which  are  in  inverse  proportion  to  the  frequency  of  their 

occurrence. 

PHIL.  EEIS, 

Teacher  at  L.  F.  Garnier's  Institute  for  boys. 
Friedrichsdorf,  near  Homburg-by-the-Height, 
August  1863. 


o 


[The  foregoing  "  Prospectus  "  was  accompanied  by  a  further 
document  printed  as  a  postscript  by  Keis,  at  the  top  of  which 
the  figure  of  the  instrument  was  repeated,  and  which  ran  as 
follows  : — ] 

"P.P., 

"  Since  two  years  ago  I  succeeded  in  effecting  the 
possibility  of  the  reproduction  of  tones  by  the  galvanic 
current,  and  in  setting  up  a  convenient  apparatus  therefor, 
the  circumstance  has  found  such  a  recognition  from  the  most 
celebrated  men  of  science,  and  so  many  calls  to  action  have 
come  to  me,  that  I  have  since  striven  to  improve  my  originally 
very  incomplete  apparatus,  so  that  the  experiments  might 
thereby  become  accessible  to  others. 

"  I  am  now  in  the  position  to  offer  an  apparatus  which 
fulfils  my  expectations,  and  with  which  each  physicist  may 
succeed  in  repeating  the  interesting  experiments  concerning 
reproduction  of  tones  at  distant  stations. 

"  I  believe  I  shall  fulfil  the  wish  of  many  if  I  undertake  to 
bring  these  improved  instruments  into  the  possession  of  the 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  89 

[physical]  cabinets.  Since  the  preparation  of  the  same 
requires  a  complete  acquaintance  with  the  leading  principles 
and  a  tolerable  experience  in  this  matter,  I  have  decided 
myself  to  prepare  the  most  important  parts  of  the  same,  and 
to  leave  the  fashioning  of  the  accessory  parts,  as  also  of  the 
external  adornments,  to  the  mechanician. 

"  The  distribution  of  the  same  I  have  made  over  to  Herr 
J.  Wilh.  Albert,  mechanician,  in  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  and 
have  placed  him  in  the  position  to  deliver  these  instruments 
in  two  qualities,  differing  only  in  external  adornment,  at  the 
prices  of  21  florins  and  14  florins  (12  thalers  and  8  thalers 
current),  inclusive  of  packing.  Moreover,  the  instruments 
can  also  be  obtained  direct  from  me  at  the  same  prices,  upon 
a  cash  remittance  of  the  amount. 

"  Each  apparatus  will  be  tested  by  me  before  sending  off, 
and  will  then  be  furnished  with  my  name,  an  order-number, 
and  with  the  year  of  manufacture. 

"  Friedrichsdorf,  near  Homburg-by-the-Height, 
"  in  August  1863. 

"  PHIL.  EEIS, 
"  Teacher  at  L.  F.  Garnier's  Institute  for  Boys." 

[In  September  of  the  same  year  the  telephone  was  shown 
by  Prof.  K.  Bottger  at  the  meeting  of  the  German  Naturalists' 
Association  (Naturforscher),  which  met  on  that  occasion  at 
Stettin.  Little  or  nothing  is  known  of  what  took  place  at 
this  exhibition,  but  Professor  von  Feilitzsch,  of  the  neighbour- 
ing University  of  Greifswald,  has  informed  the  author  of 
this  work  that  the  Telephone  there  shown  was  of  the  form 
figured  in  Eeis's  Prospectus  (p.  86),  and  that  Eeis  claimed  at 
that  time  to  be  able  to  transmit  words  by  his  instruments. 
In  the  same  autumn  the  following  notice  appeared  in 
Bottger' s  '  Notizblatt,'  and  was  copied  thence  into  Dingler's 
'  Journal/  and  other  scientific  papers.] 


90  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


[10,]       ON  THE  IMPROVED  TELEPHONE. 

[Translated  from  the  original  notice  which  appeared  in  Bottger's  '  Poly- 
technisches  Notizblatt,'  1863,  Ko.  15,  p.  225,  and  in  Dingler's  '  Poly- 
technisches  Journal,'  1863,  vol.  clxix.  p.  399.] 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Physical  Society  of  Frankfort-on- 
the-Main,  on  the  4th  of  July,  a  member  of  this  Society,  Herr 
Ph.  Eeis,  of  Friedrichsdorf,  near  Homburg-vor-der-Hohe, 
exhibited  some  of  his  improved  Telephones  (means  for  the 
reproduction  of  tones  at  any  desired  distance  by  the  galvanic 
current).  It  is  now  two  years  since  Herr  Eeis  first  gave 
publicity  to  his  apparatus,*  and  though  even  already  at  that 
time  the  performances  of  the  same  in  their  simple  artless 
form  were  capable  of  exciting  astonishment,  yet  they  had 
then  the  great  defect  that  experimenting  with  them  was  only 
possible  to  the  inventor  himself.  The  instruments  exhibited 
in  the  above-named  meeting  scarcely  reminded  one  of  the 
earlier  ones.  Herr  Eeis  has  also  striven  to  give  them  a 
form  pleasing  to  the  eye,  so  that  they  may  now  occupy  a 
worthy  place  in  every  Physical  Cabinet.  These  new  apparatus 
may  now  also  be  handled  by  every  one  with  facility,  jand 
work  with  great  certainty.  Melodies  gently  sung  at  a 
distance  of  about  300  feet  were  repeated  by  the  instrument 
which  was  set  up,  much  more  distinctly  than  previously. 
The  scale  was  reproduced  especially  sharply.  The  experi- 
menters could  even  communicate  words  to  one  another, 
though  certainly  indeed  only  such  as  had  often  been  heard 
by  them.  In  order  moreover  that  others  who  are  less 
accustomed  [to  experimenting]  may  be  able  to  understand 
one  another  through  the  apparatus,  the  inventor  has  placed 
on  the  side  of  the  same  a  little  arrangement,!  which  accord- 

*  [Compare  Bottger  Polyt.  Notizbl.  1863,  p.  81,  the  notice  translated 
at  p.  61  preceding.]— S.  P.  T. 

f  [This  rather  obscure  passage  refers  to  the  call-key  or  communicator 
fixed  to  the  side  of  the  instruments,  and  which  as  the  inventor  explains  in 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  91 

ing  to  his  explanation  is  completely  sufficient,  the  speed  of 
communication  of  which  is  indeed  not  so  great  as  that  of 
modern  Telegraphs,  but  which  works  quite  certainly,  and 
requires  no  special  skill  on  the  part  of  the  one  experimenting 
with  it. 

We  would  bring  to  the  notice  of  gentlemen  who  are 
professional  physicists  that  the  inventor  of  these  interesting 
pieces  of  apparatus  now  has  them  prepared  for  sale  under 
his  oversight  (the  important  parts  he  makes  himself),  and 
the  same  can  be  procured  from  him  direct,  or  through  the 
mechanician,  Mr.  Wilhelm  Albert,  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main, 
at  14  and  at  21  florins,  in  two  qualities,  differing  only  in 
external  adornment. 

[A  review,  written  by  Dr.  Rober  of  Berlin,  of  this  and 
other  articles  relating  to  the  Telephone  appeared  subsequently 
in  the  '  Fortschritte  der  Physik,'  1863,  p.  96.] 

[Another  consequence  of  the  publicity  thus  given  to  the 
Telephone  was  the  appearance  of  an  article  on  that  instru- 
ment, under  the  title  of  "  Der  Musiktelegraph,"  in  a  popular 
illustrated  weekly  family  paper, '  Die  Gartenlaube,'  published 
at  Leipzig.  This  article,  from  the  pen,  it  is  believed,  of  Dr. 
Oppel  of  Frankfort,  is  made  up  chiefly  of  slightly  altered 
extracts  from  the  previously  quoted  documents.  The  form 
of  the  instrument  described  is  identical  with  that  described 
in  Reis's  '  Prospectus,'  and  the  figure  given  in  the  '  Garten- 
laube/ No.  51,  p.  809,  is  a  reprint,  apparently  from  the  same 
wood-block  of  the  figure  which  heads  Reis's  Prospectus,  and 
which  is  reproduced  on  p.  86  of  this  work.  The  only 
passage  of  further  interest  is  a  brief  sentence  relating  to  the 


his  Prospectus  (see  p.  87),  to  be  intended,  like  the  call-bell  or  communicator 
of  modern  telephones,  as  a  means  of  sending  signals  to  the  speaker,  and 
which,  as  the  Prospectus  says,  can  also  be  used — as  any  call-bell  can — for 
telegraphing  words  by  a  pre-arranged  code  of  signals.] — S.  P.  T. 


92  PHILIPP  SETS, 


exhibition   of  the   Telephone    at    the   German   Naturalists' 
Assembly  at  Stettin  in  1863,  and  is  as  follows : — ] 

[11.]  "  Now  in  order  also  to  give  to  a  still  wider  circle, 
especially  to  technologists  (Fachmannern),  the  opportunity 
of  witnessing  with  their  own  eyesight  th^  efficiency  of  this 
apparatus, — lately,  in  fact  essentially  improved, — Professor 
Bottger  of  Frankfort-on-the-Main  exhibited  several  experi- 
ments therewith  at  the  meeting  of  the  German  Naturalists 
(Naturforscher)  and  Physicians  recently  held  at  Stettin,  in 
the  Section  for  Physics ;  which  [experiments]  would  certainly 
have  been  crowned  with  still  greater  success  if  the  place  of 
meeting  had  been  in  a  less  noisy  neighbourhood,  and  had 
been  filled  with  a  somewhat  less  numerous  audience." 

[The  next  extract  is  a  brief  record  from  the  Eeport  of  a 
scientific  society  meeting  in  Giessen,  which  during  the 
Austro-Prussian  war  of  1866  had  become  disorganised,  and 
which  in  1867  published  a  condensed  account  of  its  proceed- 
ings for  the  preceding  years.  Amongst  those  proceedings 
was  a  lecture  by  the  late  Professor  Buff,  at  which  Eeis's 
Telephone  was  shown,  and  at  which  Keis  himself  is  believed 
to  have  been  present.] 

[12.]  [EXTRACT  FROM  THE  '  TWELFTH  KEPORT  OF  THE  UPPER- 
HESSIAN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  NATURAL  AND  MEDICAL  SCIENCE,' 
('  Oberhessische  Gesellschaft  fur  Natur  und  Heilkunde,') 
Giessen,  February  1867.] 

P.  155.  Eeport  on  the  doings  and  condition  of  the  Associa- 
tion from  the  1st  of  July,  1863,  to  the  1st  of  July,  1865,  by 
Herr  Gymnasiallehrer  Dr.  W.  Diehl. 

...  On  the  13th  of  February  [1864],  '  On  the  Tones  of 
the  Magnet,  with  Application  to  the  Telephone,  with  experi- 
ments,' by  Professor  Buff. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  93 

EXHIBITION  OF  THE  TELEPHONE  TO  THE  NATURALISTS'  ASSO- 
CIATION OF  GERMANY.  (DEUTSCHE  NATURFORSCHER  VER- 
SAMMLUNG.) 

[By  far  the  most  important  of  all  the  public  exhibitions 
given  by  Eeis  of  his  Telephone,  was  that  which  took  place  on 
the  21st  of  September,  1864,  at  Giessen,  on  the  occasion 
of  the  meeting  of  the  German  Naturalists'  Association 
(Versammlung  Deutsche  Naturforscher).  Here  were  as- 
sembled all  the  leading  scientific  men  of  Germany,  including 
the  following  distinguished  names,  many  of  whom  are  still 
living : — Prof.  Buff  (Giessen),  Prof.  Poggendorff  (Berlin), 
Prof.  Bohn  (Frankfurt-a.-M.,  now  of  Aschaffenburg),  Prof. 
Jolly  (Munich),  Dr.  Geissler  (Bonn),  Prof.  Weber  (Gottingen), 
Prof.  Pllicker  (Bonn),  Prof.  Quincke  (Heidelberg),  Prof. 
Dellmann  (Kreutznach),  Prof.  Bottger  (Frankfurt-a.-M.  and 
Mainz),  Prof.  Kekule  (Bonn),  Prof.  Gerlach  (Erlangen), 
Dr.  J.  Frick  (Carlsruhe),  Dr.  F.  Kohlrausch  (Wlirtzburg), 
Prof.  Eeusch  (Tubingen),  Prof.  J.  Mliller  (Freiburg),  Prof. 
Helmholtz  (Heidelberg),  Prof.  Melde  (Marburg),  Prof.  Kopp 
(Marburg),  Prof.  A.  W.  Hoffmann  (London,  now  of  Berlin), 
Mons.  Hofmann  (Paris,  optician),  Hofrath  Dr.  Stein  (Frank- 
furt-a.-M.), Dr.  W.  Steeg  (Homburg),  Mons.  Hartnack  (Paris, 
and  of  Pottsdam),  Prof.  G.  Wiedemann  (Basel,  now  of  Leipzig), 
E.  Albert  (Frankfurt-a.-M.,  mechanician),  Dr.  Thudichum 
(London),  W.  Schultze  (York,  apothecary),  Dr.  J.  Barnard 
Davis  (Shelton),  E.  J.  Chapman  (London,  chemist),  Dr.  L. 
Beck  (London,  chemist),  Prof.  Chas.  J.  Himes  (U.S.A., 
chemist),  E.  W.  Blake  (New  Haven,  U.S.A.,  student),  C.  G. 
Wheeler  (United  States  Consul  in  Niirnberg),  and  many 
others.  Dr.  C.  Bohn  (now  of  Aschaffenburg)  was  Secretary 
of  the  Association,  and  also  Secretary  of  the  Section  of 
Physics.  The  meetings  of  this  Section  were  held  in  the 
Laboratory  of  Professor  Buff.  Eeis  came  over  from  Fried- 


94  PHILIPP  REIS, 


richsdorf  accompanied  by  his  young  brother-in-law,  Philipp 
Schmidt.  A  preliminary  trial  on  the  morning  of  that  day 
was  not  very  successful,  but  at  the  afternoon  sitting,  when 
communications  were  made  to  the  Section  by  Prof.  Buff,  by 
Eeis  himself,  and  by  Prof.  Poggendorff,  the  instrument  was 
shown  in  action  with  great  success.  Eeis  expounded  the 
story  how  he  came  to  think  of  combining  with  the  electric 
current  interrupter  a  tympanum  in  imitation  of  that  of  the 
human  ear,  narrating  his  researches  in  an  unassuming 
manner  that  won  his  audience  completely  to  him ;  and  the 
performance  of  the  instrument  was  received  with  great 
applause.  Various  professors  essayed  to  experiment  with 
the  instrument,  with  varying  degrees  of  success  according  to 
whether  their  voices  suited  the  instrument  or  not.  Amongst 
these  were  Prof.  Bottger  and  Prof.  Quincke  of  Heidelberg, 
whose  account  of  the  occasion  is  to  be  found  on  p.  112.  Dr. 
Bohn,  the  Secretary  of  the  Section,  wrote  for  the  '  Journal ' 
(Tagesblatt),  issued  daily,  the  following  notice.] 

[13.]   EXTRACT  FROM  THE  EEPORT  OF  THE  GERMAN  NATU- 
RALISTS' SOCIETY,  HELD  AT  GIESSEN  (1864). 

"Afternoon  sitting  on  21st  September,  1864. 

"  Prof.  Buff  speaks  about  the  tones  of  iron  and  steel  rods 
when  magnetised,  and  exhibits  the  corresponding  experiments. 

"  Dr.  Eeis  demonstrates  his  Telephone,  gives  thereupon  an 
explanation  and  the  history  of  this  instrument. 

"  Prof.  Poggendorff  produces  tones  in  a  metal  cylinder, 
the  slit  up  edges  of  which  touch  one  another  firmly,  and 
which  is  placed  loosely  round  an  induction-bobbin  through 
which  there  goes  an  interrupted  current." 

[This  occasion  was  the  crowning  point  of  Philipp  Eeis's 
career,  and  might  have  proved  of  even  greater  importance 
but  for  two  causes :  the  inventor's  precarious  health,  and  the 
indifference  with  which  the  commercial  world  of  Germany 
viewed  this  great  invention.  Where  the  keen  insight  of  Eeis 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  95 

contemplated  the  vast  possibilities  opened  out  by  the  invention 
of  a  new  mode  of  inter-communication,  others  saw  only  an 
ingenious  philosophical  toy,  or  at  best  a  pleasing  illustration 
of  certain  known  principles  of  acoustic  and  electric  science. 
And  in  spite  of  the  momentary  enthusiasm  which  the 
exhibition  of  the  Telephone  had  evoked,  the  interest  in  it 
dwindled  away.  A  few  of  the  public  journals  of  that  date, 
noticed  the  invention  in  eulogistic  terms  and  spoke  of  the 
prospect  it  afforded  of  communication  between  distant  friends 
and  of  simultaneous  concerts  being  given  in  different  towns, 
all  transmitted  telephonically  from  one  orchestra.  But  the 
invention  came  too  early.  The  public  mind  was  not  yet 
prepared  to  take  it  up,  and  the  enthusiasm  died  away.  Still 
in  a  few  of  the  more  important  books  on  Physics,  Acoustics, 
and  Electricity,  the  matter  continued  to  receive  attention.  In 
the  well-known  Muller-Pouillet's  '  Textbook  of  Physics ' 
(Lehrbuch  der  Physik)  edited  by  Professor  J.  Mliller ;  in  the 
'  Technical  Physics '  of  Hessler,  of  Vienna,  edited  by  Pro- 
fessor Pisko ;  in  Pisko's  '  Eecent  Apparatus  of  Acoustics,' 
and  particularly  in  Kuhn's  admirable  '  Handbook  of  Applied 
Electricity,'  the  Telephone  was  accepted  as  a  definite  conquest 
of  science,  and  was  described  and  figured.  From  the  works 
named  we  transcribe  the  extracts  which  follow,  and  which 
sufficiently  explain  themselves.] 

[14.]  EXTRACT  FROM  MULLER-POUILLET'S  '  TEXTBOOK  OF 
PHYSICS  AND  METEOROLOGY'  (LEHRBUCH  DER  PHYSIK 
UND  METEOROLOGIE). 

[Published  at  Brunswick,  Sixth  ed.,  1863,  vol.  ii.  page  352, 
fig.  325;  and  Seventh  ed.,  1868,  vol.  ii.  pages  386-388, 
figs.  348-350.  The  following  translation  is  from  the  latter 
edition.] 

"  This  tone.  .  .  .  has  Reis  used  for  the  construction  of  his 
Telephone. 


96  PEILIPP  REIS, 


"  Figure  348  *  exhibits  Eeis's  interrupting  apparatus.  In 
the  lid  of  a  hollow  cube  of  wood  A,  a  circular  opening  is  made, 
which  is  closed  by  an  elastic  membrane  (pig's  lesser  intestine) 
strained  over  it.  Upon  the  centre  of  this  membrane  is  glued 
a  little  plate  of  platinum,  which  stands  in  conductive  com- 
munication with  the  clamping-screw  a  by  means  of  a  quite 
thin  little  strip  of  metal  /  (distinctly  visible  in  Fig.  349) 
[Fig.  31]. 

"  Upon  the  middle  of  the  little  platinum  plate,  rests  a  short 
little  platinum  pencil,  which  is  fastened  at  g  to  the  under- 
side of  the  strip  of  tin-plate  h  g  i,  one  end  of  which,  h,  rests 
upon  the  little  metal  pillar  I,  while  a  little  platinum  spike 
fastened  upon  its  under-side  at  it  dips  into  the  hollow  of  the 
little  metal  pillar  k,  containing  some  quicksilver.  The  clamp- 
ing-screw b,  is  put  into  conductive  communication  with  the 
little  metal  pillar  k. 

"  From  one  pole  of  the  battery  there  goes  a  conducting- 
wire  to  the  clamping-screw  a  of  the  interrupting  apparatus 
Fig.  348  [Fig.  30],  from  the  other  pole  of  the  same  there 
goes  a  wire  to  the  clamping-screw  d  of  the  reproducing 
apparatus,  Fig.  350  [Fig.  32],  which  is  to  be  presently 
described.  The  clamping- screw  c,  of  this  apparatus,  is  con- 
nected by  a  wire  with  &,  Fig.  348  [Fig.  30].  The  clamping- 
screws  c  and  d  are  connected  with  the  ends  of  the  wire  of  the 
small  magnetising  spiral  M,  Fig.  350  [Fig.  32] ;  with  the  con- 
nexion described  above,  the  current  of  the  current-generator 
(battery)  goes,  therefore,  through  the  spiral  M. 

"  As  soon  now  as  the-  sound-waves  of  an  adequately 
powerful  tone  enter  through  the  mouth-piece  S  into  the 
hollow  cube  A,  the  elastic  membrane  which  closes  this  at  the 
top  is  set  into  vibrations.  Each  wave  of  condensation  on 
entering  lifts  the  little  platinum  plate  together  with  the 
little  spike  which  sits  upon  it ;  but  if  the  membrane  swings 

*  [Fig.  30  of  this  book.] 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


97 


downwards,  the  tin-piece  Ji  g  i,  with  the  little  spike  at  i, 
cannot  follow  it  quick  enough ;  there  therefore  occurs  here, 
at  each  vibration  of  the  membrane,  an  interruption  of  the 


Fig.  30. 


Fig.  31. 


Fig.  32. 


98  PHILIPP  REIS, 


current  which  lets  itself  be  recognised  by  a  little  spark 
appearing  at  the  place  of  interruption. 

"  Now  in  the  spiral  M  is  stuck  a  knitting-needle,  which,  as 
the  figure  shows,  is  fastened  into  a  sounding-board.  A  lid 
provided  with  second  sounding-board  may  be  clapped  over 
the  spiral,  and  the  tone  be  thereby  greatly  strengthened. 

"  If  now,  tones  are  produced  before  the  mouth-piece  S, 
whilst  one  sings  into  the  same  or  whilst  one  blows  organ- 
pipes,  one  at  once  hears  at  the  reproducing  apparatus  a 
peculiar  creaking  noise  which  is  independent  of  the  pitch  of 
the  tones  produced  at  the  interrupting  apparatus,  but,  beside 
this,  those  tones  are  themselves  reproduced  ~by  the  steel  wire  dis- 
tinctly perceptibly,  and  indeed  Eeis  found  that  this  is  the  case 
for  all  tones  between  F  and  /. 

"In  Keis's  experiments  the  interrupting  apparatus  was 
300  feet  distant  from  the  spiral,  and  was  indeed  set  up  in 
another  house  with  closed  doors.  But  since  the  length  of  the 
conducting  wire  can  be  extended  just  as  far  as  in  direct 
telegraphy,  Keis  gave  to  his  apparatus  the  name  Telephone 
(Jahresbericht  des  physikalischen  Vereins  zu  Frankfurt-a.-M. 
fur  1860/61)." 

[15.]    EXTRACT  FROM  PISKO'S  '  DIE  NEUEREN  APPARATE  DER 

AKUSTIK.' 

[This  book,  '  The  more  recent  Apparatus  of  Acoustics/  by 
Dr.  Francis  Joseph  Pisko,  Professor  of  Physics  in  the  Gewer- 
beschule  in  Vienna,  was  published  at  Vienna  in  1865.  At 
that  time  the  novelties  in  acoustics  were  Konig's  apparatus 
for  the  graphic  study  of  sounds,  Konig's  manometric  flames, 
Schaffgotsch's  singing  flames,  Helmholtz's  '  Eesearches 
on  the  Quality  of  Sounds,'  Duhamel's  Vibrograph,  Scott 
and  Konig's  Phonautograph,  and  Keis's  Telephone.  The 
account  given  of  the  latter  is  more  detailed  in  some  respects 
than  any  other  published  at  the  time.] 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


Page  94. — PKINCIPLE  OF  THE  "  TELEPHON  "  OF  EEIS. 

51.  (a)  Allied  to  the  Membrane  Phonautograph  is  the 
"  Telephon"  of  Eeis*  (Fig.  33).  Upon  the  little  membrane, 
m  m,  in  the  middle,  is  fastened  with  adhesive  wax  the  round 
end  s  of  a  light  strip  of  platinum,  n  s,  so  that  the  platinum 
strip  can  join  in  with  all  the  vibrations  of  the  membrane. 
Very  near  to  the  central  end,  s,  of  the  little  platinum  strip, 
n  s,  a  platinum  spike  stands,  in  such  a  way  that  it  is  brought 
into  contact,  by  the  vibrations  of  the  membrane,  with  the 
platinum  strip  that  vibrates  with  the  latter.  Suppose  now 
that  the  outer  end,  n,  of  the  platinum  strip  and  the  platinum 
spike  are  connected  with  the  poles  of  a  galvanic  battery,  then, 
by  the  vibration  of  the  membrane  the  galvanic  current  will, 
according  to  the  phase  of  the  vibration,  be  alternately  esta- 
blished and  interrupted.  Inserted  in  this  circuit,  an  electro- 
magnetic bell,  or  an  electro-magnetic  telegraph,  will  give 
signals  to  great  distances  that  somebody  is  speaking ;  f  though, 
obviously,  it  cannot  inform  what  is  being  spoken. 

*  [References."]  Telephon  von  Eeis  im  Jahresbericljt  des  physikalischen 
Vereins  zu  Frankfurt-a.-M.  fur  1860-1861,  pag.  57  bis  64.  Muller- 
Pouittet,  Physik,  1863,  6.  Auflage,  II  pag.  352,  Fig.  325.  Berl.  Ber.  fur 
1861,  xvii.  pag.  171  bis  173.  Der  Musiktelegraph  in  der  "  Gartenlaube  " 
1863,  Nr.  51,  pag.  807  bis  909.  Aus  der  Katur  1862,  xxi.  pag.  470  bis 
484 ;  Konig's  Catalog,  1865,  pag.  5. 

f  [This  part  of  the  apparatus  is  in  fact  a  "  call,"  serving  precisely  the 
same  function  as  the  call-bell  attached  to  ordinary  telephones,  by  which 
the  subscriber  can  be  "called  up"  to  listen  to  the  instrument.  It  is  not 
without  importance  to  observe  that  this  function  was  perfectly  well-known 
at  the  time ;  fur  it  was  gravely  argued  during  a  former  telephone  law-suit 
in  England  that  the  presence  of  this  "  signal-call "  at  the  side  of  the  Reis 
Transmitter  was  a  proof  that  it  was  intended  to  transmit  singing  only 
and  not  speech,  or  "else  there  would  not  have  been  that  little  Morse- 
instrument  at  the  side  by  which  to  talk  "  !  This  suggestion  is,  however, 
self-evidently  absurd,  because  if  this  had  been  the  case  the  little  electro- 
magnetic Morse  telegraph  would  have  been  fixed,  not  on  the  side  of  the 
transmitter  but  on  that  of  the  receiver.  Reis  himself  explains  the  use  of 
the  "  call  "  (see  p.  87)  in  his  "  Prospectus."]— S.  P.  T. 

H   2 


100 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


(5.)  As  is  known,  an  iron  wire  around  which  flow  rapidly- 
interrupted  powerful  galvanic  currents,  is  thereby  thrown 
into  tones  which,  according  to  circumstances,  may  be  longi- 


tudinal or  transverse  or  both  together.  Such  an  iron  wire, 
lying  in  a  multiplying  wire-coil,  Gf,  Eeis  inserted  at  the  second 
[receiving]  station,  C.  The  wire  emitted  sounds  when  the 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  101 

membrane  was  set  into  vibrations  by  singing  or  speaking 
(at  S,  Fig.  33)  into  the  hollow  cubical  piece  A.  In  the  inves- 
tigations made  by  me  with  the  telephone,  the  rod  (of  iron) 
never  altered  the  pitch  of  its  tone  with  the  most  different 
kinds  of  tones  and  clangs,  and  always  gave  only  the  rhythm 
of  the  words  sung  or  spoken  into  the  piece  A  (the  trans- 
mitter) at  S.  Usually  the  air  of  the  song  that  was  sung  could 
be  recognised  by  its  rhythm.*  The  special  researches  on 
these  points  follow  in  paragraph  53.  However,  it  is  so  far 
clear  that  there  is  still  plenty  of  time  yet  before  we  have  the 
simultaneous  concerts,  and  the  transmission  of  singing  to 
different  towns,  as  the  daily  newspapers  have  sanguinely 
expected.  The  apparatus  of  Eeis  is  certainly  a  "  Telephone  " 
but  not  a  "  Phonic  Telegraph."  The  single  means  of  trans- 
mission for  song  and  speech — and  that  only  for  moderate 
distances — remains  the  old  familiar  speaking-tube.  Never- 
theless, the  experiment  of  Eeis  must  ever  be  reckoned 
amongst  the  most  beautiful  and  interesting  of  school-experi- 
ments. And  since  the  means  for  this  are  so  simple,  the 
apparatus  of  Eeis  will  certainly  find  a  speedy  entrance  into 
educational  establishments  that  are  only  moderately  endowed. 
It  is  easily  proved  that  the  tones  of  the  wire  in  the  telephone 
do  not  arise  from  acoustic  conduction,  for  by  cutting  out  the 
coil  from  the  circuit  the  tones  immediately  cease. 

1.  The  Telephone  of  Keis  originally  consisted  of  a  cube  of 
wood  with  a  conical  boring.  The  smaller  opening  was  strained 
over  with  a  membrane.  A  knitting-needle  which  served  for  a 
sounding  wire  projected  about  2  inches  on  each  side  of  the 
multiplying  coil,  and  lay  upon  the  two  bridges  of  a  sounding- 
box.  The  surrounding  helix  consisted  of  six  layers  of  thin 
wire.  Fig.  33  shows  the  Telephone  as  it  is  constructed  at  the 

*  [Professor  Pisko  seems  to  have  got  hold  of  an  unusually  unfortunate 
specimen  of  the  instrument  if  he  could  make  it  neither  speak  nor  sing. 
His  transmitter  must  have  been  in  exceedingly  bad  condition  to  fail  so 
completely.] 


102  PEILIPP  REIS, 


present  time  by  the  mechanician,  Albert,  in  Frankfort,  and  by 
the  mechanician,  Hauck,  in  Vienna,  according  to  the  directions 
of  the  inventor. 


[52.]  Details  about  the  Telephone. 

(a.)  The  same  (Fig.  33)  consists  in  its  essentials : 

1.  Of  a  transmitter,  A  ; 

2.  Of  a  receiver,  C ; 

3.  Of  a  galvanic  battery,  B,  and  lastly, 

4.  Of  the  conducting  wires  that  connect  them. 

(&.)  The  transmitter,  A,  is  essentially  a  parallelepipedal 
body  of  wood.  The  upper  part,  u  x,  of  it  is  cut  out  of  one 
piece  [of  wood]  with  square  cross -section,  the  side,  xx,  of 
which  measures  9  centimetres,  and  its  height,  ux,2'8  cen- 
timetres. 

This  part  is  moveable  upon  a  hinge  on  the  lower  little  box, 
A  A.  If  the  cover,  x  u,  is  laid  back,  one  sees  that  a  small 
circle  of  3' 9  centimetres  diameter  has  been  cut  out  in  the 
same.  Into  this  hole  passes  a  brass  collar  with  a  flange 
8  millimetres  broad,  which  is  furnished  at  one  side  with  a 
groove  like  a  pulley.  Over  the  collar  there  is  stretched  the 
membrane,  ra  m,  by  means  of  a  silk  thread  lying  in  the 
shoulder  of  the  same.  This  circular  membrane  is  surrounded 
by  a  wider  circular  aperture,  I  ~b,  =  8  •  5  centimetres.  A  shovel- 
shaped  little  strip  of  platinum,  n  s,  lies  (over  it)  leading  to 
the  brass  binding-screw,  d,  with  the  circular  part,  s,  falling 
upon  the  centre  of  the  membrane. 

By  means  of  some  sealing-wax  this  circular  part  is  fastened 
to  the  membrane,  and  thereby  compelled  to  take  part  in  the 
vibrations  of  the  same.  The  further  transmission  of  the 
galvanic  current  from  the  centre  takes  place  by  means  of  a 
platinum  or  steel  point  resting  in  a  cup  of  mercury,  which  is 


INVENTOR    OF  TEE   TELEPHONE.  103 

extended  in  a  screw,  which  transmits  the  current  farther. 
The  point  a  serves  as  a  support  for  the  angular  hook,  a  s  b, 
which  in  general  is  supported  like  a  tripod,  in  order  that  the 
point  of  contact,  s,  may  remain  as  constant  as  possible.  The 
hook,  a  s  b,  is  simply  struck  with  a  hole  at  a  upon  a  project- 
ing point,  and  lies  upon  a  broader  under  part.  From  b  the 
galvanic  circuit  proceeds  by  means  of  an  overspun  wire  to  the 
brass  key  e  (A,  Fig.  33),  and  from  there  farther  in  the 
direction  represented  by  the  arrow. 

The  lower  part  A  A  of  the  transmitter  is  put  together  of 
thin  wood  and  forms  a  parallelepiped,  whose  height  =  6*8  cm., 
and  whose  width  =  7'7  cm.  An  inclined  mouthpiece  of 
tin  with  funnel-shaped  opening  serves  to  receive  the  tones. 
The  longer  side  of  this  mouthpiece  measures  6  *  7  cm.,  the 
shorter  4  •  7  cm. ;  the  longer  diameter  of  the  widening  measures 
7*15  cm.,  the  shorter  diameter  7*5  cm.,  and  finally  the 
diameter  of  the  narrow  tube  3  •  9  cm. 

It  is  clear  that,  if  necessary,  the  platinum  strip  can  be 
replaced  by  a  strip  of  thin  sheet-brass,  the  platinum  or  steel 
points  by  iron.  Only  in  this  case  the  points  of  contact  must  be 
oftener  cleaned  to  a  metallic  polish. 

(c.)  The  receiver  (Zeichengeber)  C  is  in  general  a  double 
resonant  box,  whose  upper  part,  "  the  cover,"  is  moveable 
upon  two  hinges,  and  can  be  laid  back.  The  length  of  this 
cover  is  16*4  cm.,  its  width  9*5  cm.,  and  its  height  3 '2  cm. 
The  length  of  the  lower  box  measures  22-9  cm.,  its  width 
9 *6  cm.,  and  its  height  2*5  cm.  The  under  part  of  the 
resonant  box  bears  two  wooden  bridges,  which  stand  about 
7 '  4  cm.  from  each  other,  and  which  serves  as  supports  for 
the  21  •  5  cm.  long,  and  0  •  9  cm.  thick  iron  needle  destined  for 
reproducing  the  tones.  The  length  of  spiral  wound  over  the 
needle,  and  designed  for  making  an  electro-magnet  of  the 
same,  is  15  cm.  The  wooden  covers  of  both  parts,  scraped 


104  PEILIPP  REIS, 


as  thin  as  possible,  and  the  greatest  breadth  of  the  circular 
holes  shown  in  the  figure,  measures  13  mm. 

(d.)  For  a  battery  one  can  successfully  use  a  small  Smee's 
consisting  of  four  elements,  or  two  larger  Bunsen's  cells. 

The  conductor  must  be  at  least  sufficiently  long  that  one 
cannot  perceive  the  tones  that  are  produced.  For  corre- 
spondence between  the  two  stations  the  inventor  has  employed 
the  electro-magnetic  telegraph  arrangement,  e  v  g  h,  seen  in 
the  mechanism,  and  easily  understood.  An  agreement  in 
reference  to  corresponding  signs  can  be  easily  arranged,  and 
the  simplest  way  is  to  accept  the  signals  arranged  by  the 
inventor.  (See  '  Prospectus.') 

The  receiver  C  gives,  when  the  key  e  is  pressed,  the  cor- 
responding telegraphic  signals  by  means  of  tones  in  the  rod 
E  E,  while  at  the  transmitter,  A,  the  electro-magnet  v  gives 
the  signals  by  means  of  the  springy  armature  z. 

[53.]  Experiments  with  the  Telephone. 

(a.)  As  soon  as  one  brings  the  mouth  to  the  funnel  S  and 
sings,  the  membrane  of  the  transmitter,  A,  vibrates  in  a 
corresponding  manner,  and  the  iron  rod,  E  E,  at  the  second 
station  begins  to  give  forth  a  tone.  Every  time  a  spark  is 
seen  at  the  first  station  s,  the  rod  ^at  the  other  station 
certainly  gives  forth  a  tone.  The  same  is  true  when  one 
hears  the  peculiarly  snarling  tone  which  arises  from  the 
stroke  of  the  vibrating  platinum  strip  against  the  spike  of 
angular  hook  resting  upon  it. 

The  appearance  of  these  sparks  or  of  the  peculiar  snarling 
at  the  transmitter  A  gives  the  sign  to  the  observers  at  the 
station  A  that  the  rod  in  C  is  giving  a  tone.  Tones  and 
melodies  which  were  sung  into  the  sound  aperture,  and 
especially  sounds  in  which  the  teeth  and  bones  of  the  head 
also  vibrated  (so-called  humming  tones),  always  evoked 


INVENTOE    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  105 

a  tone  in  the  rod  or  needle  E  E,  and  indeed,  as  already 
mentioned  (§  51),  without  change  in  the  pitch,  but  only 
with  the  reproduction  of  the  rhythm  of  the  respective  song 
or  words. 

The  pitch  of  the  tone  excited  at  C  in  the  rod  E  E  was  in 
the  apparatus  at  my  disposal  h  •  its  strength  not  very  great 
and  its  clang  snarly,  similar  to  that  of  a  lightly  sounding 
reed- whistle,  somewhat  like  that  of  a  child's  wooden  trumpet. 
The  cuticle  lying  about  the  heart  of  the  smaller  and  even  the 
larger  mammals  (from  calves,  &c.)  makes  the  best  membranes. 
Goldbeater's-skins  reproduce  only  the  deeper  tones.  The 
cover  of  the  sounding-box  appeared  in  my  apparatus 
superfluous,  and  indeed  the  tone  was  somewhat  stronger 
without  the  cover. 

1.  In  experiments  with  the  telephone,  one  must  look  closely 
as  to  whether  the  ends  of  the  platinum  strip  is  still  fastened  to 
the  membrane,  and  one  must,  if  necessary,  press  upon  the 
membrane.  If  the  strip  will  no  longer  stick,  heat  a  knife-blade, 
touch  a  small  piece  of  sealing  wax  with  it,  and  carry  thus 
the  melted  sealing-wax  to  the  under  side  of  the  round  end 
of  the  platinum-strip,  n  s.  Then  press  it  immediately  on  the 
membrane,  m  m. 

Ph.  Eeis  showed  his  apparatus  in  very  primitive  form  for  the  first 
time  in  October,  1861,  to  the  Physical  Society  at  Frankfort-on-the-Main ; 
on  July  4th,  1863,  before  the  same  society,  he  showed  the  form  represented 
in  Fig.  33.  This  time  he  experimented  upon  a  distance  of  300  feet.  Pro- 
fessor Boettger  brought  the  apparatus  before  the  Naturforscher-Versamm- 
lung  at  Stettin  (1863)  in  the  section  for  Physics. 

***** 

[16.]       HESSLER'S    '  TEXT-BOOK    OF    TECHNICAL    PHYSICS/ 
vol.  i.  p.  648. 

[Next  in  chronological  order  comes  a  notice  of  the 
Telephone  in  Hessler's  '  Lehrbuch  der  technischen  Physik,' 
edited  by  Prof.  Pisko,  and  published  at  Vienna  in  1866.  The 
brief  account  given  in  this  work  adds  nothing  to  the  accounts 
previously  given,  and  is  evidently  written  by  some  person 


106  PHILIPP  REIS, 


ignorant  of  Eeis's  own  work,  for  beside  omitting  all  mention 
of  the  transmission  of  speech  by  the  instrument,  or  of  its 
being  constructed  upon  the  model  of  the  human  ear,  the 
writer  appears  not  even  to  know  how  to  spell  Keis's  name,* 
and  speaks  of  him  as  "  Eeuss."] 

[17.]       KUHN'S  'HANDBOOK  OF  APPLIED  ELECTRICITY,' 

('  Handbuch  der  Angewandten  Elektricitatslehre,'  von  Carl 
Kuhn),  being  vol.  xx.  of  Karsten's  '  Universal  Encyclopaedia  of 
Physics '  (Karsten's  '  Allgemeine  Encyclopadie  der  Physik  '). 

[Karsten's  '  Encyclopaedia  of  Physics,'  which  has  been  for 
many  years  a  standard  work  of  reference,  both  in  Germany 
and  in  this  country,  consists  of  a  number  of  volumes,  each  of 
which  is  a  complete  treatise,  written  by  the  very  highest 
authorities  in  Germany.  Thus  Helmholtz  contributed  the 
volume  on  Physiological  Optics,  Lamont  that  on  Terrestrial 
Magnetism,  whilst  the  names  of  Dr.  Brix,  Professor  von 
Feilitzsch,  and  others,  are  included  amongst  the  authors. 
Carl  Kuhn,  who  wrote  vol.  xx.,  was  Professor  in  the  Eoyal 
Lyceum  of  Munich,  and  member  of  the  Munich  Academy. 
Kuhn's  volume  on  '  Applied  Electricity,'  published  in  1866, 

*  This  error  has  been  copied  by  Count  du  Moncel,  along  with  the  other 
defects  of  the  article,  into  the  fifth  volume  of  his  *  Applications  of  Elec- 
tricity,' published  in  1878.  It  is  rather  amusing  now  to  read,  at  p.  106, 
of  Du  Moncel's  treatise  that  "  Heisler  "  (sic)  "  pretends  "  that  the  telephone 
of  "  Eeuss,"  which  "  appears  "  to  have  been  invented  "  anterior  to  the  year 
1866,"  was  capable  of  transmitting  vocal  melodies !  Count  du  Moncel, 
though  he  has  since  posed  as  an  authority  on  the  telephone,  did  not  in 
1878  shine  in  that  capacity,  for  on  the  very  same  page  of  the  Count's  book 
may  be  found  the  following  astounding  sentiment : — "  Jf  it  is  true,  as  Sir 
W.  Thomson  has  assured  us,  that  at  the  Philadelphia  Exhibition  of  1876 
there  was  a  telegraphic  system  transmitting  words,  we  may  recognize,"  &c. 
Count  du  Moncel  has  since  found  out  that  it  is  true  that  there  was  a 
Telephone  in  Philadelphia  in  1876 :  perhaps  he  will  next  discover  that 
"  Reuss"  did,  "anterior  to  the  year  1866,"  actually  "appear"  to  transmit 
not  only  what  "Heisler"  "pretends"  he  did,  but  that  he  also  transmitted 
spoken  words. — S.  P.  T. 


INVENTOE    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  107 

is  to  be  found  on  the  shelves  of  almost  every  library  of  any 
pretensions  in  Great  Britain.  The  account  given  therein  of 
Eeis's  Telephone  is  interesting,  because  it  describes  two 
forms,  both  of  transmitter  and  of  receiver.  In  fact  the 
descriptions  and  figures  are  taken  almost  directly  from  von 
Legat's  Eeport  (p.  70),  and  from  Eeis's  Prospectus  (p.  87). 
The  extract  translated  below  includes  all  the  matter  that  is 
of  importance.] 

P.  1017.  The  researches  established  by  Eeis  on  the  26th 
of  October,  1861,  in  Frankfurt*  have  already  shown  that 
if  the  current  interruptions  follow  one  another  almost  con- 
tinuously and  very  rapidly,  in  a  spiral  arranged  with  a  thin 
iron  core,  the  iron  wire  can  be  set  into  longitudinal  vibra- 
tions, whereby  therefore  the  same  is  constrained  to  reproduce 
tones  of  different  pitch. 

*  *  #  * 

[Here  follows  a  reference  to  Petrina's  Electric  Harmonica.] 

*  *  *  * 

From  the  communications  made  known  by  Legat,  it' 
follows  that  "  the  ideas  concerning  the  reproduction  of  tones 
by  means  of  electro-galvanism  which  were  put  forward  some 
time  since  by  Philipp  Eeis  of  Friedrichsdorf,  before  the 
Physical  Society,  and  the  meeting  of  the  Free  German 
Institute  in  Frankfort-on-the-Main,"  relate  to  similar  arrange- 
ments. "  What  has  hitherto  been  attained  in  the  realisation 
of  this  project,"  Legat  announces  in  his  report,  and  we 
extract  therefrom  only  that  part  which  gives  an  explanation 
of  the  disposition  of  the  telegraphic  apparatus,  with  which  it 
is  said  to  be  possible  to  produce  the  vibrations  and  the 
excitement  of  tones  in  any  desired  manner,  and  by  which 
the  employment  of  electro-galvanism  is  said  to  make  it 

*  Ueber  Fortpflanzung  der  Tone  auf  wilkiihrlich  weite  Entfermmgen, 
mit  Hiilfe  der  Elektricitiit  (Telephonic).  Polyt.  Journ.  clxviii.  185 ;  aus 
Bottger's  Notizbl.  1863,  Nr.  6.  "[See  translation  on  page  61.] 


108  PHILIPP  REIS, 


possible  "to.  call  into  life  at  any  given  distance  vibrations 
similar  to  the  vibrations  that  have  been  produced,  and  in  this 
way  to  reproduce  at  any  place  the  tones  that  have  been 
originated  at  another  place." 

This  apparatus  consists  of  the  tone-indicator  (transmetteur) 
and  the  tone-receiver  (recepteur).  The  tone-indicator 
(Fig.  34,  p.  1 09)  consists  of  a  conical  tube,  a  b,  having  a 
length  of  about  15  cm.,  a  front  aperture  of  about  10  cm., 
and  a  back  aperture  of  about  4  cm.,  the  choice  of  the 
material  and  the  greater  length  of  which  is  said  to  be  in- 
different, while  a  greater  width  is  said  to  be  injurious ;  the 
surface  of  the  inner  wall  should  be  as  smooth  as  possible. 
The  narrow  back  aperture  of  the  tube  is  closed  by  a 
membrane,  o,  of  collodion,  and  upon  the  centre  of  the  circular 
surface  formed  by  this  membrane  rests  the  one  end,  c,  of  the 
lever,  c  d,  the  supporting-point  of  which,  et  being  held  by 
a  support,  remains  in  connection  with  the  metallic  circuit. 
This  lever,  the  arm,  c  ey  of  which  must  be  considerably 
longer  than  c  d,  should  be  as  light  as  possible,  so  that  it 
can  easily  follow  the  movements  of  the  membrane,  because 
an  uncertain  following  of  the  lever,  c  d,  will  produce 
impure  tones  at  the  receiving  station.  During  the  state  of 
rest  the  contact,  d  g,  is  closed,  and  a  weak  spring,  n,  keeps 
the  lever  in  this  state  of  rest.  Upon  the  metallic  support,  /, 
which  is  in  connection  with  one  pole  of  the  battery,  there  is 
a  spring,  g,  with  a  contact  corresponding  to  the  contact  of  the 
lever,  c  d,  at  d,  the  position  of  which  is  regulated  by  means  of 
the  screw,  h.  In  order  that  the  effect  of  the  apparatus  may 
not  be  weakened  by  the  produced  waves  of  air  communicat- 
ing themselves  towards  the  back  part,  a  disc  "  of  about 
50  (?)  cm.  diameter,  which  rests  fixedly  upon  the  exterior 
wall  of  the  tube,"  is  to  be  placed  above  the  tube,  a  b,  at  right 
angles  with  its  longitudinal  axis. 

The  tone-receiver  consists  of  an  electro-magnet,  m  m,  which 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


109 


110  PHILIPP  REIS, 


rests  upon  a  resounding-board,  u  w,  and  the  surrounding  coils 
of  which  are  connected  with  the  metallic  circuit  and  the 
earth.  Opposite  to  the  electro-magnet  there  stands  an 
armature,  which  is  connected  with  a  lever,  i,  as  long  as 
possible  but  light  and  broad,  and  which  lever  together  with 
the  armature,  is  fastened  like  a  pendulum  to  the  support  k  ; 
its  movements  are  regulated  by  the  screw  I  and  the  spring  q. 
"  In  order  to  increase  the  effect  of  the  apparatus,  this  tone- 
receiver  may  be  placed  in  the  one  focus  of  an  elliptically 
hollowed  cavity  of  sufficient  size,  while  the  ear  of  the  person 
who  listens  to  the  reproduced  sounds  ought  to  be  placed  at 
the  second  focus  of  the  cavity."  The  action  of  the  two 
apparatus,  the  general  manner  of  connection  of  which  may  be 
seen  from  the  illustrations — at  the  one  station  being  the 
tone-indicator,  at  the  other  the  tone-receiver — is  the  follow- 
ing : — By  speaking  into,  singing,  or  conducting  the  tones  of 
an  instrument  into  the  tube,  a  I,  there  is  produced  in  the 
tone-indicator  (Fig.  34)  in  consequence  of  the  condensation 
and  rarefaction  of  the  enclosed  column  of  air,  a  motion  of  the 
membrane,  c,  corresponding  to  these  changes.  The  lever,  c  d, 
follows  the  movements  of  the  membrane,  and  opens  or  closes 
the  circuit  according  as  there  occurs  a  condensation  or  rare- 
faction of  the  enclosed  air.  In  consequence  of  these  actions, 
the  electro-magnet,  m  m  (Fig.  13),  is  correspondingly  demag- 
netised or  magnetised,  and  the  armature  (and  the  armature- 
lever)  belonging  to  it  is  set  into  vibrations  similar  to 
those  of  the  membrane  of  the  transmitting  apparatus.  By 
means  of  the  lever,  i,  connected  with  the  armature,  the 
similar  vibrations  are  transmitted  to  the  surrounding  air, 
and  these  sounds  thus  produced  finally  reach  the  ear  of  the 
listener  (the  sounding-board  increasing  the  effect).  As 
regards  the  effectiveness  of  this  apparatus,  the  author 
remarks  that  while  the  similar  number  of  the  produced 
vibrations  is  reproduced  by  the  receiver,  their  original 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  Ill 

strength  has  not  yet  been  obtained  by  it.  For  this  reason 
also  small  differences  of  vibration  are  difficult  to  hear,  and 
during  the  practical  experiments  hitherto  made,  chords, 
melodies,  &c.,  could  be,  it  is  true,  transmitted  with  asto- 
nishing (?)  fidelity,  while  single  words  in  reading,  speaking, 

&c.,  were  less  distinctly  perceived. 

*  *  *  * 

[The  rest  of  the  article  deals  with  the  "square-box"  transmitter 
described  in  Eeis's  Prospectus,  and  adds  nothing  to  the  information  already 
published.] 

[This  is  the  last  of  the  contemporary  documents  bearing 
upon  the  performance  of  Eeis's  instruments.  From  the 
prominent  notice  obtained  at  the  time  by  the  inventor,  it  is 
clear  that  his  invention  was  even  then  accorded  an  honour- 
able place  amongst  the  acknowledged  conquests  of  science. 
A  critical  examination  of  this  body  of  evidence  proves  not 
only  the  substantial  nature  of  Eeis's  claim,  but  that  the 
claim  was  openly  recognised  and  allowed  by  the  best  autho- 
rities of  the  time.  The  thing  was  not  done  in  a  corner.] 


112  PHILIPP  BEIS, 


CHAPTEE  V. 


TESTIMONY  OF  CONTEMPORARY  WITNESSES. 


1.  Professor  G.  Quincke. 

2.  Professor  C.  Bohn. 

3.  Herr  Leon  Gamier. 

4.  Ernest  Horkheimer,  Esq. 

5.  Dr.  K.  Messel,  F.C.S. 


6.  Herr  Heinrich  Holt. 

7.  Herr  Heinrich  F.  Peter. 

8.  Mr.  Stephen  M.  Yeates. 

9.  Dr.  William  Frazer. 


PROFESSOR  G.  QUINCKE, 

Professor  of  Physics  in  the  University  of  Heidelberg. 

[Professor  Quincke,  whose  name  is  so  well  known  in  connection  with 
his  researches  in  molecular  physics  and  in  many  problems  of  the  highest 
interest  to  those  acquainted  with  electrical  science,  was  one  of  those 
present  at  the  Naturforscher  Yersammlung  held  at  Giessen  in  1864,  where 
Reis's  Telephone  was  publicly  exhibited  by  its  inventor,  see  page  93, 
ante.  His  testimony,  coming  from  so  high  authority,  is  therefore  of 
exceptional  value.] 

"  DEAR  SIR, 

"  I  was  present  at  the  Assembly  of  the  German  Na- 
turalists' Association  (Naturforscher  Versammlung)  held  in 
the  year  1864  in  Giessen,  when  Mr.  Philipp  Eeis,  at  that 
time  teacher  in  the  Gamier  Institute  at  Friedrichsdorf,  near 
Frankfort-on-the-Main,  showed  and  explained  to  the  assembly 
the  Telephone  which  he  had  invented. 

"  I  witnessed  the  performance  of  the  instruments,  and,  with 
the  assistance  of  the  late  Professor  Bottger,  heard  them  for 
myself. 

"  The  apparatus  used  consisted  of  two  parts — a  transmitter 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  113 

and  a  receiver.  The  transmitter  was  a  box,  one  side  of  which 
was  furnished  with  a  tube  into  which  the  speaking  was  to 
be  done.  At  the  top  or  the  side  of  the  box  there  was  a  cir- 
cular opening,  covered  by  a  tympanum  of  membrane,  upon 
which  was  fastened  a  piece  of  platinum.  This  piece  of 
platinum  was  in  communication  with  one  pole  of  the  galvanic 
battery.  Over  the  membrane,  resting  upon  the  platinum,  and 
in  contact  with  it,  was  a  piece  of  metal  furnished  with  a 
platinum  point,  also  in  connection  with  one  pole  of  the 
battery. 

"  The  receiver  consisted  of  a  common  knitting  needle  of 
steel,  surrounded  by  a  magnetising  coil  of  insulated  wire,  which 
also  formed  a  part  of  the  circuit,  the  whole  resting  on  a 
resonant  box. 

"  I  listened  at  the  latter  part  of  the  apparatus,  and  heard 
distinctly  both  singing  and  talking.  I  distinctly  remember 
having  heard  the  words  of  the  German  poem,  '  Ach !  du  lieber 
Augustin,  Alles  ist  hin ! '"  &c. 

"  The  members  of  the  Association  were  astonished  and 
delighted,  and  heartily  congratulated  Mr.  Eeis  upon  the 
success  of  his  researches  in  Telephony. 

(Signed)        "  DR.  G.  QUINCKE,  Professor. 
"  Heidelberg,  10th  March,  1883." 

PROFESSOR  C.  BOHN. 

[Professor  C.  Bohn,  of  Aschaifenburg,  was  formerly  Secretary  to  the 
German  "  Naturforscher  "  Association,  was  also  Secretary  to  the  Physical 
Section  of  this  Society  (vide  p.  93).  In  that  capacity  he  had  every 
opportunity  of  knowing  what  was  going  on  in  science ;  hence  the  following 
(translated)  letter,  addressed  to  the  author  of  this  book,  is  of  peculiar 
value.] 

"  MOST  ESTEEMED   SlR, 

"  I  willingly  answer,  as  well  as  I  am  able  to  do  so,  the 
questions  put  by  you.     In  order  to  explain  that  my  recollec- 

i 


114  PHILIPP  RE  IS, 


tions  may  not  have  all  the  sharpness  that  might  be  wished, 
I  make  the  following  prefatory  statement.  I  have,  about 
1863,  held  numerous  conferences  with  Mr.  Eeis  and  with  my 
deceased  colleague,  Professor  H.  Buff,  of  Giessen,  and  on 
these  occasions  have  argued  the  question  how  it  is  that  the 
transmission  of  thoughts  to  a  distance  by  the  sensation  of 
the  ear  has  a  distinctly  less  value  than  transmission  by  that 
which  is  written.  .  .  . 

"  And  now  to  your  questions.  I  was  not  at  Stettin  in  1863. 
At  the  experiments  at  Giessen  in  the  Naturforscher  Assembly 
on  21st  September,  1864, 1  was  present ;  the  short  notice  about 
them  in  the  journal  ('  Tagesblatt ')  is  from  my  pen.  I  was 
Secretary  of  the  Assembly  and  of  the  Physical  Section.  I 
remember,  however,  almost  absolutely  nothing  about  these 
experiments.  But  I  remember  well  that  previously — therefore 
probably  as  early  as  1863 — having  jointly  made  the  experi- 
ments with  Eeis's  telephone  in  Buff's  house  in  Giessen.  .  .  . 
I  have  myself,  as  speaker  and  as  hearer,  at  least  twice,  in  the 
presence  of  Eeis,  made  the  experiments. 

"  It  was  known  to  me  (in  1863-64)  that  Eeis  intended  to 
transmit  words,  and  certainly  spoken  words  as  well  as*  those 
sung.  My  interest  in  the  matter  was,  however,  a  purely 
scientific  one,  not  directed  to  the  application  as  a  means  of 
profit. 

"With  great  attention  the  sense  of  the  words  was  understood. 
I  have  understood  such  myself,  without  knowing  previously 
what  would  be  the  nature  of  the  communication  through  the 
telephone.  Words  sung,  especially  well  accentuated  and 
peculiarly  intoned,  were  somewhat  better  (or  rather  less 
incompletely)  understood  than  those  spoken  in  the  ordinary 
manner.  There  was  indeed  a  boy  (son  of  Privy-Councillor 
Ihering,  now  of  Gottingen,  then  of  Giessen),  who  was  known 
as  specially  accomplished  as  a  speaker.  He  had  a  rather 
harsh  North-German  dialect,  and  after  the  first  experiments 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  115 

hit  on  the  right  way  to  speak  best,  essential  for  understand- 
ing. I  myself  did  not  understand  Professor  Buff  through  the 
telephone.  Whether  the  speaker  could  be  recognized  by  his 
voice  I  doubt.  We  knew  beforehand  each  time  who  speaks. 
Yet  I  remember  that  a  girl  could  be  distinguished  from 
that  boy  by  the  voice. 

"  The  ear  was  at  times  laid  upon  the  box  of  the  apparatus, 
also  upon  the  table  which  supported  the  telephone.  Then  it 
was  attempted  to  hear  at  a  distance,  with  the  ear  in  the  air ;  in 
this  respect,  when  singing,  with  good  result.  At  times  the 
lid  was  taken  off,  or  the  same  was  connected  more  or  less 
tightly  or  loosely  with  the  lower  part.  The  result  of  these 
changes  I  can  no  longer  give  with  distinctness.  .  .  . 

"  Should  you  desire  further  information,  I  am  ready  to  give 
you  it  according  to  my  best  knowledge. 

"  Hochachtungsvoll  ergebenster, 

"DR.   C.   BOHN. 

"  Aschaffenburg, 

"  Wth  September,  1882." 

LEON  GARNIER. 

[Herr  Leon  Gamier,  Proprietor  and  Principal  of  the  Gamier  Institute  at 
Friedrichsdorf,  is  the  son  of  the  late  Burgomaster  Gamier,  who  founded 
the  establishment,  and  who,  as  previously  narrated,  encouraged  Philipp 
Reis  in  his  work  and  offered  him  the  post  of  teacher  of  Natural  Science. 
Herr  Leon  Gamier  owns  the  small  collection  of  instruments  which  Reis 
left  behind,  and  which  are  preserved  in  the  Physical  Cabinet  attached  to 
the  Institute,  where  also  may  be  seen  the  gravitation  machine — an 
ingenious  combination  of  the  principles  of  Atwood's  and  Morin's  machines 
— and  the  automatic  weather-recorder  invented  by  Reis,  both,  however, 
very  greatly  out  of  repair.  Herr  Garnier  has  furnished  to  a  friend  the 
following  particulars  about  Reis  and  his  invention.] 

"  I  knew  Philipp  Beis,  now  deceased,  during  his  life-time. 
.  .  .  About  the  year  1859,  he  was  employed  by  my  father, 
then  proprietor  and  director  of  the  Friedrichsdorf  Garnier 
Institute,  as  teacher  of  mathematics  and  natural  sciences. 

i  2 


116  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


He  employed  his  hours  of  leisure  in  experimenting  for 
himself  in  a  house  occupied  by  himself,  and  in  which  he  had 
established  a  physical  laboratory  with  a  view  mainly  of 
realizing  an  idea  which  he  had  conceived  sometime  before  of 
transmitting  the  human  voice  over  divers  metallic  conductors 
by  means  of  a  galvanic  current.  ...  I  remember  especially, 
that,  standing  at  the  end  of  the  wire  or  conductor,  Mr.  Eeis 
speaking  through  his  instrument,  I  distinctly  hea,rd  the 
words :  '  Guten  Morgen,  Herr  Fischer '  (Good  morning, 
Mr.  Fischer) ;  '  Ich  komme  gleich '  (I  am  coming  directly)  ; 
Passe  auf!'  (Pay  attention!);  'Wie  viel  Uhr  ist  es?' 
(What  o'clock  is  it?);  <Wie  heisst  du?'  (What's  your 
name?)  We  often  spoke  for  an  hour  at  a  time.  The 
distance  was  about  150  feet. 

"  LEON  GARNIER." 


ERNEST  HORKHEIMER,  ESQ. 

"  Manchester,  Dec.  2,  1882. 
"  Professor  S.  P.  THOMPSON, 

"DEAR   SIR, 

"  In  reply  to  your  favour  of  31st  instant,  I  shall  be 
very  happy  to  give  you  all  the  information  I  can  with  respect 
to  the  telephonic  experiments  of  my  late  friend  and  teacher 
Mr.  Philipp  Keis.  I  would  express  my  gratification  at  finding 
that  you  are  trying  to  put  my  old  teacher's  claims  on  their 
just  basis.  I  have  always  felt  that  in  this  race  for  telephonic 
fame,  his  claims  have  been  very  coolly  put  aside  or  ignored. 
That  he  did  invent  the  Telephone  there  is  not  the  remotest 
doubt.  I  was,  I  think,  a  great  favourite  of  his ;  and  at  the 
time  his  assumption  was  that  I  was  destined  for  a  scientific 
career,  either  as  a  physicist  or  a  chemist ;  and  I  believe  that 
he  said  more  to  me  about  the  telephone  than  to  any  one;  and 
I  assisted  him  in  most  of  his  experiments  prior  to  the  spring 
of  1862. 


INVENTOR  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


117 


"  Philipp  Eeis  intended  to  transmit  speech  by  his  telephone 
— this  was  his  chief  aim ;  the  transmitting  of  musical  tones 
being  only  an  after-thought,  worked  out  for  the  convenience 
of  public  exhibition  (which  took  place  at  the  Physical  Society 
at  Frankfort-on-the-Main).  I  myself  spent  considerable  time 
with  him  in  transmitting  words  through  the  instruments. 
We  never  (in  my  time)  got  the  length  of  transmitting  com- 
plete sentences  successfully,  but  certain  words,  such  as  '  Wer 
da?'  'gewiss'  'warm,'  'halt'  were  undoubtedly  transmitted 
without  previous  arrangement.  I  believe  Eeis  made  similar 
experiments  with  his  brother-in-law. 

"  I  recollect  the  instrument  in  the  shape  of  the  human  ear 
very  well :  it  was  Eeis's  earliest  form  of  transmitter.  The 
transmitter  underwent  a  great  many  changes,  even  during  my 
time.  The  form  you  sketch  (Fig.  9,  p.  20)  was  almost  the 
oldest  one,  and  was  soon  superseded  by  the  funnel-shape 
(Fig.  35). 


Fig.  35. 


Fig.  36. 


The  back  was  always  closed  by  a  tympanum  of  bladder,  and 
many  a  hundred  bladders  were  stretched,  torn,  and  discarded 
during  his  experiments.  I  recollect  him  stating  to  me  that 
he  thought  a  very  thin  metal  tympanum  would  eventually 
become  the  proper  thing,  and  one  was  actually  tried,  coated 
over  on  one  side  with  shellac,  and  on  the  other  likewise 
except  at  the  point  of  contact  (Fig.  36).  I  believe  it  was 
made  of  very  thin  brass,  but  at  the  time  the  experiments 
were  not  satisfactory.  Talc  was  also  tried,  but  without 
success,  the  platinum  contacts  being  in  all  cases  preserved. 


118 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


"  I  remember  very  well  indeed  the  receiver  with  a  steel 
wire,  surrounded  by  silk-covered  copper  wire.  The  first  one 
was  placed  on  an  empty  cigar-box,  arranged  thus : — 


Fig.  37. 

"  The  wire  was  a  knitting-needle  and  the  copper  wire  was 
spooled  on  a  paper  case,  ft  \ 

"  The  spiral  was  supported  by  a  little  block  of  wood,  so  as 
to  allow  the  knitting-needle  not  to  touch  it  anywhere.  Later 
on  a  smaller  cigar-box  was  invented  as  a  cover — thus ;  (Fig.  38) 
— having  two  holes  cut  into  it  like  the  /-holes  in  a  violin. 


Fig.  38. 

"  The  practice  was  to  place  the  ear  close  to  the  receiver, 
more  particularly  so  when  the  transmission  of  words  was 
attempted. 

"  The  spiral  was,  during  the  early  experiments,  placed  on  a 
violin — in  fact,  a  violin  which  I  now  possess  was  sometimes 
used,  as  it  was  of  a  peculiar  shape,  which  Eeis  thought  would 
help  the  power  of  tone. 

"  I  have  already  enumerated  some  of  the  words  which  were 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


119 


transmitted,  but  there  were  many  more ;  on  one  occasion  a 
song,  known  in  this  country  as  '  The  Young  Eecruit '  (Wer 
will  unter  die  Soldaten)  was  transmitted,  the  air  and  many 
of  the  words  being  clearly  intelligible. 

"  I  do  not  recollect  seeing  the  receiver  shewn  in  the  wood- 
cut (Fig.  21),  but  Eeis  often  said  that  he  would  make  such 
a  one,  although  the  sketch  he  made  for  me  then  differed  in 
some  details  from  your  woodcut.  Eeis  intended  to  keep  me 
fully  informed  of  all  he  could  achieve,  but,  immediately  after 
leaving  his  tuition,  I  fell  ill,  and  was  laid  up  for  a  very  long 
time.  Shortly  afterwards  I  left  for  England,  and  then  he 
died,  and  I  never  saw  him  again.  The  electromagnet  form 
was  certainly  strongly  in  his  mind  at  the  time  we  parted, 
and  he  drew  many  alternative  suggestions  on  paper,  which 
have  probably  been  destroyed;  but  the  electromagnets  in 
all  of  them  were  placed  upright,  sometimes  attached  to  the 
top  of  a  hollow  box,  and  sometimes  to  the  bottom  of  a  box 
arranged  thus  (Figs.  39,  40) ;  but,  to  my  recollection,  they 
never  got  beyond  the  stage  of  drawings,  whatever  he  may 
have  done  after  he  and  I  parted  company. 


Fig.  39. 


V  U 

Fig.  40. 


"  In  conclusion,  I  beg  to  send  you  herewith  a  photograph 
of  Philipp  Eeis  (see  Fig.  12,  p.  23),  holding  in  his  hand  the 
instrument  I  helped  him  to  make,  and  which  photograph  he 
took  of  himself,  exposing  the  camera  by  a  pneumatic  arrange- 
ment of  his  own,  and  which  formed  part  of  a  little  machine 
which  he  concocted  for  turning  over  the  leaves  of  music-books. 

"  The  instrument  used  by  Eeis  at  the  Physical  Society  may 


120  PHILIPP  REIS, 


have  been  the  square  block  form :  I  believe  that  this  cone- 
form  was  not  quite  completed  then.  At  the  Saalbau  (Hoch- 
stift),  however,  I  am  sure  the  instrument  shown  in  my  photo- 
graph was  employed ;  not  with  a  tin  cone,  but  a  wooden  one. 
I  send  you  herewith  a  sketch  of  what  I  remember  that 
instrument  to  have  been.  I  am  not  absolutely  certain 
whether  in  the  instrument  there  was  not  an  electromagnet 
introduced,  but  I  think  not.  My  recollection  leads  me  to 
suppose  that  the  electromagnet  arrangement  was  added  sub- 
sequently. Thinking  it  over  again,  I  should,  however,  think 
that  the  instrument  in  the  photo  must  have  been  one  in 
which  a  bent  lever  was  placed  behind  the  tympanum,  and 
that  the  rectangular  patch  seen  above  was  a  wooden  casing 
to  shelter  the  parts.  There  may  be  some  confusion  in  my 
mind  as  to  the  position  of  this  box,  but  I  somehow  think 
the  rectangular  patch  is  only  part  of  a  larger  box  which  is 
not  apparent  in  the  photograph.  I  have  no  idea  where 
the  original  instrument  is  now,  but  I  should  hardly  think 
it  could  be  in  existence.  Eeis  used  to  take  some  in- 
struments to  pieces  to  utilise  parts  in  subsequent  experi- 
ments, and  I  recollect  how  keen  he  used  to  be  about  the 
bits  of  platinum,  which  he  always  described  as  '  ein  sehr 
kostbares  Metall.'  What  always  was  a  great  puzzle  was  the 
attaching  of  the  platinum  plate  to  the  membrane,  which  he 
did  generally  by  sealing-wax,  saying  at  the  same  time :  '  Es 
ist  nicht  recht  so,  aber  ich  weiss  nicht  wie  es  anders  gemacht 
werden  kann ! ' 

"  Believe  me,  my  dear  Sir,  yours  truly, 

"  ERNEST  HORKHEIMER." 

DR.  EUDOLPH  MESSEL. 

[The  following  letter  from  Dr.  Rudolph  Messel,  F.C.S.,  addressed  to  the 
author  of  this  hook,  in  reply  to  enquiries  concerning  Ileis  and  his  inven- 
tions, speaks  for  itself.  Dr.  Messel's  letter  differs  from  almost  all  the 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  121 

others  here  reprinted  in  having  been  specially  written  for  the  purpose  of 
being  inserted  in  this  volume.  —  S.  P.  T.] 


"  36,  Mark  Lane,  London,  30ta  April,  1883. 

"  DEAR  PROFESSOR  THOMPSON, 

"  At  last  I  find  a  moment  to  comply  with  your  request. 
My  knowledge  of  Philipp  Keis  dates  from  1860,  when  I 
was  a  pupil  at  Professor  Garnier's  School  at  Friedrichsdorf, 
of  which  school  Eeis  was  one  of  the  undermasters.  Eeis, 
naturally  communicative,  was  very  fond  of  talking  to  us  boys 
about  his  scientific  researches.  And  it  was  on  the  occasion 
of  one  of  our  daily  walks  together  that  he  told  me  how, 
when  an  apprentice  at  Beyerbach's  (colour-manufacturer),  in 
Frankfurt-a.-M.,  he  was  one  day  amusing  himself  in  watching 
the  behaviour  of  a  small  magnetic  compass.  This  compass 
he  found,  on  being  placed  near  to  the  base  of  various  iron 
columns  in  the  warehouse,  was  attracted.  Disturbed  by  the 
entrance  of  one  of  the  principals,  who  imagined  that  Eeis 
ought  to  employ  his  time  more  profitably,  he  withdrew  to  a 
stage  where  he  could  pursue  his  experiments  unobserved. 
Much  to  his  surprise,  he  now  found  that  the  pole  attracted 
by  the  base  was  repulsed  at  the  top  of  the  columns,  which 
observation  led  him  to  examine  other  pieces  of  iron  on  the 
premises.  He  next  built  up  a  column  with  all  the  weights 
in  the  warehouse,  and  having  verified  his  previous  observa- 
tions, he  communicated  what  he  believed  to  be  his  first  and 
great  discovery  either  to  Professor  Bottger  or  to  Dr.  Oppel. 
Great  was  his  diappointment  to  learn  at  this  interview  that 
he  had  unwittingly  stumbled  across  a  well-known  physical 
fact  :  but  his  disappointment  stimulated  in  him  the  desire  to 
learn  more  of  the  marvellous  laws  and  mysteries  of  nature. 
That  Eeis  evoked  a  similar  desire  in  those  with  whom  he 
came  in  contact  need  not  cause  surprise,  and  thus  it  came 
about  that  Horkheimer,  Kuster,  Schmidt,  and  myself,  soon 


122  PEILIPP  REIS, 


enjoyed  the  privilege  of  private  instructions  in  physics,  and 
of  being  permitted  to  witness  his  telephonic  experiments 
amongst  others.  I  was,  however,  very  young,  and  am  sorry 
that  much  that  I  then  saw  and  heard  has  been  forgotten. 
Keis  insisted  that  his  transmitter  (which  he  called  the 
'ear')  should  be  capable  of  performing  the  functions  of 
that  organ,  and  he  never  tired  of  drawing  diagrams  of  the 
numerous  curves  of  sounds  to  explain  how  necessary  it  was 
that  the  transmitter  should  follow  these  curves  before  perfect 
speaking  could  be  attained,  and  which  kind  of  curves  the 
instrument  so  far  could  reproduce.  Numerous  experiments 
were  made  with  transmitters,  exaggerating  or  diminishing 
the  various  component  parts  of  the  ear.  Wooden  and  me- 
tallic apparatus,  rough  and  smooth,  were  constructed  in  order 
to  find  out  what  was  essential,  and  what  was  not. 

"One  form  of  transmitter  was  at  that  time  constructed 
which  I  miss  amongst  the  various  woodcuts  you  were  good 
enough  to  send  me,  and  one  which  Eeis  based  great  hopes 
upon.  The  instrument  was  very  rough,  however,  consisting 
of  a  wooden  bung  of  a  beer-barrel  (which  I  had  hollowed  out 
for  an  earlier  telephone — it  was  not  turned  inside*  like 
others),  and  this  was  closed  with  a  membrane.  The  favourite 
'  Hammerchen '  was  replaced  by  a  straight  wire,  fixed  in 
the  usual  way  with  sealing-wax,  and 
the  apparatus  stood  within  a  sort  of 
tripod,  membrane  downwards,  the  pin 
just  touching  the  surface  of  a  drop  of 
mercury  contained  in  a  small  cup  form- 
ing  one  of  the  terminals  of  the  circuit. 
The  apparatus  started  off  with  splendid 
results,  but  may  probably  have  been  abandoned  on  account  of 
its  great  uncertainty,  thus  sharing  the  fate  of  other  of  his 
earlier  instruments.  In  my  belief  it  is  to  these  mechanical 
imperfections,  due  principally  to  the  want  of  sufficient  means 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  123 

at  his  command,  that  we  must  look  to  find  the  reason  why 
Eeis's  telephone  did  not  come  to  an  earlier  fame.  Thus  Eeis 
informed  me  that  he  intended  to  exhibit  it  once  at  some 
scientific  meeting  at  Cassel,  but  notwithstanding  a  perfect 
rehearsal  it  was  impossible  to  show  the  working  to  the  audi- 
ence ;  the  failure  was  attributed  by  Eeis  to  atmospheric  influ- 
ence (stretching  of  the  diaphragm),  and  he  felt  much  grieved 
at  having  lost  his  chance.  To  make  matters  worse,  the  early 
transmitters  had  no  adjusting  screws,  and  the  contact  was  only 
regulated  by  a  piece  of  bent  wire,  and  the  '  hammer '  was  fixed 
to  the  membrane.  Philipp  Schmidt  should  recollect  what  I 
state,  as  many  experiments  were  made  when  only  he,  Eeis,  and 
myself  were  present,  he  being  at  one  and  I  at  the  other  end 
of  the  apparatus.  The  wire  was  stretched  from  Eeis's  house, 
in  the  main  road,  through  the  yard  to  a  hayloft,  near  the 
garden  or  field.  We  transmitted  musical  sounds  (organ,  &c.), 
singing  popular  songs  ('  Wer  will  unter  die  Soldaten,'  '  Ich 
hatt'  einen  Kameraden,'  &c.)  and  speaking,  or,  more  cor- 
rectly, reading.  We  had  a  book,  and  were  to  find  out  what 
part  of  the  page  the  reader  was  just  transmitting.  We  fre- 
quently used  a  sort  of  'Exercier  Eeglement,'  a  soldiers' 
instruction  book,  or  something  of  that  sort.  I  have  a 
distinct  recollection  of  electromagnetic  receivers  being  used, 
but  not  of  their  construction,  except  that  the  use  of  one  of 
them  was  accompanied  by  a  rattling  and  disturbing  noise. 
The  knitting-needle  put  in  the  /  of  a  violin  was,  however, 
the  more  favoured  receiver,  but  at  this  time,  in  Eeis's  mind, 
all  seemed  to  hinge  on  the  electromagnet,  as  it  had  before, 
and,  I  dare  say,  did  again  afterwards  on  the  transmitter.  I 
left  Friedrichsdorf  in  '62,  and  rarely  saw  Eeis  after  that, 
except  a  few  times  at  Mechanicus  Albert's  (who  made  some 
of  his  apparatus),  and  at  Professor  Bottger's,  to  whom  he 
introduced  me.  Eeis  attended  Professor  Bottger's  lectures 
at  the  Physikalischer  Verein,  when  in  Frankfort,  prior  to  his 


124  PHILIPP  RE  IS, 


settling  down  at  Friedrichsdorf ;  but  I  do  not  know  that 
any  particularly  intimate  relation  existed  between  them. 
Dr.  Poppe,  director  of  the  Gewerbeschule  (Trade  School), 
now  deceased,  on  whose  advice  he  chiefly  relied,  was  then 
one  of  his  more  intimate  friends,  Professor  Oppel  being 
occasionally  consulted  about  more  intricate  mathematical 
problems.  Of  the  'meteorological  recorder'  invented  by 
Eeis  I  recollect  but  its  existence,  but  nothing  at  all  of  a 
1  fall-machine '  of  his  construction.  The  velocipede  I  only 
recollect,  because  he  lent  it  to  me  for  a  masquerade.  At  his 
suggestion  we  altered  it  into  a  large  musical-box,  putting 
Herr  Peter  inside,  who  played  on  the  clarinet  when  I 
turned  a  handle.  Dr.  Kellner  states  that  its  chief  merit 
consisted  in  being  able  to  go  downhill,  and  that  poor  Eeis 
came  back  (uphill)  puffing  away,  dragging  his  velocipede 
behind  him.  Kellner  no  doubt  could  give  valuable  informa- 
tion on  Eeis's  theory  of  electricity,  his  conviction  that  there 
was  only  one  kind  of  electricity,  his  acoustic  researches,  and 
those  on  radiation  of  electricity,  his  galvanoplastic  experi- 
ments, &c.,  &c. 

"  In  personal  appearance  Eeis  was  not  very  refined,  but 
he  had  a  striking  countenance  and  a  very  powerful  look. 
Though  occasionally  very  irritable,  especially  with  dunces, 
he  was  always  warm-hearted,  and  showed  great  kindness  to 
those  who  cared  to  understand  him.  Eeis's  views  of  the 
telephone  may,  of  course,  have  changed  after  I  knew  him, 
and  looking  at  his  later  instruments,  one  of  which  I  possess, 
I  cannot  help  thinking  they  did ;  at  any  rate,  I  do  not  see 
how,  in  these  instruments,  the  current  got  interrupted  at  all, 
and  the  instruments  must  have  acted  like  microphones, 
whether  known  or  unknown  to  him.  When  listening  to  the 
instrument  he  frequently  said  to  me,  "  You  understand  it  is 
a  '  molekular  Bewegung '  (molecular  motion). 

"  I  am  sorry  that,  owing  to  the  lapse  of  time,  I  am  unable 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  125 

to  throw  more  light  on  Eeis's  original  labours  in  a  field  of 
physical  science  which  promised  so  much  for  the  future ; 
but  insufficient  as  are  my  recollections,  they  may  not  be 
without  public  interest,  and  at  any  rate  I  am  glad  of  this 
opportunity  of  offering  my  humble  tribute  of  regard  and 
affection  to  the  memory  of  my  old  teacher  and  friend. 

"  Yours  truly, 

"BuDOLPH  MESSEL." 


HEINRICH  HOLD. 

[Herr  Hold,  formerly  a  colleague  of  Philipp  Keis  in  the  Gamier  Institute 
at  Friedrichsdorf,  but  EOW  proprietor  of  a  leather  factory  in  the  same 
place,  was  teacher  of  mathematics.  He  was  in  his  younger  days  a  fellow- 
student  of  Professor  Tyndall  at  Halle,  and  was  well  acquainted  with 
physical  science  in  general.  His  intimate  connection  with  Eeis,  and  close 
knowledge  of  Keis's  work,  enable  him  to  confirm  the  testimony  of  others 
in  many  important  points.] 

To  Professor  S.  P.  THOMPSON  in  Bristol. 

"  ESTEEMED  SIR, 

"  I  have  much  pleasure  in  furnishing  you  with  the 
following  particulars  concerning  my  late  colleague  Philipp 
Eeis,  the  inventor  of  the  Telephone.  He  was  himself  educated 
at  the  Garnier's  Institute  in  Friedrichsdorf  where  I  was  also 
teacher  of  mathematics.  I  knew  him  very  well  during  his 
life-time.  Among  his  numerous  original  researches,  his 
invention  of  the  telephone  was  the  principal  one.  His  idea 
was  to  reproduce  the  tones  both  of  musical  instruments  and 
of  the  human  voice  by  means  of  electricity,  using  a  covered 
wire  wound  in  a  spiral  round  an  iron  core,  the  same  being 
placed  upon  a  resonant  box.  In  this  he  succeeded,  inasmuch  as 
with  an  apparatus,  which  he  showed  to  the  Physikalischer 
Verein  in  Frankfurt-a.-M.,  in  the  year  1861,  he  repro- 
duced music,  singing,  single  words  and  short  sentences ;  all 
of  which  were  distinctly  audible  over  a  short  distance  from 


126  PEILIPP  REIS, 


his  dwelling-house  through  the  yard  to  the  barn.  Every 
voice  was  not  equally  well  adapted  for  speaking  into  the 
apparatus,  neither  could  every  ear  understand  the  telephone 
language  equally  well.  Words  spoken  slowly,  and  singing, 
both  in  a  middle  tone,  were  the  most  easy  to  reproduce.  I 
helped  Mr.  Eeis  to  make  many  of  his  experiments,  and  have 
spoken  and  sung  into  the  telephone,  the  same  being  generally 
heard  and  understood.  I  have  also  heard  and  understood 
short  sentences  when  I  was  standing  at  the  end  station.  A 
brother-in-law  of  Mr.  Eeis,  who  is  now  paymaster  in  the 
Imperial  Navy  at  Wilhelmshavn,  generally  conducted  the 
speaking  and  singing  in  the  telephone. 

"  HEINRICH  HOLD." 


HEINRICH  FRIEDRICH  PETER. 

[Herr  Peter  is  still  Music-teacher  in  the  Gamier  Institute,  and  has  a 
vivid  recollection  of  his  former  colleague  Philipp  Reis,  and  of  the  experi- 
ments with  the  telephone.] 

5<  DEAR  SIR, 

"The  following  particulars  concerning  Reis's" Tele- 
phone I  have  several  times  narrated.  I  was  teacher  of 
music  in  Garnier's  Institute  at  the  time  when  Mr.  Eeis 
invented  the  telephone,  in  the  year  1861.  I  was  much 
interested  in  his  experiments,  and  visited  him  daily,  giving 
him  help  and  making  suggestions.  His  first  idea  was  to 
imitate  the  construction  of  the  human  ear.  He  constructed 
a  funnel-shaped  instrument,  the  back  of  which  was  covered 
with  a  skin  of  isinglass,  upon  which  was  fastened  a  piece  of 
platinum,  against  which  rested  a  platinum  point.  As  receiver 
of  the  electric  current  he  used  a  common  knitting-needle, 
surrounded  by  a  coil  of  insulated  green  wire,  which  was  at 
first  merely  laid  on  a  table.  At  first  the  tones  were  very 
much  interfered  with  by  a  buzzing  noise.  At  my  suggestion 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  127 

he  placed  the  spiral  upon  my  violin  as  a  resonant-box; 
whereupon  the  tones  were  perfectly  understood,  though 
still  accompanied  by  the  buzzing  noise.  He  continued 
experimenting,  trying  various  kinds  of  membranes,  and 
made  continual  improvements  in  the  apparatus.  I  was 
present  and  assisted  at  the  experiments  at  Frankfort-on- 
the-Main,  on  the  26th  of  October,  1861 ;  and  after  the 
meeting  broke-up,  I  saw  the  members  of  the  Society 
as  they  came  and  congratulated  Mr.  Keis  on  the  success 
of  his  experiments.  I  played  upon  the  English  horn,  and 
Philipp  Schmidt  sang.  The  singing  was  heard  much 
better  than  the  playing.  At  an  experiment  which  we  made 
at  Friedrichsdorf,  in  the  presence  of  Hofrath  Dr.  Muller, 
Apothecary  Muller,  and  Professor  Dr.  Schenk,  formerly 
Director  of  Garnier's  Institute,  an  incident  occurred  which 
will  interest  you.  Singing  was  at  first  tried ;  and  afterwards 
his  brother-in-law,  Philipp  Schmidt,  read  long  sentences  from 
Spiess's  '  Turnbuch '  (Book  of  Gymnastics),  which  sentences 
Philipp  Eeis,  who  was  listening,  understood  perfectly,  and 
repeated  to  us.  I  said  to  him,  '  Philipp,  you  know  that  whole 
book  by  heart ;'  and  I  was  unwilling  to  believe  that  his  ex- 
periment could  be  so  successful  unless  he  would  repeat  for 
me  the  sentences  which  I  would  give  him.  So  I  then  went 
up  into  the  room  where  stood  the  telephone,  and  purposely 
uttered  some  nonsensical  sentences,  for  instance  :  '  Die  Sonne 
ist  von  Kupfer '  (The  sun  is  made  of  copper ),  which  Eeis 
understood  as, '  Die  Sonne  ist  von  Zucker '  (The  sun  is  made  of 
sugar)  ;  '  Das  Pferd  frisst  keinen  Gurkensalat '  (The  horse  eats 
no  cucumber-salad) ;  which  Eeis  understood  as  '  Das  Pferd 
frisst .  .  .  .*  (The  horse  eats  .  .  .  ).  This  was  the  last  of 
these  experiments  which  we  tried.  Those  who  were  present 
were  very  greatly  astonished,  and  were  convinced  that  Eeis's 
invention  had  opened  out  a  great  future. 

"  H.  F.  PETER,  Musiklehrer." 


128  PHILIPP  REIS, 


STEPHEN  MITCHELL  YEATES,  ESQ. 

[Mr.  Yeates  is  a  well-known  instrument-maker  in  the  city  of  Dublin, 
and,  in  1865,  purchased  from  Mr.  W.  Ladd,  of  London,  a  Keis's  Telephone 
of  the  form  shown  in  Keis's  Prospectus  (Fig.  29).  Mr.  Yeates,  after  a  few 
experiments,  rejected  the  knitting-kneedle  receiver,  and  replaced  it  by  the 
instrument  shown  in  Fig.  42,  which  consisted  of  an  electromagnet  mounted 


Fig.  42. 

above  a  sound-box,  having  a  vibrating  armature  furnished  with  an  ad- 
justing screw  to  regulate  its  distance  from  the  poles  of  the  electromagnet. 
This  instrument  worked,  even  when  the  armature  was  in  absolute  contact 
with  both  poles  of  the  electromagnet,  and  as  the  magnet  did  not  during 
the  experiments  lose  its  hold  on  the  armature,  it  was  clear  that  the  effects 
were  due  to  alterations  in  the  intensity  of  the  magnetism  of  the  magnet. 
The  apparatus  was  shewn  at  the  November  meeting  of  the  Dublin  Philo- 
sophical Society,  when  singing  and  words  were  transmitted.  With  a 
careful  adjustment-  it  was  possible  to  distinguish  all  the  quality  of  the 
note  sung  into  the  transmitter  and  to  distinguish  the  difference  between 
any  two  voices.  The  instruments  were  then  sold  to  the  late  Eev.  Mr. 
Kernan,  who  was  then  Professor  of  Physics  in  Clongowes  Wood  College. 
The  following  recent  letter  from  Mr.  Yeates  corroborates  the  above  facts.] 

"  2,  Grafton  Street,  Dublin, 
"March  1st,  1883. 

"DEAK   SIR, 

"  There  are  several  residing  at  present  in  Dublin  who  were 
present  at  my  telephonic  experiments  in  1865 ;  three  of  them, 
namely,  Dr.  W.  Frazer,  Mr.  A.  M.  Vereker,  and  Mr.  E.  C. 
Tuke,  took  an  active  part  in  the  experiments,  and  remember  all 
the  circumstances  connected  with  them.  The  voice  of  each 
was  instantly  recognised  in  the  receiver ;  in  fact,  this  point 
attracted  special  attention  at  the  time. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  129 

"  I  had  no  knowledge  at  that  time  that  Eeis  had  used  an 
electromagnetic  receiver,  nor  did  I  know  that  Eeis  was  the 
inventor  of  the  instrument  which  I  got  from  Mr.  Ladd. 

"  The  original  instrument  made  by  me  is,  I  believe,  still 
in  the  Museum  at  Clongowes  Wood  College.  The  President 
kindly  lent  it  to  me  some  time  ago,  and  I  returned  it  to  him 
again  after  showing  it  to  Professor  Barrett.  I  have  a  cut 
of  this  receiver,  which  I  will  send  to  you  if  it  will  be  of  any 
use  to  you. 

"  Yours  truly, 

"S.  M.  YEATES." 


WILLIAM  FRAZER,  ESQ.,  M.D., 

"20,  Harcourt  Street,  Dublin, 

"March  IB,  1883. 
"  DEAR  SIR, 

"  I  have  a  distinct  recollection  of  the  Telephone.  We  had 
a  small  private  club  meeting  once  each  month  for  scientific 
purposes.  On  referring  to  my  note-books,  I  find  that  there 
was  a  meeting  on  Thursday  evening,  October  5th,  1865.  It 
was  held  in  Nassau  Street,  at  the  residence  Mr.  Horatio 
Yeates,  now  in  Australia,  and  brother  of  Mr.  Stephen  Yeates. 
The  Telephone  was  upstairs,  in  the  third  story  of  the  house, 
and  the  voice  heard  in  the  hall.  Mr.  Vereker,  of  the  Bank 
of  Ireland,  Mr.  John  Eigby,  of  rifle  celebrity,  the  two  Mr. 
Yeates,  and,  I  think,  Mr.  Tuke,  were  present  with  myself. 
There  were  some  othets,  whom  I  cannot  now  recollect,  but 
our  club  was  small. 

"  Eigby  sang  '  Patrick's  Day '  and  '  God  save  the  Queen,' 
and  various  questions  were  asked  and  answered.  The  sepa- 
rate words  were  most  distinct,  the  singing  less  so ;  but  there 
was  no  difficulty  in  recognising  the  individual  who  spoke  by 
his  voice1. 

"  Being  much  interested  in  the  subject,  I  got  Mr.  Yeates  to 

K 


130  PHILIPP  REIS, 


allow  the  apparatus  to  be  shewn  at  a  Conversazione  (Presby- 
terian Young  Men's)  at  the  Eotunda  on  October  12,  at  8  P.M. 
His  assistant,  Mr.  Tuke,  took  charge  of  it  that  night.  It 
was  placed  in  a  side  room  off  the  main  round  room  of  the 
buildings. 

"  I  exhibited  at  the  October  5th  meeting  of  our  club  a 
specimen  termed  '  Locust  gum/  probably  derived  from  some 
Rdbinia,  but  really  can  tell  you  nothing  more  about  it.  There 
is  merely  a  brief  note  of  it  in  my  private  memoranda. 

"  Yours,  dear  Sir, 

Believe  me  very  truly, 

"  WILLIAM  FRAZER, 

"  Fellow  and  Examiner,  Eoyal  College  of  Surgeons, 
"  Ireland,  Member  of  Council,  Eoyal  Irish 
"  Academy,  &c." 

"  Silvanus  P.  Thompson,  Esq.,  University  College,  Bristol." 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE:  131 


APPENDIX  I. 

COMPARISON  OF  REIS'S  TRANSMITTERS  WITH  RECENT 
INSTRUMENTS. 

ANY  one  who  compares  together  the  many  different  forms 
of  Reis's  Transmitters  cannot  fail  to  notice  that  amidst  the 
great  variety  of  form,  two  essential  points  are  preserved 
throughout,  the  presence  of  which  is  fundamental.  These 
two  essentials  are,  firstly,  the  tympanum  to  collect  the  voice- 
waves,  and,  secondly,  an  electric  mechanism,  consisting  of  two 
or  more  parts  in  loose  or  imperfect  contact  with  each  other, 
and  so  arranged  in  combination  with  the  tympanum  that  the 
motions  of  the  latter  should  alter  the  degree  of  contact,  and 
consequently  interrupt,  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  the 
current  of  electricity  flowing  between  the  contact-pieces.  It 
was  of  course  familiar  to  all  electricians,  long  before  Reis, 
that  a  bad,  or  imperfect,  or  loose  contact  in  a  circuit  offered  a 
resistance  and  interrupted  the  flow  of  an  electric  current. 
In  all  ordinary  telegraphic  and  electric  apparatus  great  care 
was  taken  to  avoid  loose  and  imperfect  contacts  by  using 
clamping-screws  and  solid  connectors.  But  Reis,  having 
made  up  his  mind  (see  p.  77)  that  the  action  due  to  the 
magnetising  current  must  vary  in  a  manner  correspond- 
ing with,  and  therefore  proportional  to,  the  vibrations  of 
the  voice,  utilised  this  property  of  imperfect  contacts  which 
alter  their  resistance  according  to  the  degree  of  contact,  by 
arranging  his  mechanism  so  as  to  apply  the  voice  to  vary 
the  degree  of  contact.  This  was  the  essence  of  his  trans- 
mitters. In  other  words,  he  applied  the  voice  to  control  or 

K  2 


132         .  PEILIPP  REIS, 


moderate  the  strength  of  the  current  generated  by  a  battery. 
His  "  interrupters  "  may  therefore  with  propriety  be  called 
"  electric  current  contact  regulators ;"  and  put  into  technical 
language,  the  essence  of  this  part  of  his  invention  lay  in  the 
combination  with  a  tympanum  of  electric  current  regulators 
working  upon  the  principle  of  variable  contact. 

In  another  appendix  is  discussed  the  precise  nature  of  that 
which  occurs  at  a  point  of  variable  or  imperfect  contact,  and 
which  results  in  a  corresponding  change  of  electrical  resist- 
ance when  the  degree  of  contact  is  varied.  Suffice  it  to  say 
here  that  it  is  impossible  to  vary  the  degree  of  contact  be- 
tween two  bodies  which  are  lightly  pressing  one  against  the 
other,  and  through  which  an  electric  current  is  flowing, 
without  altering  the  resistance  offered  to  the  current  by  this 
joint  in  the  circuit.  If  the  two  surfaces  are  pressed  together, 
so  that  there  is  a  good  contact,  the  current  flows  more  freely, 
finding  less  resistance.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  by  altering 
the  pressure  or  the  amount  of  surface  exposed,  we  change  the 
degree  of  contact  and  cause  fewer  atoms  of  one  piece  to  touch 
those  of  the  other  piece,  the  current  meets  with  greater  ob- 
struction and  cannot  flow  with  such  strength  as  before  :  it  is 
partially  "  interrupted,"  to  use  the  expressive  term  employed 
by  Eeis. 

Now  this  operation  of  varying  the  degree  of  pressure  in 
order  to  vary  the  resistance  of  the  interrupter  or  contact  regu- 
lator, was  distinctly  contemplated  by  Reis.  We  find  his 
definite  instructions,  for  example  (see  p.  75),  for  arranging 
the  relative  lengths  of  the  two  parts  of  the  curved  lever  in 
one  of  his  transmitters,  so  that  the  movement  of  one  contact- 
piece  may  act  on  the  other  contact-piece  with  the  greatest 
possible  force  ;  in  other  words,  he  shortened  his  lever  at  the 
working  end,  sacrificing  its  range  of  motion  in  order  to  get  a 
greater  range  of  pressure  at  the  contact-point. 

It  has  often  been  said,  but  incorrectly,  that  Reis  intended 
his  "  interrupters  "  or  contact  regulators  to  make  and  break 
the  electric  circuit  abruptly  in  the  manner  of  a  telegraphic 
key  worked  by  hand.  No  doubt  in  the  mouth  of  a  profes- 
sional telegraph  operator  the  words  "interrupting  "  the  circuit, 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  133 

and  "  opening "  and  "  closing  "  the  circuit,  do  now-a-days 
receive  this  narrow  technical  meaning.  But  Eeis  was  not 
a  professional  telegraph  operator :  he  did  not  (see  p.  87) 
even  know  the  signals  of  the  Morse  code,  and  it  is  self- 
evident  that  he  did  not  use  the  terms  in  any  such  restricted 
or  unnatural  sense  as  abrupt  "  make-and-break,"  because  he 
proposed  at  the  outset  to  interrupt  the  current  in  a  manner 
represented  by  the  gradual  rise  and  fall  of  a  curve,  stating 
emphatically  in  his  very  first  memoir  on  telephony  (p.  55), 
that  to  reproduce  any  tone  or  combination  of  tones  all  that 
was  necessary  was  "  to  set  up  vibrations  whose  curves  are 
like  those "  of  the  given  tone  or  combination  of  tones. 
Moreover,  in  the  construction  of  almost  all  his  transmitters, 
even  in  the  very  first — the  model  of  the  human  ear — he  pur- 
posely introduced  certain  parts  which  could  have  no  other 
effect  than  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  complete  breaks  in  the 
continuity  of  the  current.  In  fact,  instead  of  using  rigid 
supports  for  his  interrupter,  he  mounted  one  or  both  of  the 
contact-parts  with  springs,  so  that  one  should  follow  the  move- 
ment of  the  other  with  a  gentle  pressure  never  amounting  to 
absolute  break,  except  perhaps  in  the  accidental  case  of  a  too 
loud  shout.  By  employing  these  following-springs,  he  intro- 
duced, in  fact  the  element  of  elasticity  into  his  interrupter ; 
and  clearly  he  introduced  it  for  the  very  purpose  of  avoiding 
abrupt  breaking  of  the  contact.  In  the  first  form  Fig.  5,  p.  16 
(the  "  ear  "),  there  was  one  spring ;  in  the  fourth  form,  Figs.  9 
and  10,  p.  21  (the "bored  block"),  there  were  two  springs, 
one  of  steel,  curved,  and  one,  a  straight  but  springy  strip,  of 
copper ;  in  the  eighth  form  (the  "  lever  "  form),  Fig.  14,  p.  25, 
there  were  two  springs ;  in  the  ninth  form,  Fig.  15,  p.  26, 
there  was  a  springy  strip  of  brass.  In  the  final  form,  Figs. 
17  and  18,  p.  27  (the  "  square-box "  pattern),  there  was,  it 
is  true,  a  springy  strip  of  copper,  but  the  light  adjustment  of 
contact  was  in  this  form  obtained,  not  by  a  spring,  but  by 
•the  inertia  of  the  upper  contact-piece  which  by  its  own 
weight  pressed  gently  upon  the  lower  contact-piece.  In 
every  one  of  these  forms,  except  the  last,  there  was  moreover 
an  adjusting-screw  to  determine  the  exact  degree  of  initial 


134  PEILIPP  EEIS, 


pressure  between  the  contact  surfaces.     Doubtless  the  diffi- 
culty of  adjusting  this  screw  to  give  the  exact  degree  of  con- 
tact, enhanced  as  that  difficulty  was  in  consequence  of  the 
liability  of  the  membraneous  tympanum  to  become  flaccid 
by  the  moisture  of  ohe  breath,  induced  Eeis  to  think  that 
the  later  form   of  the  apparatus  in  which  this  adjustment 
was  no  longer  retained  would  be  more  easy  to  use,  or,  as 
he  says  in  his  Prospectus,  more  accessible  to  others.     Yet 
undoubtedly  the  absence  of  the  spring  at  the  contacts  led 
some  persona  to  fancy  that  the  instrument  was  intended  to 
be  shouted  or  sung  to  so  loudly  that  every  vibration  should 
make   the   upper   contact-piece  jump   up   from   the   lower, 
and  as  Professor  Miiller  even  suggests  (p.    98),  produce  a 
spark !     But  such  a  manner  of  using  the  instrument  would 
entirely  defeat  Eeis's  most  fundamental  principle,  that  the 
interruptions  should  be  such  as  to  correspond  to  the  undu- 
lating curve  which  represents  the  pressure  due  to  vibration 
of  the  sound-wave;  the  possibility  of  representing  the  de- 
gree of  pressure  by  a  curve  being  one  of  the  two  principles 
set  forth  in  his  paper  "  on  Telephony  "  (p.  55),  in  which  he 
remarks,  that  "  Taking  my  stand  on  the  preceding  principles, 
I  have  succeeded  in  constructing  an  apparatus  by  means  of 
which  I  am  in  a  position  to  reproduce  ....  even  to  a  cer- 
tain degree  the  human  voice."     Eeis  was  perfectly  well  aware, 
as  his  curves  show,  that  a  complicated  sound-wave  does  not 
consist  invariably  of  one  condensation  followed  by  one  rare- 
faction, but  that  there  are  all  sorts  of  degrees  of  condensation 
which  may  follow  one   another,  and  all   capable  of  being 
represented  by  a  curve.     If  all  sounds  consisted  of  one  rare- 
faction following  immediately  after  each  one  condensation 
there  might  be  some  propriety  in  proposing  that  after  each 
"  make "  of  contact  there  should  be  a  "  break  "  in  the  sense 
of  an  abrupt  or  complete  breach  in  the  continuity  of  the 
current.     But,  obviously,  the  fact  that  one  condensation  may 
follow  another  without  a  rarefaction  between  (which  Eeis's 
curves  show  that  he  knew)  must  be  amply  sufficient  to  prove 
that  on  Eeis's  own  principle  his  interrupter  was  meant  to 
produce   variations   in   the   degree   of  contact   in   exact   corre- 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  135 

spondence  with  the  variations  in  the  degree  of  pressure,  whatever 
these  might  be.  Had  he  not  meant  this,  he  could  not  have 
talked  about  "  taking  his  stand "  on  the  principle  of  repre- 
senting varying  pressures  by  an  undulatory  curve.  Now, 
from  what  has  been  adduced,  the  following  points  are  clear  :— 

Firstly,  that  the  contact-regulator  which  Eeis  combined 
with  the  tympanum  was  meant  to  interrupt  the  current,  more 
or  less,  according  to  the  varying  movements  imparted  to  it  by 
the  voice. 

Secondly,  that  Eeis  intended  such  interruptions  or  varia- 
tions of  contact  to  be  proportional  to,  or  to  "  correspond " 
with,  the  variations  indicated  by  the  undulatory  curve  of 
varying  pressures. 

Thirdly,  that  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  occurrence 
of  abrupt  breaks  in  the  continuity  of  the  circuit,  he  used 
springs  and  adjusting  screws,  and  in  one  form  availed  himself 
of  the  inertia  of  the  moving  parts  to  attain  a  similar  end. 

It  is  also  clear  from  his  own  prospectus,  that  he  was  aware 
that  for  the  simpler  and  ruder  purpose  of  transmitting 
musical  airs,  in  which  the  number  of  the  vibrations  is  the 
only  consideration  and  where  each  single  condensation  is 
actually  followed  by  a  rarefaction,  actual  abrupt  breaks  in 
the  continuity  of  the  circuit  are  admissible.  Eeis  chose  this 
simple  case  as  the  one  capable  of  being  readily  grasped  by  a 
general  audience,  though  it  was  obviously  only  a  partial  ex- 
planation of  the  action  of  the  apparatus  in  the  simplest  case 
that  could  be  presented. 

Turning  now  to  some  of  the  more  modern  transmitters, 
we  will  inquire  how  far  Eeis's  fundamental  principles  are 
involved  in  their  construction.  We  will  first  take  Berliner's 
transmitter,  of  which  Fig.  43  is  a  drawing,  reproduced  from 
the  sketch  in  the  specification  of  his  British  Patent.  This 
transmitter  consists  of  a  tympanum  of  thin  metal  to  collect 
the  sound-waves,  and  behind  it  is  attached  an  interruptor  or 
current  regulator,  identical  in  almost  every  respect  with  that 
of  Eeis.  One  of  the  contact-pieces,  marked  Ey  circular  in 
form,  is  fixed  to  the  centre  of  the  tympanum,  and  vibrates 


136 


PEILIPP  KEIS, 


Fig.  43. 


with  it,  precisely  as  in  Eeis's  latest,  and  in  some  also  of  his 
earlier  instruments.  Against  this  there  rests  in  light  contact 
a  second  contact-piece,  in  the  form  of  a  small 
blunt  spike,  F,  screwed  into  a  short  arm, 
loosely  jointed  to  the  part  JV,  where  the 
circuit  is  connected.  As  in  Eeis's  latest 
transmitter  (Fig.  17,  p.  27),  so  here,  the 
contact-pieces  are  kept  in  contact  by  gravity. 
When  any  person  talks  to  the  tympanum  it 
vibrates,  and,  as  a  result,  the  degree  of  con- 
tact between  the  two  surfaces  is  varied, 
resulting  in  a  greater  or  less  interruption  of 
the  current,  the  inertia  of  the  upper  contact- 
piece,  serving  to  prevent  complete  abrupt 
<f  break"  of  the  circuit,  except  under  un- 
usually strong  vibrations.  In  fact,  if  the 
speaker  talks  too  loudly  when  speaking  into 
Berliner's  transmitter,  he  will  cause  abrupt 
breaks  to  occur  instead  of  partial  interruptions ;  and  a  rattling 
noise  comes  in  to  confuse  the  speech  at  the  receiving  end  of 
the  line.  But  this  is  precisely  what  occurs  in  a  Eeis's  trans- 
mitter if  one  talks  too  loudly  to  it.  It  is  obvious  that  if 
Berliner's  transmitter  is  a  "  make-and-break  "  instrument,  so 
is  Eeis's,  because  the  principle  of  action  is  identical :  and 
it  is  also  obvious  that  if  Berliner's  instrument  is  capable  of 
varying  the  resistance  at  the  contact-points  by  interrupting 
the  current  in  a  manner  corresponding  to  the  pressures  of 
the  air  in  the  sound-waves,  so  also  is  Eeis's  instrument. 

It  is  a  fact  that  in  Berliner's  instrument  it  is  usual  to 
make  the  contact-pieces,  or  one  of  them,  of  hard  artificial 
coke-carbon,  as  this  substance  will  neither  fuse  nor  rust.  But 
Berliner's  transmitter  will  transmit  speech  perfectly  if  the 
contact  parts  be  of  brass,  silver,  platinum,  carbon,  or  almost 
any  other  good  conductor.  In  most  of  Eeis's  instruments 
the  contact-pieces  were  usually  of  platinum ;  but  they  work 
quite  as  well  if  artificial  coke-carbon  is  substituted.  In  fact, 
Eeis's  principle  of  variable  and  elastic  contact  is  applicable 
to  contact-pieces  of  any  material  that  is  a  good  enough  con- 


INVENTOE  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


137 


ductor  of  electricity  and  hard  enough  for  the  purpose.  The 
main  improvement  in  Berliner's  transmitter  is  the  substi- 
tution of  the  metal  tympanum  for  the  membraneous  one, 
which  was  liable  to  become  flabby  with  moisture. 

We  pass  on  to  Blake's  transmitter,  which  is  the  one  more 
generally  used  in  Great  Britain  than  any  other.  The  draw- 
ing, Fig.  44,  of  this  instrument  is  taken  from  the  specifica- 
tions of  Blake's  British  Patent,  and  shews  all  that  concerns 
the  contact-parts.  It  does  not  show 
the  accessories,  the  induction-coil,  or 
the  form  of  adjusting  screw  and  frame 
peculiar  to  this  instrument.  Inspec- 
tion of  the  figure  shows  that  this  trans- 
mitter consists  of  a  mouthpiece  in  the 
form  of  a  conical  hole  bored  through  a 
stout  plank  of  wood,  and  closed  at  the 
back  by  a  metal  tympanum  of  exactly 
the  same  size  as  that  of  Eeis,  behind 
which  the  interrupter  is  placed,  pre- 
cisely as  in  some  of  Eeis's  instruments. 
In  this  interruptor  both  the  contact-parts 
are  supported  on  springs,  resembling, 
even  in  the  curve  given  to  them,  the 
springs  Eeis  used.  The  first  of  the  con- 
tact-pieces is  a  small  metal  spike.  Con- 


Fig.  44. 


cerning  it  Mr.  Blake  remarks  (page  4  of  Specification)  : — "  It  is 
desirable  that  it  should  be  formed  of,  or  plated  with,  some  metal, 
like  platinum  or  nickel,  which  is  not  easily  corroded.  It  may 
be  attached  directly  to  the  diaphragm,  but  I  prefer  to  support 
it  independently,  as  shewn,  upon  a  light  spring."  ..."  This 
method  of  supporting  the  electrode  ensures  its  contact  with  the 
other  electrode  under  some  circumstances  when  otherwise  they 
would  be  liable  to  be  separated  and  the  circuit  broken."  In  fact 
this  spring  serves  functions  precisely  identical  with  those  of 
the  springs  used  by  Eeis.  The  second  of  the  contact-pieces  may 
be  described  as  a  mass  of  metal  at  the  end  of  a  spring.  Of  it 
the  patentee  remarks : — "  This  weight  may  be  of  metal  which 
may  serve  directly  as  the  electrode,  but  I  have  obtained  better 


138  PHILIPP  REIS, 


results  by  applying  to  it,  at  the  point  of  contact  with  the 
other  electrode,  a  piece  of  gas-coke  or  a  hard-pressed  block 
of  carbon."  As  a  matter  of  fact,  a  mass  of  silver  or  of  nickel  or 
of  platinum  will  transmit  talking  perfectly,  but  these  metals, 
though  better  conductors,  are  more  liable  to  corrode  and  fuse, 
and  may  require  therefore  more  frequent  renewal,  than  gas- 
coke.  Since,  then,  it  is  immaterial  to  the  action  of  a  Blake 
transmitter  what  substance  is  used  for  the  contact-pieces,  it 
is  clear  that  the  principle  of  employing  an  interrupter 
mounted  on  springs  is  the  real  feature  of  the  instrument. 
Eeis  also  mounted  his  interrupters  with  springs,  and  for  the 
very  same  purpose.  The  function  of  the  weight  on  the  second 
spring  of  the  Blake  transmitter  is  to  resist  the  movement  of 
the  tympanum,  and  to  "  modify  by  its  inertia  the  variations 
of  pressure"  between  the  two  contact-pieces.  In  other 
words,  it  acts  partly  as  Berliner's  transmitter,  by  inertia.  So 
did  one  of  Eeis's  instruments,  as  we  have  seen.  In  the  Blake 
instrument  there  is  the  happy  idea  of  applying  both  the  spring- 
principle  and  the  inertia-principle  at  once.  Yet,  in  spite  of 
this,  if  the  speaker  shouts  too  loudly  into  a  Blake  transmitter, 
he  will  cause  abrupt  breaks  between  the  contact-pieces  in- 
stead of  producing  partial  interruptions  in  the  contact,  and 
in  that  case  speech  will,  as  heard  at  the  other  end  of  the  line, 
be  spoiled  by  a  rattling  noise.  It  is  possible,  also,  with 
Eeis's  instruments  to  spoil  the  articulation  by  shouting  too 
loudly,  and  causing  actual  abrupt  breaks  in  the  continuity. 
If  Blake's  interrupter  can  be  worked  as  a  make-and-break 
in  this  sense,  so  can  Eeis's :  for  there  is  not  one  of  the 
features  which  is  essential  to  Blake's  instrument  that  cannot 
be  found  in  Eeis's  also. 

By  way  of  further  carrying  out  the  comparison  between 
Eeis's  methods  of  combining  his  tympanum  with  his  contact- 
regulator,  and  the  methods  adopted  by  later  inventors,  we 
give,  in  Fig.  45,  ten  comparative  sketches,  the  first  five  of 
which  illustrate  Eeis's  methods.  In  these  sketches  the  only 
liberty  taken  is  that  of  representing  no  more  of  the  instru- 
ments than  the  actual  parts  wanted  in  the  comparison.  No.  1 
represents  the  working-parts  of  Eeis's  first  model  ear,  with 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


139 


its  curved  lever,  platinum-tipped  spring,  and  adjusting  screw. 
No.  2  shows  the  springs,  screw,  and  contact-pieces  of  Eeis's 
bored-block  transmitter  ("  fourth  form : "  compare  Figs  9  and 
10,  p.  21).  No.  3  shows  the  curved  lever,  the  springs,  and 


Fig.  45. 

the  adjusting  screw  of  Eeis's  eighth  transmitter  ("  lever  " 
form).  No.  4  gives  the  working  parts  of  Eeis's  ninth  trans- 
mitter, described  in  detail  on  p.  27.  No.  5,  in  which  the 
tympanum  is  placed  in  a  vertical  position,  merely  for  con- 
venience of  comparison  with  the  other  figures,  shows  the 


140  PHILIPP  KEIS, 


working  parts  of  Eeis's  final  form  of  instrument,  in  which 
gravity  and  the  inertia  of  the  upper  contact-piece  enabled 
him  to  dispense  with  the  adjustment  of  spring  and  screw. 
No.  6  shows  in  profile  Berliner's  transmitter,  which  may  be 
instructively  compared  with  No.  5.  No.  7  shows  the  working 
part  of  Blake's  transmitter,  which  should  be  compared  with 
Nos.  2  and  4 :  even  the  curve  of  the  springs  imitates  that 
adopted  by  Keis.  Nos.  8,  9,  and  10  are  forms  of  transmitter 
devised  by  Edison.  No.  8  is  copied  from  Fig.  10  of  the  speci- 
fication of  Edison's  British  Patent.  It  will  be  seen  that  here 
there  is  an  interruptor  placed  on  each  side  of  the  tympanum, 
and  that  each  interruptor  consists  of  a  short  spike  mounted 
on  a  spring  and  furnished  with  an  adjusting-screw.  "  Platina 
foil  disks,"  says  the  inventor,  are  to  be  secured  to  each 
side  of  the  diaphragm,  and  against  these  disks,  as  in  Eeis's 
instruments,  press  the  contact-points  of  the  interrupters. 
The  patentee  also  states  (p.  7  of  his  Specification),  that 
for  these  contact-points  "  any  substance  not  liable  to  rapid 
decomposition "  may  be  used.  This  term  includes  all  the 
substances  used  by  Eeis,  and  a  great  many  others.  It  will 
therefore  be  seen  that  this  whole  device  is  nothing  more  than 
a  Eeis  transmitter  with  the  contact  parts  duplicated.  Yet  this 
instrument  was  intended  by  Edison  to  transmit  speech,  and 
will,  like  Eeis's  instrument,  transmit  speech  if  properly  used. 
No.  9  of  the  set  of  sketches  is  taken  from  Fig.  25  of  Edison's 
British  Specification,  but  omits  the  induction-coil  and  other 
accessories,  retaining  the  parts  wanted  for  comparison.  The 
patentee  thus  describes  the  parts  figured.  "The  tension- 
regulator  [meaning  thereby  the  interruptor  or  contact-regu- 
lator] is  made  of  platina-foil  upon  the  surface  of  two  soft 
rubber  tubes ;  one  on  the  diaphragm,  the  other  on  the 
adjusting-screw."  It  is  interesting  to  note  here  how  the 
ingenuity  of  the  later  inventor  led  him  to  vary  the  construc- 
tion adopted  by  the  original  inventor  in  substituting  an 
elastic  cushion  of  soft  rubber  for  the  springs  of  the  older 
instruments.  But  the  principle  of  combining  a  tympanum 
with  a  contact-regulator,  which  was  Eeis's  fundamental 
notion,  is  here  also  the  leading  idea ;  and  the  further  idea  of 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  141 

obviating  abrupt  breaks  in  the  current  by  applying  elastic 
supports  is  also  carried  out.  Edison  even  copies  Eeis  in 
having  an  adjusting-screw,  and  he  applies  the  very  same 
substance— platinum  foil — which  Keis  used  in  his  very  first 
and  his  very  last  transmitter.  Edison's  transmitter  transmits 
speech  very  fairly,  even  without  any  of  such  later  accessories 
as  induction-coils  ;  and  why  should  it  not  ?  It  is  constructed 
on  the  very  lines,  nay,  with  details  almost  identical  with 
those  prescribed  by  Keis  in  describing  his  invention.  It 
embodies  those  fundamental  ideas  which  Eeis  set  before 
him  when  he  said,  "Taking  my  stand  upon  the  preceding 
principles,  I  have  succeeded." 

The  last  of  the  ten  sketches  of  Fig.  45  is  taken  from 
Edison's  first  American  Patent  specification  [No.  203,014, 
filed  July  20,  1877],  and  shows  a  duplicated  interrupter 
with  springs  and  adjusting-screws  combined  with  a  tym- 
panum. Further  comment  on  this  arrangement  is  needless, 
save  to  remark  that  in  this  patent  for  "  speaking  telegraphs," 
Edison  himself  describes  the  contact-apparatus  which  Eeis 
termed  an  "  interrupter,"  as  a  "  circuit-closer,"  or  in  another 
place  as  "  circuit-breaking  connections,"  and,  in  his  British 
Patent  quoted  above,  as  a  "  tension-regulator."  It  is 
evident  that  if  Eeis  could  transmit  speech  by  an  interrupter 
which  closed  and  opened  the  circuit  (always  in  proportion 
to  the  vibrations)  there  is  110  reason  why  Edison  seventeen 
years  afterwards  should  not  accomplish  the  same  result  by  a 
similar  means.  But  it  has  lately  been  fashionable  to  deny 
that  any  such  device  as  an  interrupter  mounted  on  springs 
can  transmit  speech  at  all ! 

We  have  now  compared  with  Eeis's  transmitters  several 
of  the  more  modern  inventions.  It  would  be  possible  to  carry 
comparison  further  were  that  course  needed.  We  have  not 
thought  it  worth  while  to  rake  up  Edison's  now  discarded 
lamp-black  button  transmitter  ;  and  we  have  not  yet  spoken 
of  Crossley's  transmitter  nor  of  Theiler's  transmitter,  nor  of 
their  parent  the  Hughes'  microphone,  nor  of  dozens  of  other 
forms.  In  some  of  these  there  is  no  specific  "  tympanum," 
but  only  a  sounding-board  of  pine-wood,  and  in  most  of  them 


142  PHILIPP  REIS, 


the  points  of  loose-contact,  where  interruption  more  or  less 
complete  may  occur,  are  multiplied.  But  they  all  come  back 
in  the  end  to  Eeis's  fundamental  idea,  namely  that  of  setting 
the  voice  to  vary  the  degree  of  contact  in  a  mechanism 
which  he  called  an  interruptor,  and  which  others  have  called 
a  current-regulator  (or,  less  correctly,  a  tension-regulator) 
which,  because  the  degree  of  contact  between  its  parts  was 
varied,  caused  those  parts  to  offer  more  or  less  resistance  to 
the  flow  of  the  current,  and  thereby  threw  it  into  vibrations 
corresponding  to  those  of  the  sound-wave  impressed  upon 
the  tympanum.  There  is  not  a  practical  transmitter  used  in 
any  of  the  telephone  exchanges  of  Great  Britain  to-day  that 
does  not  embody  this  principle. 

Keis  did,  indeed,  penetrate  to  the  very  heart  the  principles 
necessary  to  be  observed  in  a  successful  telephone.  He  was 
master  of  the  situation.  For,  as  in  every  practical  trans- 
mitter in  use  to-day,  so  in  his  transmitter,  there  was  a  loose 
contact  in  the  circuit  so  arranged  that  the  voice  could  act  upon 
it,  and  thereby  regulate  the  strength  of  the  current.  If  you 
eliminate  this  part  of  the  apparatus, — screw  up  the  loose- 
contacts  of  your  transmitters,  so  that  your  voices  cannot 
affect  them, — what  will  your  telephones  be  worth  ?  No : 
the  essential  principle  of  the  transmitter — "  Das  Telephon  " 
emphatically  as  its  inventor  styled  it — is  variable  contact; 
and  that  all-essential  principle  was  invented  and  applied  for 
the  purpose  of  transmitting  speech  by  Philipp  Eeis  in  1861. 

If  this  does  not  suffice  as  a  claim  for  the  invention  of  the 
Telephone  transmitter,  it  may  well  be  wondered  what  will. 
We  can  dispense  with  all  other  features  save  this  one.  We 
can  even  dispense  with  the  tympanum  or  diaphragm  which 
Eeis  introduced,  and  can  operate  on  the  contact-parts  without 
the  intervention  of  this  part  of  the  combination.  We  can  use 
the  very  metals  which  Eeis  used,  and  dispense  with  lamp- 
black and  all  the  fallacious  rubbish  that  has  been  subsequently 
devised  about  semi-conductors,  whatever  that  term  may  mean. 
We  can  even  dispense  with  springs  and  adjusting  screws. 
But  with  the  principle  of  variable  contact  we  can  not  dispense. 
That  which  alone  is  indispensable  Philipp  Eeis  discovered, 


INVENTOR    OF   TEE   TELEPHONE.  143 


APPENDIX  II. 

ON  THE  VARIATION  OF  ELECTRIC  EESISTANCE  AT  A  POINT  OF 
IMPERFECT  CONTACT  IN  A  CIRCUIT. 

EVER  since  electricians  had  experimented  with  voltaic 
currents,  and  especially  since  the  introduction  of  'the  electric 
telegraph,  it  had  been  a  familiar  fact  that  a  loose  or  imper- 
fect contact  in  the  circuit  caused  a  resistance  to  the  flow  of 
the  current  and  interrupted  it  more  or  less  completely.  To 
obviate  the  occurrence  of  loose  or  imperfect  contacts,  binding- 
screws  were  invented  ;  and  many  were  the  precautions  taken 
to  make  tight  contacts  at  joints  in  the  line,  the  resistance  of 
which  it  was  desirable  to  maintain  at  a  minimum.  Young 
telegraphists  were  particularly  instructed  to  press  their  keys 
well  down  in  signalling,  because  a  light  contact  would  offer 
gome  resistance  which,  on  an  increase  of  pressure,  would  dis- 
appear. In  fact,  it  was  generally  well  known  that  the  resist- 
ance of  two  pieces  of  metal  or  other  conducting  material  in 
contact  with  one  another  might  be  made  to  vary  by  varying 
the  goodness  or  badness  of  the  contact  with  the  application  of 
more  or  less  force.  This  fact  was  known  to  apply  to  good 
conductors,  such  as  copper  and  other  metals,  and  it  was  known 
to  apply  also  to  non-metallic  conductors,  such  as  plumbago. 
Plumbago  points  were  used  by  Yarley  for  the  contacts  of 
relays ;  it  having  been  found  that  points  of  platinum  were 
liable  to  become  fused  together  with  the  passage  of  the 
current,  and  by  so  sticking  rendered  the  instrument  useless. 
Since  plumbago  was  known  to  be  infusible,  it  was  hoped  that 
a  plumbago  contact  would  prove  more  reliable.  In  practice, 


144  PHILIPP  REIS, 


however,  the  plumbago  relay  did  not  turn  out  so  well.  True 
it  did  not  fuse,  or  stick,  or  rust ;  but  it  was  even  more  liable 
than  platinum  to  form  imperfect  contacts,  the  resistance  of 
the  light  contact  being  so  high  that  a  sufficient  current  did 
not  pass.  It  is  not  known  whether  other  non-metallic  sub- 
stances were  tried  ;  probably  not,  because  of  non-metallic 
substances  plumbago  is  one  of  the  few  that  are  good  con- 
ductors. 

According  to  Edison  (British  Patent,  No.  792,  1882), 
compressed  graphite  is  a  substance  of  great  conductivity. 
According  to  Faraday  ('  Exp.  Kes.'  vol.  i.  p.  24),  retort-carbon 
is  an  excellent  conductor.  Both  graphite  and  retort-carbon 
agree  with  the  metals  in  the  property  that  the  electric  resist- 
ance offered  at  a  point  of  contact  between  them  varies  when 
the  pressure  at  the  contact  is  varied.  It  is  indeed  remarkable 
through  what  wide  ranges  of  resistance  the  contact  between 
two  good  conductors  may  vary.  The  resistance  of  contact 
between  two  pieces  of  copper  may  be  made  to  vary  in  a  per- 
fectly continuous  manner  by  changes  of  pressure  through  a 
range,  according  to  Sir  W.  Thomson,  from  a  small  fraction  of 
one  ohm,  up  to  a  resistance  of  many  thousand  ohms.  The 
same  is  true  of  silver,  brass,  and  many  other  good  conductors, 
including  graphite  and  retort-coke,  though  with  the  .latter 
materials  the  range  of  resistances  is  not  so  great.  "With  par- 
tial conductors,  such  as  oxide  of  manganese,  sulphide  of 
copper,  sulphide  of  molybdenum,  &c.,  and  with  bad  con- 
ductors, such  as  lamp-black  and  selenium,  whose  conduc- 
tivity is  millions  of  times  less  than  that  of  graphite,  copper, 
and  other  good  conductors,  it  is  impossible  to  get  equally 
wide  variations  of  resistance,  as  the  amount  of  pressure  at  a 
point  which  will  bring  the  bad  conductors  into  intimacy  of 
contact,  will  not  turn  them  into  good  conductors.  Platinum 
being  in  the  category  of  good  conductors,  is  amongst  those 
substances  which  yield  a  very  wide  range  of  electrical  resist- 
ances at  the  contact-points  which  are  submitted  to  varying 
pressures, 

With  the  very  highest    conductors,  such   as   silver   and 
copper,   the  electrical  range  of  contact-resistance  is  higher 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  145 

than  with  those  of  lesser  conductivity,  such  as  lead,  platinum, 
graphite,  and  retort-coke. 

But  though  the  range  of  variation  in  electrical  resistance  at 
contacts  is  highest  for  the  best  conductors,  there  comes  in 
another  element,  namely,  the  range  of  distance  through  which 
the  contact-pieces,  or  either  of  them,  must  be  moved  in  order 
to  pass  through  the  range  of  variations  of  resistance.  This  is 
quite  a  different  matter,  for  here  the  best  conductors  have 
the  smallest  range,  and  some  that  are  not  so  good  a  greater 
range.  In  any  case  the  available  range  of  motion  is 
very  small — to  be  measured  in  minute  fractions, — millionth- 
parts,  perhaps, — of  an  inch.  So  far  as  experiments  go,  how- 
ever, silver  has  the  smallest  range  of  all,  then  gold,  then 
copper.  Platinum  and  nickel  have  a  considerably  wider 
range,  plumbago  and  retort-coke  a  still  wider  one. 

It  is  an  extremely  difficult  matter  to  decide  what  is  the 
precise  nature  of  that  which  goes  on  at  a  point  of  contact 
between  two  conductors  when  the  pressure  at  the  point  is 
altered.  The  principal  suggestions  hitherto  advanced  have 
been  that  the  change  of  resistance  observed  is  due : — 

(a)  To  the  mere  changes  in  the  amount  of  surface  in  contact, 
(ft)  To  a  change  in  the  resistance  of  the  substance  of  the 
conductor  itself. 

(c)  To  the  formation  of  a  minute  voltaic  "  arc,"  or  electric 

discharge. 

(d)  To  the  change  in  the  thickness  of  the  intervening  film 

of  air. 

(e)  To  the  change  in  resistance  of  the  parts  in  contact  con- 

sequent on  the  evolution  of  heat  by  the  current. 

It  is  admitted  that  this  last  suggestion,  though  it  might 
account  for  a  difference  between  different  substances,  in  so 
far  as  they  differ  from  one  another  in  the  effect  of  heat  upon 
their  specific  resistance,  implies  as  a  preliminary  fact  that 
the  amount  of  surface  in  contact  shall  be  varied  by  the  pres- 
sure. No  convincing  proof  has  yet  been  given  that  the 
alleged  layer  of  air  or  other  gases  has  any  real  part  to  play 
in  the  phenomena  under  discussion.  Nor  can  the  hypothesis, 


146  PHILIPP  KEIS, 


that  minute  voltaic  arcs  are  formed  at  the  contact  be  regarded 
as  either  proven  or  probable. 

The  only  two  theories  that  have  really  been  investigated 
are  (a)  and  (b)  of  the  above  series.  Of  these  two  (&)  is  cer- 
tainly false,  and  (a)  is  probably,  at  least  to  a  very  large 
extent,  true. 

It  is  often  said  by  persons  imperfectly  acquainted  with  the 
scientific  facts  of  the  case,  that  carbon  is  used  in  tele- 
phone-transmitters, because  the  resistance  of  that  substance 
varies  with  the  pressure  brought  to  bear  upon  it,  whilst  with 
metals  no  such  effect  is  observed.  This  statement,  taken 
broadly,  is  simply  false.  Mr.  Edison  has,  indeed,  laid  claim 
to  the  "  discovery "  (vide  Prescott's  '  Speaking  Telephone,' 
p.  223),  that  "  semi-conductors,"  including  powdered  carbon 
and  plumbago,  vary  their  resistance  with  pressure.  All  that 
Mr.  Edison  did  discover  was  that*  certain  substances,  whose 
properties  of  being  conductors  of  electricity  had  been  known 
for  years,  conducted  better  when  the  contact  between  them 
was  screwed  up  tightly  than  when  loose.  The  experiments 
made  to  test  this  alleged  "  property  "  of  carbon  are  absolutely 
conclusive.  The  author  of  this  book  has  shown  *  that  when 
a  rod  of  dense  artificial  coke-carbon,  such  as  is  used  in  many 
forms  of  telephone  transmitters,  such  as  Crossley's  for 
example,  is  subjected  to  pressure  varying  from  less  than  one 
dyne  per  square  centimetre  up  to  twenty-three  million  times 
that  amount,  the  resistance  of  the  rod  did  not  decrease  by  so 
much  as  one  per  cent,  of  the  whole.  In  this  case  any  doubt 
that  might  have  been  introduced  by  variable  contact  was 
eliminated  at  the  outset  by  taking  the  precaution  of  electro- 
plating the  contacts. 

In  1879,  Professors  Naccari  and  Pagliani,  of  the  University 
of  Turin,  published  an  elaborate  series  of  researches  f  on  the 
conductivity  of  graphite  and  of  several  varieties  of  coke-carbon, 
and  found,  even  with  great  changes  of  pressure,  that  the 
changes  of  electric  resistance  were  practically  too  small  to  be 

*  « Philosophical  Magazine,'  April  1882. 

f  '  Atti  del  R.  Istituto  Veneto  di  Scienze,'  vol.  vi.  ser.  5. 


INVENTOE    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  147 

capable  of  being  measured,  and  that  the  only  changes  in 
resistance  appreciable  were  due  to  changes  of  contact. 

In  January  1882,  Mr.  Herbert  Tomlinson  communicated  to 
the  Eoyal  Society  *  the  results  of  experiments  on  a  number 
of  electric  conductors.  The  change  of  conductivity  by  the 
application  of  stress  was  found  to  be  excessively  small.  For 
carbon  it  was  less  than  one-thousandth  part  of  one  per  cent, 
for  an  increase  of  fifteen  Ibs.  on  the  square  inch  in  the  pressure. 
For  iron  it  was  slightly  greater,  and  for  lead  nearly  twice  as 
great,  but  with  all  other  metals  less.  If  this  alleged  pro- 
perty were  the  one  on  which  the  action  of  telephone  trans- 
mitters depended,  then  lead  ought  to  be  twice  as  good  a 
substance  as  graphite ;  whereas  it  is  not  nearly  so  good. 

Professor  -W.  F.  Barrett,  in  1879,f  made  some  experiments 
on  the  buttons  of  compressed  lamp-black  used  in  Edison's 
transmitter,  and  found  that  when  an  intimate  contact  was 
satisfactorily  secured  at  the  beginning,  "  pressure  makes  no 
change  in  the  resistance." 

In  the  face  of  all  this  precise  evidence,  it  is  impossible  to 
maintain  the  theory  that  the  electric  resistance  of  plumbago 
or  of  any  other  such  conductor  varies  under  pressure.  The 
only  person  who  has  seriously  spoken  in  favour  of  the  theory 
is  Professor  T.  C.  Mendenhall,  but  in  his  experiments  he  took 
no  precautions  against  variability  of  contacts,  so  that  his 
conclusions  are  invalid. 

More  recently  still,  Mr.  0.  Heaviside  and  Mr.  Shelf ord 
Bidwell  have  experimented  on  the  variations  of  resistance  at 
points  of  contact.:]:  Mr.  Heaviside's  experiments  were  con- 
fined to  contacts  between  pieces  of  carbon,  and  though  ex- 
tremely interesting  as  showing  that  the  resistance  of  such 
contacts  are  not  the  same,  even  under  constant  pressure,  when 
currents  of  different  strength  are  flowing,  do  not  throw  much 
light  on  the  general  question,  because  they  leave  out  the 
parallel  case  of  the  metals.  Mr.  Bidwell's  very  careful 
researches  were  chiefly  confined  to  carbon  and  bismuth.  The 

*  Proc.  Koy.  Soc.  No.  218,  1882. 

f  See  Proc.  Roy.  Dubl.  Soc.  Feb.  17,  1879. 

t  Vide  '  The  Electrician,'  Feb.  10,  1883. 

L  2 


148  PHILIPP  REIS, 


choice  is  unfortunate,  because  bismuth  the  most  fusible  and 
worst  conductor  amongst  metals  (save  only  quicksilver)  is 
the  one  metal  least  suited  for  use  in  a  telephone  transmitter. 
Mr.  Bidwell's  conclusions,  so  far  as  they  are  comparative 
between  carbon  and  "  the  metals,"  are  therefore  necessarily 
incomplete. 

Professor  D.  E.  Hughes,  whose  beautiful  invention,  the 
Microphone,  attracted  so  much  attention  in  1878,  has  lately 
thrown  the  weight  of  his  opinion  in  favour  of  the  view  that 
with  carbon  contacts  the  effect  is  due  chiefly  to  an  electric 
discharge  or  arc  between  the  loosely-contiguous  parts.  But 
Professor  Hughes' s  innumerable  experiments  entirely  upset 
the  false  doctrine  that  a  "semi-conductor"  is  necessarily 
required  for  the  contact-parts.  Speaking  recently,*  he  has 
said :  "  I  tried  everything,  and  everything  that  was  a  con- 
ductor of  electricity  spoke."  In  1878,  in  a  paper  "  On  the 
Physical  Action  of  the  Microphone,"  Professor  Hughes 
stated :  f  "  the  best  results  as  regards  the  human  voice  were 
obtained  from  two  surfaces  of  solid  gold."  Hughes  also 
found  carbon  impregnated  with  quicksilver  in  its  pores  to 
increase  its  conducting  power  to  work  better  than  non- 
metallised  carbon  of  inferior  conductivity.  Quite  lately 
Mr.  J.  Munro  has  constructed  successful  transmitters  of 
metal  gauze,  having  many  points  of  loose-contact  between 
them. 

It  seems,  therefore,  much  the  most  probable  in  the  present 
state  of  investigations,  that  the  electric  resistance  of  a  contact 
for  telephonic  purposes  is  determined  solely  by  the  number 
of  molecules  in  contact  at  the  surface,  and  by  the  specific 
conductivity  of  those  molecules.  The  element  of  fusibility 
comes  in  to  spoil  the  constancy  of  the  surfaces  in  action ; 
and  hence  the  inadmissibility  of  general  conclusions  with 
respect  to  all  metals  drawn  from  the  behaviour  of  the  most 
fusible  of  them.  At  a  mere  point  in  contact  physically  with 
another  point,  there  may  be  hundreds  or  even  millions  of 

*  Journal  Soc.  Telegr.  Engin.  and  Electricians,  vol.  xii.  p.  137. 
t  Proc.  Physical  Soc.  vol.  ii.  p.  259,  1878. 


INVENTOR    OF  TEE   TELEPHONE.  149 

molecules  in  contact  with  one  another,  all  acting  as  so  many 
paths  for  the  flow  of  the  electric  current.      An  extremely 
small  motion  of  approach  or  recession  may  suffice  to  alter 
very  greatly  the  number  of  molecules  in  contact,  and  the 
higher  the  specific  conductivity  of  the  substance,  and  the 
denser  its  molecules,  the  shorter  need  be  the  actual  range  of 
motion   to  bring  about  a  given  variation  in  the  resistance 
offered.     Just  as  in  a  system  of  electric  lamps  in  parallel  arc, 
the  resistance  of  the  system  of  lamps  increases  when  the 
number  of  lamps  through  which  the    current  is  flowing  is 
diminished,  and  diminishes  when  the  number  of  lamps  con- 
necting the  parallel  mains  is  increased;  so  it   is  with  the 
molecules  at  the  two  surfaces  of  contact.     Diminishing  the 
number    of  molecules   in  contact   increases  the  resistance, 
and  vice  versa.     Each  molecule  as  it  makes  contact  with  a 
molecule  of  the  opposite  surface  diminishes,  by  so  much  rela- 
tively to  the  number  of  molecules  previously  in  contact,  the 
resistance  between  the  surfaces.     Each  molecule  as  it  breaks 
from  contact  with  its  opposite  neighbour  adds  to  the  resistance 
between  the  contact-surfaces.     It  may  therefore  be  that  the 
variations  of  resistance  which  are  observed  at  contacts  between 
all  conductors,  from  the  best  to  the  worst,  are  all  made  up, 
though  they  appear  to  pass  through  gradual  and  continuous 
changes,  of  innumerable  minute  makes-and-breaks  of  mo- 
lecular contact.      The  very   minuteness  of  each   molecular 
make-or-break,  and  the  immense  number  that  actually  must 
occur  at  every  physical  "  point "  of  contact,  explain  why  the 
effect  seems  to  us  continuous.     We  owe,  moreover,  to  Mr. 
Edison  *   the  experimental  proof  that  actual  abrupt  makes- 
and-breaks  of  contact  can  produce  an   undulating  current 
when  they  recur  very  rapidly.     Whether  the  heating  action  of 
the  current  itself  may  not  also  operate  in  changing  the  con- 
ductivity of  the  molecules  which  happen  at  the  moment  to  be 
in  contact  is  another  matter.     It  may  be  so;   but  if  this 
should  hereafter  be  demonstrated,  it  will  but  confirm  the 
contact-theory  of  these  actions  as  a  whole. 

*  '  Journal  Soc.  Telegraphic  Engineers,'  vol.  iv.  p.  117,  1874. 


150  PHILIPP  REIS, 


Assuming,  then,  broadly,  that  the  observed  resistance  at  a 
point  of  contact  is  due  to  the  number  of  molecules  in  contact 
and  to  their  individual  resistances,  it  is  evident  that  the 
property  of  varying  resistance  at  contact  ought  to  be  most 
evident,  ceteris  paribus,  in  those  substances  which  are  the  best 
conductors  of  electricity.  Unfortunately,  the  cetera  are  not 
paria,  for  the  question  of  fusibility  comes  in  to  spoil  the 
comparison ;  and  carbon,  which  has  less  fusibility  than  the 
metals,  is  commonly  credited  with  giving  a  better  result  than 
any.  This  common  opinion  is,  however,  based  on  comparisons 
made  without  taking  into  consideration  the  question  of  range 
of  motion  between  the  parts  in  contact,  and  without  taking 
into  consideration  the  point  that  whilst  some  forms  of  carbon 
are  excellent  conductors,  others  do  not  conduct  at  all.  In 
a  telephonic  transmitter  so  arranged  that  the  actual  range 
of  motion  shall  be  very  small,  the  metals  are  just  as  good 
as  carbon — some  of  them  better.  I  have  heard  from  a  trans- 
mitter with  contacts  of  pure  bright  silver  better  articulation 
than  with  any  carbon  transmitter.  And  this  is  exactly  what 
theory  would  lead  one  to  expect.  As  to  the  suggestion  that 
plumbago  makes  a  successful  transmitter,  because  it  is  a 
"  semi-conductor  " — whatever  that  term  may  mean  * — it  is 
one  of  those  suggestions  which  are  peculiarly  fitted  to  catch 
the  unscientific  mind  as  affording  an  easy  explanation  for  an 
obscure  fact ;  unfortunately,  like  a  good  many  other  similarly 
catching  suggestions,  it  is  not  true.  The  very  best  conductor 
— silver — will  serve  to  transmit  articulate  speech:  and  so 
will  the  one  of  the  very  worst  conductors — lamp-black  !  So 
much  for  this  fallacious  doctrine  of  semi-conductors  ! 

*  The  term  "  semi-conductor  "  is  very  rarely  used  by  electricians,  who 
prefer  the  term  "  partial  conductor "  as  being  more  correct.  Moreover, 
electricians,  from  Faraday  downwards,  are  practically  agreed  in  calling 
plumbago  a  good  conductor,  and  worthy  of  being  classified  by  reason  of  its 
high  conductivity  along  with  the  metals.  The  substances  known  as 
"  semi-conductors "  are  those  given  in  Ferguson's  *  Electricity,'  p.  49 
(edition  of  1873),  namely,  alcohol,  ether,  dry-wood,  marble,  paper,  straw, 
and  ice.  Mascart  and  other  eminent  authorities  agree  in  this  classification. 
It  would  tax  even  Mr.  Edison's  unrivalled  ingenuity  to  make  of  these 
materials  a  transmitter  that  should  alter  its  resistance  by  pressure ! 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  151 

Eeis  used  for  his  contact-points  substances  which,  by  reason 
of  their  non-liability  to  fuse  or  oxidize,  were  customary  in 
electrical  apparatus,  and  chiefly  platinum.  In  his  earliest 
transmitter  (model  ear),  and  in  his  last,  platinum  was  used. 
In  his  lever-form  of  transmitter,  so  minutely  described  by 
von  Legat,  the  material  is  not  specified.  The  lever-shaped 
contact-piece  was  to  be  a  conductor,  and  as  light  as  possible, 
and  since  all  metallic  parts  are  particularly  described  as 
metallic,  whilst  this  is  not  so  described,  the  obvious  inference 
is  that  this  was  non-metallic.  The  number  of  light,  non- 
metallic  conductors  is  so  few  that  the  description  practically 
limits  choice  to  some  form  of  hard  carbon.  No  other  ma- 
terials are  named  by  Eeis,  but  Pisko  says  (p.  103)  that  brass, 
steel,  or  iron  might  be  used  for  contacts.  Any  one  of  these 
materials  is  quite  competent,  when  made  up  into  properly- 
adjusted  contact-points,  to  vary  the  resistance  of  a  circuit 
by  opening  and  closing  it  in  proportion  to  the  vibrations 
imparted  to  the  contact-points.  That  is  what  Eeis's  trans- 
mitter was  intended  to  do,  and  did.  That  is  what  all  the 
modern  transmitters — Blake's,  Berliner's,  Crossley's,  Gower- 
Bell's,  Theiler's,  Johnson's,  Running's  do,  even  including 
Edison's  now  obsolete  lamp-black  button  transmitter.  Mr. 
Shelford  Bidwell  has  very  well  summarized  the  action  of  the 
current-regulator  in  the  following  words:  "The  varying 
pressure  produces  alterations  in  the  resistance  at  the  points 
of  contact  in  exact  correspondence  with  the  phases  of  the 
sound-waves,  and  the  strength  of  a  current  passing  through 
the  system  is  thus  regulated  in  such  a  manner  as  to  fit  it  for 
reproducing  the  original  sound  in  a  telephone." 

Eeis  constructed  an  apparatus  consisting  of  a  tympanum 
in  combination  with  a  current-contact-regulator,  or  "  inter- 
rupter," which  worked  on  this  principle  of  variable  contact, 
and  he  called  it "  The  Telephone  "  (see  pp.  57,  85).  The  very 
same  apparatus  we  now-a-days  call  a  "  Telephone-trans- 
mitter," or  simply  a  "  transmitter."  It  is  curious  to  note 
that  Eeis  seems  to  have  regarded  his  receiver  or  "  reproducing- 
apparatus"  as  no  new  thing.  He  says  explicitly  (p.  56) 
that  his  receiver  might  be  replaced  by  "  any  apparatus  that 


152  PHILIPP  REIS, 


produces  the  well-known  galvanic  tones."  "  The  Telephone  " 
was  with  Eeis  emphatically  the  transmitter.  Bell  in  1876 
invented  an  instrument  which  would  act  either  as  transmitter 
or  receiver,  and  which,  though  never  now  used  as  trans- 
mitter, is  still  called  "  a  Telephone."  Edison's  "  sound-tele- 
graph," or  "telegraphic  apparatus  operated  by  sound,"  was 
patented  in  1877.  In  his  specification  lie  never  called  his 
transmitter  a  "  telephone  ;  "  that  name  he  reserved  exclusivelv 
for  his  receiver.  He  found  it,  however,  convenient  a  year 
later  to  rechristen  his  transmitter  as  the  " carbon  telephone" 
though  throughout  the  whole  of  his  specification  neither 
"carbon1'  nor  "telephone  "  are  mentioned  in  connection  with  the 
transmitter !  Within  that  year  Hughes  had  brought  out 
another  instrument — "  The  Microphone  " — which,  like  Eeis's 
instrument,  embodied  the  principle  of  variable  contact. 
Hughes's  instrument,  usually  constructed  with  contacts  made 
of  loose  bits  of  coke-carbon,  was  simply  a  Eeis's  Telephone 
minus  the  circular  tympanum ;  and  the  really  important  new 
fact  it  revealed,  was  that  very  minute  vibrations,  such  as  those 
produced  by  the  movements  of  an  insect,  when  transmitted 
immediately  through  the  wooden  supports,  sufficed  to  vary  the 
resistance  of  a  telephonic  circuit,  though  far  too  slight  in 
themselves  to  affect  it  if  they  had  to  be  first  communi- 
cated to  the  air  and  then  collected  by  a  tympanum.  Put  a 
specific  tympanum  to  a  Hughes's  microphone,  and  you  get  a 
Eeis's  telephone.  Take  away  the  tympanum  from  a  Eeis's 
telephone,  and  you  get  a  Hughes's  microphone.  Hughes  is 
not  limited  to  one  material,  nor  is  Eeis.  But  the  fundamental 
principle  of  the  electrical  part  of  each  is  identical.  The  Blake 
transmitter  (Fig.  44),  and  the  Berliner  transmitter,  and  also 
Liidtge's  microphone,*  which  was  even  earlier  than  that  of 
Hughes,  are  all  embodiments  of  the  same  fundamental 
principle  of  variable  contact  which  Eeis  embodied  in  his 
"  Telephone." 

The  numerous  experiments  which  Eeis  made,  and  the  many 

*  Liidtge's  German  Patent,  dated  Jan.  12,  1878,  describes  a  "  Universal 
Telephone  "  in  which  a  tympanum  was  applied  to  convey  vibrations  to  an 
interrupter  made  of  hard  coke-carbon. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  153 

forms  of  instruments  which  he  devised,  prove  his  conviction 
of  the  importance  of  his  invention  to  have  been  very 
deeply  rooted.  He  had  indeed  penetrated  to  the  very  soul 
of  the  matter.  He  did  not  confine  himself  to  one  kind  of 
tympanum,  he  tried  many,  now  of  bladder,  now  of  collodion, 
now  of  isinglass,  and  now  of  thin  metal.  He  varied  the  forms 
of  his  instruments  in  many  ways,  introducing  the  element  of 
elasticity  by  springs  and  adjusting-screws.  Though  he 
chiefly  employed  one  metal  for  his  contact-pieces,  he  did  not 
limit  himself  to  that  one,  but  left  us  to  infer  that  the  principle 
of  variable  contact  was  applicable  to  any  good  conductor, 
metallic  or  non-metallic.  He  knew  better,  indeed,  than  to 
limit  himself  in  any  such  fashion  ;  better,  indeed,  than  some 
of  the  eminent  persons  who  are  now  so  willing  to  ignore  his 
claims.  Modern  practice  has  taught  us  to  improve  the 
tympanum  part  of  Eeis's  invention,  and  to  obviate  the  incon- 
veniences to  which  a  membrane  is  liable :  in  that  part  we  have 
gone  beyond  Eeis.  But  in  the  question  of  contact-points 
for  opening  and  closing  the  circuit  in  correspondence  with 
the  vibrations,  we  are  only  beginning  to  find  how  much  Eeis 
was  a-head  of  us.  We  have  been  thrown  off  the  track — 
blinded  perhaps — by  the  false  trail  of  the  "  semi-conductor  " 
fallacy,  or  by  the  arbitrary  and  unnatural  twist  that  has  been 
given  by  telegraphists  to  Eeis's  expression,  "  opening  and 
closing  the  circuit,"  forgetting  that  he  practically  told  us  that 
this  operation  was  to  be  proportional  to,  "  in  correspondence 
with,"  the  undulations  of  the  tympanum.  When  we  succeed 
in  freeing  ourselves  from  the  dominance  of  these  later  ideas, 
we  shall  see  how  much  we  still  have  to  learn  from  Philipp 
Eeis,  and  how  fully  and  completely  he  had  grasped  the 
problem  of  the  Telephone. 


154  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


APPENDIX  III. 

COMPARISON  OF  REIS'S  RECEIVERS  WITH  RECENT  INSTRUMENTS. 

THE  receivers  invented  by  Reis  for  the  purpose  of  reconvert- 
ing into  audible  mechanical  vibrations  the  varying  electric 
currents  transmitted  from  the  speaking  end  of  the  line  were 
of  two  classes,  viz. : 

(1.)  Those  in  which  the  magnetic  expansion  and  contraction 
of  a  rod  of  steel  or  iron,  under  the  influence  of  the  varying 
current,  set  up  mechanical  vibrations  and  communicated  them 
to  a  sound-board. 

(2.)  Those  in  which  the  current  by  passing  round  the  coils 
of  an  electro-magnet  caused  the  latter  to  vary  the  force  with 
which  it  attracted  its  armature,  and  threw  the  latter  into 
corresponding  mechanical  vibrations. 

The  first  of  these  principles  is  embodied  in  the  "  knitting- 
needle  "  receiver  described  above  and  depicted  in  figures 
22  &  23  on  page  33.  This  receiver  differs  wholly  from 
the  later  instruments  of  Bell,  and  others,  and  depended  for 
its  action  upon  the  phenomenon  of  magnetic  expansion 
discovered  by  Page  and  investigated  by  Joule.  It  was  well 
known  before  Reis's  time  that  when  a  needle  or  bar  of  iron 
was  magnetised  it  grew  longer,  and  when  demagnetised  it 
grew  shorter.  Page  detected  the  fact  by  the  "  tick  "  emitted 
by  the  bar  during  the  act  of  magnetisation  or  demagnetisation. 
Joule  measured  the  amount  of  expansion  and  contraction. 
To  these  discoveries  Reis  added  two  new  facts ;  first,  that  if 
the  degree  of  magnetisation  be  varied  with  rapid  fluctuations 
corresponding  to  those  of  the  sound  waves  impressed  on  the 


INVENTOE    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  155 

transmitter,  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  rod  followed 
these  fluctuations  faithfully,  and  therefore  emitted  at  the 
receiving  end  sounds  similar  to  those  uttered  at  the  trans- 
mitter. Secondly,  by  employing  a  needle  of  steel  instead  of 
the  bar  of  iron  used  by  Page,  Eeis  obtained  an  instrument 
which  once  used  could  never  become  completely  demagnetised 
on  the  cessation  of  the  current ;  it  was  thenceforth  &  permanent 
magnet,  and  all  that  the  fluctuating  currents  could  do  was  to 
vary  its  degree  of  magnetisation.  Eeis  carefully  explained 
in  his  memoir  "  On  Telephony,"  how  the  frequency  of  such 
fluctuations  in  the  magnetising  current  could  act  in  repro- 
ducing the  pitch,  and  further,  how  the  amplitude  of  the 
fluctuations  set  up  vibrations  of  corresponding  amplitude  in 
the  rod :  he  added  with  significance,  that  tl^e  quality  of  the 
reproduced  note  depended  upon  a  number  of  variations  of 
amplitude  occurring  in  a  given  time.  His  theory  of  these 
actions  was  that  the  atoms  (or  perhaps  our  modern  word 
molecules  would  more  correctly  represent  what  Eeis  spoke  of 
as  atoms)  of  the  rod  or  needle  were  pushed  asunder  from  one 
another  in  the  act  of  magnetisation,  and  that  on  the  cessation 
of  the  magnetising  influence  of  the  current,  these  same  atoms 
strove  to  return  to  their  previous  position  of  equilibrium, 
and  thus  the  oscillations  of  the  atoms  led  to  the  vibration  of 
the  needle  as  a  whole.  Whether  all  Eeis's  speculations  as  to 
the  behaviour  of  the  atoms  under  varying  degrees  of  magnetis- 
ing force  are  justified  in  the  present  aspect  of  science  or  not, 
is,  however,  not  of  any  great  importance  ;  the  important  point 
is,  that,  whether  his  theory  be  right  or  wrong,  the  instrument 
he  devised  will  perform  the  function  he  assigned  to  it :  it 
will  reproduce  speech,  not  loudly,  but  in  reality  far  more 
articulately  than  many  of  the  telephonic  receivers  in  use 
under  the  names  of  Bell,  Gower-Bell,  &c. 

One  very  curious  point  in  connection  with  this  "  knitting- 
needle"  receiver  of  Eeis,  is  its  extremely  bad  acoustical 
arrangements.  It  was  laid  horizontally  upon  a  small  sound- 
ing-box covered  by  a  lid.  If  the  end  of  the  needle  had  been 
made  to  press  on  the  resonant-board  (as  indeed  appears  to 
have  been  done  at  first  with  the  violin,  p.  29)  the  vibrations 


156  PHILIPP  REIS, 


would  have  been  much  more  directly  reinforced.  But  when 
merely  supported  by  two  wooden  bridges  the  direct  com- 
munication was  largely  lost.  The  pressure  of  the  lid  down- 
wards upon  the  spiral,  as  recommended  by  Eeis,  is  no  doubt 
an  important  matter  acoustically.  It  is  strange  that  a  man 
who  had  grappled  in  so  masterly  a  way  with  the  acoustical 
problem  of  the  transmitter,  and  had  solved  it  by  constructing 
that  transmitter  on  the  lines  of  the  human  ear,  should  not 
have  followed  out  to  the  same  extent  those  very  same 
principles  in  the  construction  of  his  receiver.  An  extended 
surface  he  did  employ,  in  the  shape  of  a  sounding-board ;  but 
it  was  not  applied  in  the  very  best  manner  in  this  instru- 
ment. 

The  second  principle  applied  by  Eeis  in  the  construction 
of  his  telephone-receivers,  was  that  of  the  electro-magnet. 
He  arranged  an  electro-magnet  so  that  the  fluctuating 
currents  passing  round  the  coils  set  up  corresponding 
variations  in  the  degree  of  force  with  which  it  attracted  its 
armature  of  iron,  and  so  forced  the  latter  to  execute  corre- 
sponding mechanical  vibrations.  This  principle  is  common 
both  to  the  receiver  of  Eeis,  and  to  the  later  receivers  of 
Yeates,  Bell,  and  Edison.  Eeis's  armature  was  an  iron  bar 
of  oval  section ;  Yeates's  an  iron  strip  screwed  to  a  sound- 
board, Bell's  was  an  iron  plate,  and  Edison's  an  iron  plate 
also. 

For  the  better  comparison  of  Eeis's  electro-magnetic 
receiver  with  those  of  more  modern  date,  we  here  present  in 
Eig.  46  a  comparative  view  of  a  number  of  different  forms  of 
receiver  in  which  Eeis's  principle  of  causing  an  electro- 
magnet to  set  up  vibrations  in  an  armature  is  applied.  In 
this  set  of  figures,  A  and  B  are  the  suggested  forms  mentioned 
in  the  letter  of  Mr.  Horkheimer,  p.  119,  and  show  an  electro- 
magnet, opposite  the  poles  of  which  is  placed  an  armature 
(a  bar)  which  must  be  of  iron  or  other  metal  capable  of 
having  magnetism  induced  in  it,  and  which,  by  reason  of  its 
attachment  to  an  elastic  spring,  is  capable  of  being  made  to 
oscillate  to  and  fro  when  attracted  with  a  varying  force. 
Eeis  clearly  recognised  the  necessity  of  further  providing  a 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE. 


157 


sufficient  resounding  surface  by  means  of  which  the  surround- 
ing air  could  be  set  in  motion ;  for  in  the  case  of  these  two 
suggestions  the  electro-magnet  and  its  elastically-mounted 
armature  were  placed  within  a  cigar  box.  C  is  a  plan  of  the 


receiving  instrument  previously  described  and  figured  in 
Plate  II.  and  in  figures  21  and  34  on  pages  32  and  109. 
In  this  instrument  the  electro-magnet  was  horizontal,  the 
armature,  a  bar  of  iron  of  oval  section  (which  in  the  original 


158  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


drawing  in  plate  II.  appears  to  have  been  in  reality  a  hollow 
bar  or  tube)  attached  to  a  thin  lever  described  as  a  plank, 
pivoted  like  a  pendulum  to  an  upright  support,  but  prevented 
by  a  set-screw  and  a  controlling  spring  from  vibrating  in  the 
manner  of  a  pendulum.  Such  an  arrangement,  in  fact, 
vibrates  in  perfect  correspondence  with  any  vibrations  that 
may  be  forced  upon  it  by  the  electro-magnet.  The  broad 
flat  surface  of  the  lever — he  specially  directed  that  it  should 
be  broad  and  light — transfers  the  vibrations  to  the  air,  and 
is  aided  by  the  surface  of  the  sounding-board  on  which  the 
apparatus  stands.  This  apparatus  has,  therefore,  all  the 
elements  of  a  successful  receiver,  except  only  that  its  shape 
renders  it  inconvenient  for  portability.  But  by  reason,  firstly 
of  its  armature  of  iron,  secondly  of  the  elastic  mounting  of 
that  armature,  thirdly  of  the  extended  surface  presented,  it  is 
admirably  adapted  to  serve  as  an  instrument  for  reproducing 
speech. 

Fig.  46  D  represents  the  excellent  electro-magnetic  receiver 
devised  in  1865  by  Yeates  (compare  Fig.  42,  p.  128)  to  work 
with  the  Eeis  transmitter,  and  is  in  many  respects  identical 
with  the  preceding  form.  The  armature,  a  strip  of  iron,  was 
attached  at  one  end  by  a  very  stiff  steel  spring  to  a  pine- 
wood  sounding-board  over  a  hollow  box,  from  the- base  of 
which  rose  the  metal  pillar  which  supported  the  electro- 
magnet. This  receiver  also  contains  all  the  elements  of  a 
successful  receiver,  the  armature  being  of  a  material  capable 
of  inductive  action,  and  elastically  supported ;  whilst  the 
sound-box  provided  adequate  surface  to  communicate  the 
vibrations  to  the  air. 

We  now  come  to  the  more  modern  instruments  of  Gray, 
Bell,  and  Edison.  So  far  the  receivers  of  Eeis  and  of  Yeates 
were  intended  for  reproducing  any  sound ;  but  now  for  the 
first  time,  ten  years  after  the  date  of  these  early  telephonic 
receivers,  we  meet  with  instruments  devised  with  the  express 
purpose  of  receiving  only  certain  selected  tones. 

For  the  purposes  of  multiple  acoustic  telegraphy,  that  is  to 
say  for  the  purpose  of  signalling  the  "  dots  "  and  "  dashes  " 
of  the  Morse  code  in  a  number  of  different  fixed  musical 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  159 

notes,  each  of  which  is  to  be  signalled  out  and  repeated  by  a 
receiver  adapted  to  vibrate  in  that  note  alone,  it  is  clear  that 
the  instruments  of  Eeis,  adapted  as  they  were  to  transmit 
and  receive  any  sound  that  a  human  ear  can  hear,  would  not 
answer.  Accordingly  those  experimenters,  who  from  about 
the  year  18*73  to  the  year  1876,  applied  themselves  to 
multiple  telegraphy  —  foremost  amongst  them  being  Mr. 
Elisha  Gray  and  Prof.  Graham  Bell — dropped  the  use  of  the 
tympanum  in  the  transmitter  and  devised  new  transmitters 
and  new  receivers,  in  most  of  which  the  ruling  idea  was  that 
of  employing  a  vibrating  tongue  or  reed,  tuned  up  to  one 
particular  note.  Now  it  is  obvious  that  a  receiver  which, 
like  those  of  Eeis,  is  adapted  to  receive  any  tone,  can  also 
receive  a  musical  note.  But  for  the  operation  of  "  selective  " 
reception,  a  receiver  must  be  employed,  not  only  tuned  to 
one  note,  but  tuned  to  the  very  note  emitted  by  the  particular 
transmitter  with  which  it  is  to  be  in  correspondence. 
Elisha  Gray  found  this  out  very  early  in  his  researches.  In 
the  winter  of  1873-4  *  he  was  transmitting  musical  tones  by 
a  sort  of  tuning-fork  interruptor,  and  received  them  on  an 
instrument  shown  in  Fig.  46  E,  which  represents  a  form  of 
electro-magnet  mounted  for  the  purpose.  It  was  "  a  common 
electro-magnet,  having  a  bar  of  iron  rigidly  fixed  at  one  pole, 
which  extends  across  the  other  pole,  but  does  not  touch  it  by 
about  one  sixty-fourth  part  of  an  inch.  In  the  middle  of 
this  armature  a  short  post  is  fastened,  and  the  whole  is 
mounted  on  a  box  made  of  thin  pine,  with  openings  for 
acoustic  effects."  It  was,  in  fact,  very  similar  to  Yeates's 
receiver  just  described,  and  Gray  found  it  capable  of  receiv- 
ing not  only  simple  musical  tones  but  composite  tones,  and 
even  harmonies  and  discords.  In  fact,  like  Eeis's  and 
Yeates's  receivers,  it  could  receive  anything  that  the  trans- 
mitter sent  to  it,  even  including  speech.  Now  this  did  not 
suit  Gray,  who  wished  to  have  selective  receivers,  one  to  take 
up  note  A,  another  note  C,  &c.  Accordingly  in  1876  we  find 
Gray  taking  out  a  fresh  patent  f  for  selective  receivers,  which 

*  See  Prescott's  <  Speaking  Telephone,'  p.  158. 

f  '  British  Patent,'  No.  1874,  of  the  year  1876  (dated  4th  May). 


160  PHILIPP  REIS, 


he  also  called  harmonic  analysers,  each  of  which  consisted  of 
"  a  tuned  bar  or  reed  suitably  attached  to  an  electro-magnet, 
and  the  whole  mounted  upon  a  resonant  box."  Fig.  46  F  is 
reproduced  from  Gray's  British  patent.  "  A  vibrating  tongue 
reed,  or  bar  "of  steel  "is  united  with  one  pole  of  the  magnet. 
The  free  end  of  the  reed  passes  close  to,  but  does  not  touch 
the  other  pole  of  the  magnet."  Gray  further  says  that  the 
reed  is  made  with  parallel  sides  and  tuned  by  cutting  it 
away  at  one  point,  as  this  mode  prevents  false  nodal  vibra- 
tions from  occurring. 

Selective  receivers  for  multiple  telegraphy  were  also 
invented  by  Graham  Bell.  The  form  shown  in  Fig.  46  /  is 
transcribed  from  Fig.  15  of  Bell's  Specification  to  his  British 
Patent,  No.  4765,  of  the  year  1876  (dated  9th  December), 
which  the  inventor  thus  describes :  "  It  is  preferable  to 
employ  for  this  purpose  an  electro-magnet  E,  Fig.  15,  having 
a  coil  upon  only  one  of  its  legs.  A  steel  spring  armature  A 
is  firmly  clamped  by  one  extremity  to  the  uncovered  leg  h  of 
the  magnet,  and  its  free  end  is  allowed  to  project  above  the 
pole  of  the  covered  leg."  In  fact  the  arrangement  was 
almost  identical  with,  but  not  quite  as  good  mechanically  as 
that  patented  seven  months  previously  by  Gray.  The  in- 
ventor further  said  that  a  number  of  these  instruments 
might  be  placed  on  one  circuit,  and  that  if  one  of  them 
were  set  in  vibration,  only  those  would  respond  which  were 
in  unison  with  its  note ;  and  further  that  "  the  duration  of 
the  sound  may  be  used  to  indicate  the  dot  or  dash  of 
the  Morse  alphabet,  and  thus  a  telegraphic  despatch  may 
be  indicated  by  alternately  interrupting  and  renewing  the 
sound." 

Anything  more  totally  different  from  Reis's  telephone 
than  these  selective  harmonic  telegraphs  with  their  tuned 
tongues  can  hardly  be  imagined.  Reis  was  not  aiming  at 
selective  harmonic  telegraphy  ;  he  wanted  his  one  instrument 
to  transmit  every  sound  that  a  human  ear  could  hear.  He 
did  not  dream  of  using  a  tuned  bar  or  reed ;  his  typical 
structure  was  the  tympanum  of  the  ear.  In  fact,  as  we  have 
seen  above,  the  tuned  reed  or  tongue  was  introduced  into 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  161 

telegraphy  for  the  purpose  of  transmitting  single  selected 
notes  to  the  exclusion  of  all  others. 

Strange  though  it  may  seem,  a  tongue  receiver  like  those 
of  Graham  Bell  and  of  Gray  just  described  can  be  used  for 
receiving  speech  !  It  is  true,  as  Gray  remarks,  that  a  thick 
bar  of  steel,  cut  away  as  described,  is  best  adapted  for  its  own 
tone  only.  But  Bell's  thin  steel  tongue,  though  it  has  its 
own  fundamental  note  (and  so  has  every  tympanum,  for  that 
matter)  when  left  free  to  vibrate  in  its  own  time,  will  re- 
produce any  other  note  or  sound  that  may  be  forced  upon  it 
by  the  varying  attraction  of  the  electro-magnet.  There  is, 
indeed,  the  whole  difference  between  "  free  "  and  "  forced  " 
vibrations.  One  of  the  strangest  delusions  that  has  somehow 
grown  up  in  recent  telephonic  discussions  is  the  almost 
incredible  proposition  that  a  tongue  cannot  talk  because  it  is 
a  tongue.  It  would  be  equally  veracious  to  affirm  that  an 
ear  (i.e.  a  tympanum)  cannot  hear  because  it  is  an  ear. 

But  leaving  harmonic  telegraphy  and  its  "  tuned  bars," 
both  Gray  and  Bell  applied  themselves  to  the  old  problem  of 
transmitting  human  speech.  What  was  their  very  first  step  ? 
They  threw  away  their  "  tuned  bars  "  and  "  steel  springs," 
and  returned  to  the  tympanum!  Elisha  Gray  devised  the 
receiver  shown  in  Fig.  46,  G,  taken  from  his  caveat  of  date 
February  14,  1876.*  In  that  document  Gray  says :  "  My 
present  belief  is  that  the  most  effective  method  of  providing 
an  apparatus  capable  of  responding  to  the  various  tones  of 
the  human  voice,  is  a  tympanum,  drum,  or  diaphragm," 
stretched  across  one  end  of  a  chamber.  He  adds  that  in  the 
receiver  there  is  (see  Fig.  46,  G)  an  electro-magnet,  acting 
upon  a  diaphragm  to  which  is  attached  a  piece  of  soft  iron, 
and  which  diaphragm  is  stretched  across  a  vocalising 
chamber. 

Graham  Bell's  receiver  (the  American  specification  of 
which  was  filed  the  same  day  as  Gray's  caveat)  is  shown 
(in  the  form  patented  in  Great  Britain,  Dec.  9,  1876)  in 
Fig.  46  H,  which  is  taken  from  Fig.  19  of  Bell's  British  patent. 

*  Prescott,  '  Speaking  Telephone,'  p.  203. 

M 


162  PHILIPP  REIS, 


"  The  armature,"  says  the  inventor,  "  is  fastened  loosely  by 
one  extremity  to  the  uncovered  leg,  h,  of  the  electro-magnet  E, 
and  its  other  extremity  is  attached  to  the  centre  of  a  stretched 
membrane."  The  armature,  in  fact,  was  capable  of  vibrating 
like  a  pendulum  on  its  pivot,  but  was  elastically  restrained 
by  its  attachment  to  the  tympanum;  the  armature  would 
therefore  vibrate  in  perfect  correspondence  with  any  vibra- 
tions forced  upon  it  by  the  electro-magnet.  This  instrument 
as  also  that  of  Gray,  was  admirably  adapted  to  receive  speech, 
for  it  embodied  the  three  essential  points  which  Eeis  had 
already  discovered :  viz.,  firstly,  that  the  armature  must  be  of 
iron,  or  capable  of  being  acted  upon  by  magnetic  induction  ; 
secondly,  that  it  must  be  elastically  mounted ;  thirdly,  that 
it  should  present  an  extended  surface.  Bell's  form  of  receiver 
had  the  advantage  over  Eeis's  (compare  p.  158),  that  its 
extended  surface  was  a  true  tympanum  of  membrane,  and 
not  a  mere  broad  thin  plank.  Being  a  tympanum,  it  there- 
fore realised  Eeis's  fundamental  notion  of  imitating  the 
human  ear  more  fully  than  even  Eeis's  own  receiver  did. 

Figures  46,  J,  K,  and  L  represent  the  more  recent  types  of 
receiver  of  Bell  and  Edison.  Fig.  46  J  is  reproduced  from 
Fig.  20  of  Bell's  British  Patent,  and  shows  the  substitution 
of  a  thin  steel  plate,  attached  to  a  frame,  in  front  of  the  electro- 
magnet, for  the  membrane  and  iron  armature.  This  form  of  in- 
strument also  embodies  Eeis's  three  principles —  but  with  this 
improvement,  the  armature  capable  of  inductive  action,  the 
elastic  mounting,  and  the  extended  surface,  are  here  all  united 
in  one  organ,  the  thin  flexible  tympanum  of  steel.  Apart 
from  this  unification  of  parts  there  is  absolutely  nothing  in 
this  form  of  Bell's  receiver,  that  Eeis  did  not  invent  fourteen 
years  before.  Bell's  great  and  most  signal  improvement  was 
not  this  beautiful  mechanical  modification  of  the  Eeis 
receiver,  but  lay  in  the  entirely  new  suggestion  to  use  such  a 
receiver  as  a  tratismitter  to  work  by  magneto-electric  induc- 
tion. Two  of  Eeis's  receivers  (Fig.  21)  if  coupled  up  with 
a  battery  will  talk  together  as  transmitter  and  receiver :  but 
Eeis  did  not  know  and  never  suggested  this.  Two  of  Yeates's 
receivers  (Fig.  42)  if  coupled  up  with  a  battery  will  talk 


INVENTOE    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  163 

together  as  transmitter  and  receiver ;  but  Yeates  did  not  know 
and  never  suggested  this.  Bell  did  discover  this,  and  thereby 
invented  a  transmitter  which,  though  now  abandoned  as  a 
transmitter,  for  want  of  loudness,  was  more  reliable  than  the 
anterior  transmitters  of  Eeis  had  been.  He  made  another 
discovery,  presently  to  bu  alluded  to — that  of  putting  a 
permanent  magnet  into  the  transmitter,  to  enable  him  to 
dispense  with  the  battery ;  but  beyond  this  and  the  other 
mechanical  simplifications  previously  mentioned,  all  that  he 
discovered  may  be  summed  up  by  saying  that  he  found  out 
that  a  receiver  constructed  on  Eeis's  principles  could  work  as 
a  transmitter  also.  That  was  Bell's  really  great  and  im- 
portant discovery  which  took  all  the  world  by  storm  at  the 
Centennial  Exhibition  of  1876. 

Bell  subsequently  added  to  his  claims  the  substitution  of 
a  permanent  magnet  with  an  iron  pole-piece,  in  place  of  the 
simple  electro-magnet,  thus  enabling  him  to  transmit  his 
fluctuating  currents  without  the  trouble  of  using  a  battery, 
and  the  Bell  transmitter,  thus  modified,  is  used  to  this  day  as 
a  receiver.  Eeis  had  in  his  "  knitting-needle  "  telephone, 
employed  a  permanent  magnet  of  steel  to  serve  as  a  receiver. 
He  had  not,  however,  applied  it  as  Bell  did  to  attract  a  plate 
of  thin  steel. 

Fig.  46,  K,  exhibits  a  form  of  electro-magnetic  receiver 
described  in  Edison's  British  Specification,  No.  2909,  1877, 
Fig.  24.  This  instrument,  though  patented  seven  months 
after  Bell's  instrument,  differs  from  it  in  no  point  of  im- 
portance. Its  armature  was  a  thin  plate  of  iron,  elastic,  and 
having  an  extended  surface ;  being,  in  fact,  a  tympanum. 

No  one  can  examine  the  set  of  receiving  instruments  col- 
lected in  Fig.  46  without  being  struck  with  the  extraordinary 
similarity  of  design  which  pervades  the  entire  series.  In 
every  one  of  the  set  there  is  an  electro-magnet,. the  function 
of  which  is  to  set  an  armature  *  into  vibration  by  attracting  it 
with  a  variable  force.  In  every  one  the  armature  is  of  a 

*  Yet  Bell's  claim  (British  Patent  Specification)  runs:  "I  claim  the 
production  cf  any  given  sound  or  sounds  from  the  armature  of  tho 
receiving  instrument." 

M   2 


164  PHILIPP  REIS, 


material  capable  of  magnetic  induction  ;  that  is  to  say,  iron, 
steel,  or  equivalent  material.  In  every  one  of  them  the  arma- 
ture is  either  elastically  mounted,  or  is  in  itself  elastic.  In 
every  one  of  them  (save  only  the  two  quite  recent  forms,  F  and 
/,  which  were  intended  not  to  speak,  but  to  emit  only  one  fixed 
musical  note)  there  is  an  extended  surface  (either  a  sound- 
board or  a  tympanum)  to  communicate  the  vibrations  to  the 
air.  Lastly,  every  one  of  these  forms,  when  connected  with 
the  line  through  which  the  telephonic  currents  are  being 
transmitted,  is  perfectly  capable  of  reproducing  articulate 
speech.  But  the  inventor  who  had  the  genius  to  discover 
all  these  essential  points,  and  to  combine  them  in  an  instru- 
ment, and  to  use  it  to  reproduce  articulate  speech,  is  surely 
the  true  inventor  of  the  system.  The  inventor  of  the  system 
embodying  these  essential  points  was  Philipp  Eeis. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  165 


APPENDIX  IV. 

ON  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  UNDULATORY  CURRENTS. 

"In  this  Specification  the  three  words  'oscillation?  ' vibration?  and 
1  undulation?  are  used  synonymously." — Graham  Bell,  U.S.  Patent, 
No.  174,  465,  filed  Feb.  14,  1876. 

IN  the  preceding  appendices  it  has  been  demonstrated  that 
all  that  is  essential  in  both  transmitter  and  receiver  of  a 
Telephonic  system  was  to  be  found  existing  in  1863  in  the 
Telephone  of  Eeis.  There  yet  remains  to  be  met  the  doc- 
trinaire objection  that  as  Eeis  never  explicitly  mentions  an 
undulatory  current  as  distinguished  from  an  intermittent 
one,  he  never  intended  to  use  such  a  current.  This  objection 
is  advanced  only  by  those  persons  who  have  committed 
themselves  to  the  idea  that  speech  cannot  be  transmitted  by 
a  transmitter  which  opens  and  closes  the  circuit. 

It  is  certain  that  Eeis  did  not  in  any  of  his  writings  ex- 
plicitly name  an  undulatory  current :  but  it  is  equally 
certain  that,  whether  he  mentioned  it  or  not,  he  both  used 
one  and  intended  to  use  one.  He  did  not  concern  himself 
as  to  the  precise  manner  in  which  the  current  fluctuated 
provided  only  he  attained  the  end  in  view — namely,  that  the 
vibrations  of  the  armature  of  the  receiver  should  be  similar 
to  those  of  the  transmitter.  This  he  did  lay  down  with  great 
clearness  and  emphasis  as  his  g  aiding  principle ;  and  he  cared 
not  about  the  intermediate  question  as  to  how  the  current  did 
the  work.  He  told  the  world  that  the  electromagnet  at  the 
receiving  end  must  be  magnetised  and  demagnetised  corre- 
spondingly with  the  vibrations  imparted  by  the  air  to  the 


166  PHILIPP  REIS, 


tympanum  of  his  transmitter,  in  order  that  the  armature 
might  be  set  into  vibrations  similar  to  those  of  the  speaker's 
voice.  If  the  tympanum  of  the  transmitter  vibrated  or 
oscillated  or  undulated — the  terms  are  synonymous — so  must 
the  armature  of  the  receiver.  Graham  Bell  has  told  us  pre- 
cisely the  same  thing :  "  The  current  traversing  the  coils  of 
the  electromagnet  E  occasions  an  increase  and  diminution  in 
its  intensity "  [that  is  to  say,  magnetises  and  demagnetises 
it],  "  and  the  armature  A1  is  thrown  into  vibration  "... 
"  and  thus  imparts  to  the  air  at  n1  a  facsimile  copy  of  the 
motion  of  the  air  that  acted  upon  the  membrane  n"  Bell 
agrees  then  absolutely  in  every  detail  with  what  Eeis  said 
on  this  point.  That  sound-waves  should  be  transmitted  by 
a  Telephone  requires  indeed  a  process  of  several  stages. 
(1.)  The  sound-waves  must  strike  upon  the  tympanum  of 
the  transmitter  and  make  it  undulate,  or,  oscillate,  or  vibrate 
— whichever  term  you  please — in  a  corresponding  manner. 
(2.)  The  undulating  tympanum  must  act  upon  the  circuit, 
and  either  itself  induce  undulating  or  vibrating  currents 
(Bell's  plan,  by  magnetic  induction),  or  else  throw  a  current 
already  flowing  there,  into  undulations,  or  vibrations,  or 
oscillations  (Eeis's  plan,  by  varying  contact-resistance),  but 
in  either  case  these  undulations  of  the  current  must  corre- 
spond to  the  original  undulations  of  the  air-waves.  (3.)  The 
undulating,  or  vibrating,  or  oscillating  current  must  run 
round  the  coils  of  the  electromagnet  and  cause  its  magnetic 
force  to  undulate,  or  oscillate,  or  vibrate  by  demagnetising 
it  and  then  magnetising  it,  but  this  also  must  be  in  a  manner 
corresponding  to  the  original  undulations.  (4.)  Further,  the 
armature  of  the  receiver  must  be  set  into  undulations,  or 
vibrations,  or  oscillations  corresponding  to  those  of  the  force 
of  the  electromagnet,  and  therefore  to  the  undulations  of  the 
current  that  is  magnetising  and  demagnetising  it,  and  there- 
fore identically  corresponding  with  the  original  undulations 
of  the  sound-waves.  (5.)  The  armature  must  communicate  its 
vibrations  to  the  air  and  to  the  ear  of  the  listener.  Of  these 
successive  stages  Eeis  explicitly  told  the  world  that  his  instru- 
ment was  to  do  the  first  one  and  the  last  three,  and  he  several 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  167 

times  emphasized  the  statement,  that  the  final  undulations  of 
the  last  stage  were  to  be  similar  to  the  original  undulations 
of  the  first  stage.  The  air  at  the  listening  end,  the  armature 
of  the  receiver,  and  the  magnetism  of  the  magnet,  were  all 
to  be  set  by  the  fluctuations  of  the  current  into  undulations 
corresponding  with  those  of  the  tympanum  at  the  speaker's 
end,  and  of  the  waves  of  his  voice.  It  is  perfectly  clear 
therefore,  that  he  regarded  as  self-evident  the  intermediate 
stage,  and  he  did  not  dwell  upon  the  necessity  of  the  point, 
that  his  transmitting-current  must  also  vibrate,  because  this 
was  obviously  so,  and  was  only  an  intermediate  matter  of 
secondary  moment.  He  chose  rather  to  point  out  the  ne- 
cessity of  unification  between  the  first  and  last  stages,  leaving 
it  to  common  sense  to  see  that  the  "  interruption "  or  the 
"  opening  and  closing  "  of  the  circuit  must  be  effected  in  a 
manner  corresponding  to  the  undulations  of  the  impressed 
sound-wave.  Had  the  "  interruptions  "  not  been  of  the  nature 
of  corresponding  variations  of  contact,  the  current  could  not 
have  been  set  into  corresponding  vibrations,  and  the  armature 
of  the  electromagnet  could  not  have  reproduced  the  vibrations 
of  the  transmitter.  Clearly  Eeis's  whole  conception  of  tele- 
phony included  as  a  minor  and  intermediate  step  the  fact 
that  the  current  was,  by  the  action  of  the  transmitter,  caused 
to  vary  in  strength  in  correspondence  with  the  undulations 
of  the  tympanum — that,  in  fact,  it  was  made  to  undulate 
by  the  action  of  the  tympanum  and  of  the  interrupter  which 
opened  and  closed  the  circuit  in  obedience  to  the  undulations 
of  the  tympanum  and  in  proportion  to  them. 

A  difficulty  has  been  raised  by  telegraph  operators  that 
opening  and  closing  the  circuit  means  opening  and  closing 
the  circuit  in  abrupt  alternations  of  make-and-break.  Eeis 
never  said  so.  Reis  never  used  the  phrase  in  this  restricted 
and  technical  sense.  He  was  not  a  professional  telegraphist, 
and,  as  pointed  out  in  Appendix  L,  he  so  arranged  his  contacts 
with  the  following  springs  and  other  contrivances,  that  the 
"  opening  and  closing  "  of  the  circuit  should  not  and  could 
not  be  abrupt.  A  Reis  transmitter  is  no  more  a  "  make-and- 
break  "  instrument  than  the  Blake  transmitter  is.  Both  will 


168  PHILIPP  EEIS, 


give  undulatory  currents  by  opening  and  closing  the  circuit 
to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  if  spoken  gently  to.  Both  will 
give  abrupt  makes-and-breaks  of  the  circuit  if  shouted  to,  in 
spite  of  the  following-springs,  which  are  used  to  prevent  abrupt 
interruptions.  The  term  "  opening  and  closing  "  which  Eeis 
applied  to  his  transmitter,  is  used  by  him  in  exactly  the  same 
way  as  the  phrase  is  used  by  engineers  in  describing  the 
action  of  the  governing  throttle-valve  of  a  steam-engine.  The 
function  of  the  governor,  we  are  told  in  treatises  on  en- 
gineering, is  to  open  and  close  the  throttle-valve  in  a  manner 
corresponding  to  the  fall  or  rise  of  the  governor-balls.  No 
one  in  his  senses  imagines  that  the  opening  and  closing  action 
here  referred  to  means  an  absolutely  abrupt  intermitteiice  in 
the  supply  of  steam.  If  the  governor-balls  rise  a  little  by 
increase  of  speed,  there  is  a  corresponding  closing,  propor- 
tionate in  amount  to  the  amount  of  rise.  If  any  person  were 
to  impress  an  oscillatory  motion  of  rise  and  fall  upon  the 
governor,  the  supply  of  steam  would  be  thrown  into  corre- 
sponding undulations.  The  matter  stands  precisely  so  with 
Eeis's  "  interrupter  "  or  "  regulator ; "  it  opens  and  closes  the 
circuit  in  a  manner  corresponding  with  the  undulations  com- 
municated to  it.  If  it  did  not,  it  would  violate  the  principle 
of  correspondence  so  emphatically  laid  down  by  Eeis, 

It  is,  however,  true  that  Eeis's  instruments,  in  spite  of 
springs  and  adjusting  screws,  and  other  devices  to  prevent 
abrupt  make-and-break  occurring,  were  prone,  by  reason  of 
the  very  lightness  of  the  parts,  to  break  contact,  if  too  loudly 
spoken  to.  They  share  this  fault  with  the  more  perfect 
transmitters  of  Blake  and  Berliner  which  are  used  to-day  so 
generally.  The  undulatory  currents  of  these  transmitters  are, 
like  those  of  Eeis's  transmitters,  liable  to  an  occasional  abrupt 
interruption,  which,  though  it  may  not  seriously  affect  the 
intelligibility  of  the  words,  does,  to  some  extent,  mar  the 
perfection  of  the  articulation.  Still,  in  practice,  to  judge 
by  the  instruments  used  in  the  telephone  exchanges  of  Great 
Britain,  the  Blake  transmitter  with  its  liability  to  make-and- 
brake  abruptly  is  a  more  satisfactory  instrument  than  the  Bell 
transmitter,  which  is  not  used  at  all.  Now  the  Bell  trans- 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  169 

mitter  working  on  the  principle  of  which  Bell  is  the  first  and 
undisputed  inventor,  is  one  in  which  the  degree  of  contact  in 
the  circuit  is  never  changed :  for  it  works  by  the  principle  of 
"  induction,"  whereby  currents  are  set  up  in  a  circuit  that  is 
never  opened  or  closed,  either  partially  or  wholly.  Never- 
theless the  Blake  transmitter,  which  opens  and  closes  the  cir- 
cuit in  proportion  to  the  undulations  of  the  tympanum,  is  the 
more  satisfactory  instrument  for  producing  the  undulating 
currents  required  to  procure  the  all-essential  correspondence 
between  the  undulations  of  the  tympanum  of  the  transmitter 
and  those  of  the  armature  of  the  receiver.  To  sum  the  matter 
up,  it  appears  that  an  instrument  which  opens  and  closes  the 
circuit  on  Eeis's  principle  of  transmitting  is  in  practice  a  more 
satisfactory  transmitter  of  undulatory  currents  than  Bell's 
transmitter  which  cannot  open  or  close  the  circuit  in  the 
least.  Eeis,  with  his  instruments,  transmitted  speech — as 
Herr  Hold  tells  us  (p.  126) — when  the  words  spoken  were  not 
too  loud.  That  is  a  proof  that  he  did  really  use,  whether  he 
knew  it  or  not,  undulatory  currents  of  electricity :  and  an 
undulatory  current  is  none  the  less  an  undulatory  current, 
even  if  occasionally  abruptly  interrupted.  A  speech  is  none 
the  less  a  speech,  even  if  the  orator  sneeze  once  or  twice  while 
speaking.  Nay,  we  may  go  further,  and  say  that  an  undu- 
latory current  is  an  undulatory  current,  even  though  the 
finer  ripples  of  the  waves  are  lost  in  transmission.  This  is 
what  seems  to  have  been  the  case  with  Eeis's  instruments  as 
they  were  in  1861  and  1862.  The  consonants  were  satisfac- 
torily transmitted,  and  so  were  all  musical  tones  within  the 
range  of  the  instrument.  But  the  finer  ripples  of  the  vowels 
were  lost  somehow  in  transmission.  Eeis,  whose  innate 
honour  and  modesty  led  him  always  rather  to  understate  than 
overstate  the  facts,  most  frankly  acknowledged  this,  nay  even 
invited  attention  to  the  fact,  and  discussed  the  imperfection 
from  a  high  scientific  standpoint.  He  proposed  to  rely  for  the 
correctness  of  his  views  upon  the  actual  recorded  curves  of 
sound-waves,  as  taken  down  automatically  by  the  then 
newly-invented  phonautograph  of  Scott  (see  p.  60).  It  is 
perfectly  marvellous  how  precise  his  views  were  upon  the 


170  PHILIPP  JREIS, 


correspondence  between  the  graphic  curve  or  wave-form 
of  a  sound  and  the  actual  sound  itself;  a  precision  amply 
justified  by  the  experience  and  the  discoveries  of  the  last 
ten  years. 

This  matter  of  representing  sounds — or  rather  the  varying 
density  of  the  air  in  the  sound-wave — by  a  graphic  curve, 
was  a  vital  one  to  Reis.  Had  he  had  a  less  clear  view  of  the 
nature  of  sound-waves  than  that  afforded  by  a  graphic  curve, 
I  doubt  whether  he  would  ever  have  grasped  the  problem  of 
the  telephone — that  the  final  vibrations,  or  undulations,  or 
oscillations  of  the  armature  in  the  receiver  must  correspond 
with — must  be  the  very  counterpart  of — those  of  the  tym- 
panum of  the  transmitter.  The  clearness  with  which  Eeis 
saw  this  is  only  surpassed  by  the  clearness  with  which  he 
expressed  himself  upon  it.  For  him  a  sound  was  simply  a 
complicated  series  of  variations  in  the  density  of  the  air,  and 
capable,  in  all  its  complexity,  of  being  represented  by  the 
rise  and  fall  of  an  undulatory  curve.  "  Every  tone,  and  every 
combination  of  tones,  evokes  in  our  ear  vibrations  .  .  .  the 
motions  of  which  may  be  represented  by  a  curve"  (p.  54). 
"  That  which  is  perceived  by  the  auditory  nerve  .  .  .  may  be 
represented  graphically  according  to  its  duration  and  magnitude 
by  a  curve  "...  (p.  53).  "  Our  ear  can  perceive  absolutely 
nothing  more  than  is  capable  of  being  represented  by  similar 
curves  "  (p.  53).  The  curves  with  which  he  accompanied 
his  original  memoir — and  now  reproduced  in  facsimile,  from 
Legat's  plates,  at  the  end  of  this  volume — are  evidence  of 
the  thoroughness  of  his  grasp  on  the  undulatory  principle. 
And  he  explicitly  states  this  principle  amongst  "  the  various 
requisite  conditions  which  must  be  fulfilled  by  the  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  apparatus  for  the  solution  of  the  problem 
that  has  been  set "  (Legat's  Report,  p.  71).  He  declared 
that  so  soon  as  it  should  become  possible  "  at  any  place, 
and  in  any  prescribed  manner "  (that  is  to  say,  whether  by 
electric  undulations  or  by  mechanical  undulations,  as  in 
the  string  of  the  toy  telephone,  or  by  any  other  ineans),  "  to 
set  up  vibrations  whose  curves  are  like  those  of  any  given 
tone  or  combination  of  tones,"  we  should  then  receive  the 


INVENTOR  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


171 


same  impression  as  that  tone  or  combination  of  tones  would 
have  produced  upon  us. 

So  much  for  Eeis's  principle  of  correspondence  of  undula- 
tions between  the  transmitter  and  the  receiver ;  we  have  seen 
how  clear  and  precise,  yet  how  comprehensive  it  was,  and  how 
the  general  proposition  necessarily  included  within  itself,  as 
an  intermediate  step,  the  particular  minor  proposition  that  the 
undulations  of  the  current  must  also  be  in  correspondence 
with  the  voice. 

Keeping  these  points  in  mind,  it  is  very  remarkable  that 
when  Graham  Bell,  fourteen  years  later,  followed  Eeis  "  into 
the  field  of  telephonic  research,"  he  selected  the  very  same 
method  of  expressing  the  relations  between  sounds  and  the 
undulations  which  corresponded  with  them.  To  show  how 
remarkably  in  agreement  the  views  of  Eeis  and  Bell  are  upon 
this  question  of  representing  by  a  curve  the  undulations 
which  correspond  to  the  voice,  we  select  the  following  para- 
graphs and  place  them  in  parallel  columns. 


Eeis. 

That  which  is  perceived  by 
the  auditory  nerve  .  .  .  may 
be  represented  graphically, 
according  to  its  duration  and 
magnitude  by  a  curve. — (Me- 
moir '  On  Telephony '  in  the 
Jahresbericht  of  the  Physical 
Society  of  Frankfurt  -  a.  -  M. 
1860-61,  p.  59.)  [p.  53.] 

The  height  or  depth  of 
the  sound  produced  .  .  . 
depends  upon  the  number  of 
vibrations  made  in  a  given 
time.— (lb.  p.  63.)  [p.  59.] 


The   greater  the  condensa- 
tion of  the  sound-conducting 


Bell. 

Electrical  undulations,  in- 
duced by  a  body  capable  of 
inductive  action,  can  be  repre- 
sented graphically,  without 
error  by  the  same  sinusoidal 
curve  which  expresses  the  vi- 
bration of  the  inducing  body 
itself,  and  the  effect  of  its  vi- 
bration upon  the  air ;  for,  as 
stated  above,  the  rate  of  oscilla- 
tion in  the  electrical  current 
corresponds  to  the  rate  of  vi- 
bration of  the  inducing  body 
— that  is,  to  the  pitch  of  the 
sound  produced.— (Specifi- 
cation of  U.  S.  Patent  No. 
174,465,  dated  March  7, 1876.) 

The  intensity  of  the  current 
varies  with  the  amplitude  of 


172 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


Eeis. 

medium  at  any  given  moment, 
the  greater  will  be  the  ampli- 
tude of  vibration  of  the  mem- 
brane.—(16.  p,  58.)  [p.  52.] 
.  .  .  each  tone  is  dependent 
not  only  on  the  number  of 
vibrations  of  the  medium,  but 
also  on  the  condensation  or 
rarefaction  of  the  same. — 
(Legat's  Report,  Zeitschrift  des 
D.-Oesterr.  Telegr.  Yereins, 
1863,  p.  125.)  [p.  77.] 

Let  us  exhibit  the  condensa- 
tion curves  for  three  tones — 
each  singly  (Plate  I)  :  then, 
by  adding  together  the  ordi- 
nates  corresponding  to  equal 
abscissae,  we  can  determine 
new  ordinates  and  develop  a 
new  curve  which  we  may  call 
the  combination-curve.  Now 
this  gives  us  just  exactly  what 
our  ear  perceives  from  the 
three  simultaneous  tones. 
— (Memoir  '  On  Telephony,' 
p.  59.)  [p.  54.] 


Bell 

the   vibration  —  that   is,   with 
the  loudness  of  the  sound  ;  — 


and  the  polarity  of  the  current 
corresponds  to  the  direction  of 
the  vibrating  body,  —  that  is, 
to  the  condensations  and 
rarefactions  of  air  produced 
by  the  vibration.  —  (76.) 


The  combined  effect  of  A 
and  B,  when  induced  simul- 
taneously on  the  same  circuit, 
is  expressed  by  the  curve 
A  -f  B,  Fig.  4,  which  is  the 
algebraical  sum  of  the  sinu- 
soidal curves  A  and  B.  This 
curve  A  +  B  also  indicates  the 
actual  motion  of  the  air  when 
two  musical  notss  con- 
sidered are  sounded  simul- 
taneously. .  .  .  (16.)-  The 
electrical  movement,  like  the 
aerial  motion,  can  be  repre- 
sented by  a  sinusoidal  curve,  or 
by  the  resultant  of  several 
sinusoidal  curves. — (J6.) 


The  very  remarkable  agreement  of  the  preceding  passages 
receives  a  most  striking  confirmation  by  comparing  the 
curves  respectively  drawn  by  Eeis  and  by  Bell.  These  are 
facsimiled  below,  Keis's  "  combination  "-curve  (Fig.  47)  from 
Plate  I.  of  his  Memoir  (also  Plate  I.  of  this  volume),  and 
Bell's  "  resultant  "-curve  (Fig.  48)  from  Fig.  4  of  his  United 
States  Patent  Specification  No.  174,465. 

The  most  casual  observer  cannot  fail  to  notice  here  that 
the  three  lines  of  undulatory  curves  of  Bell's  specification 


INVENTOR  OF  THE  TELEPHONE. 


173 


are  practically  identical  with  the  three  lower  lines  of  undu- 
latory  curves  of  Eeis's  memoir.  They  are,  moreover,  in  each 
case  introduced  for  the  sake  of  showing  how  a  complex  curve 
corresponds  to  a  compound  undulation. 

Eeis. 


A.. 


f 

j 


Fig.  48. 


Far  be  it  from  me  even  to  hint  that  either  curve  was 
plagiarised  from  the  other.  Bell  tells  us  that  his  curve  is  to 
represent  electrical  oscillations,  which,  he  adds,  have  the 
same  curve  as  that  both  of  the  vibrating  body  and  of  the  air. 
Eeis  tells  us  that  his  curve  is  to  represent  the  oscillations  of 
a  tympanum,  or  of  the  air,  or  of  the  magnetisation  of  the 
magnet,  or  of  the  armature  at  the  receiving  end.  How  the 
magnetization  of  the  electro-magnet  was  made  to  vary  "  cor- 
respondingly with  the  condensations  and  rarefactions  of  the 
air,"  as  represented  by  such  a  curve,  Eeis  did  not  explicitly 
say,  but  left  to  the  common  sense  of  his  readers  to  infer. 
Though  the  inference  was  obvious,  Bell,  who  possibly  had  not 


174  PHILIPP  REIS, 


then  read  Reis's  researches,  seized  upon  this  intermediate 
stage  of  the  process  employed  by  Eeis,  and  probably  quite 
unconscious  that  Reis  had  already  employed  it,  announced  it 
as  a  discovery  of  his  own ;  and  then,  losing  sight  of  the  point 
that  all  that  was  wanted  was  to  secure  correspondence 
between  the  initial  and  final  stage,  he  magnified  to  an  absurd 
and  unwarranted  importance  this  intermediate  correspond- 
ence of  the  vibrations  of  the  current  with  those  of  the  tym- 
panum, which  correspondence  any  one  reading  Reis's  papers 
would  know  at  once  Reis  had  implicitly  assumed  and  actually 
employed  when  he  transmitted  articulate  speech. 

If  we  pass  from  the  method  of  graphically  representing 
undulations  by  curves,  and  proceed  to  compare  the  language 
in  which  Reis  described  the  action  of  his  machine  in  re- 
producing the  undulations  imparted  to  the  transmitter,  with 
that  in  which  Graham  Bell  described  the  action  of  his 
machine  some  fourteen  years  later,  we  shall  find  *  an  agree- 
ment even  more  precise. 

*  In  making  these  comparisons  in  parallel  columns,  I  wish  to  repudiate 
in  the  most  emphatic  way  any  sinister  inference  that  might  be  drawn  as 
to  Graham  Bell's  use  of  descriptions  and  curves  identical  in  so  many 
points  with  those  of  Reis.  For,  in  the  first  place,  I  believe  Professor  Bell 
to  be  incapable  of  such  contemptible  appropriations,  and  the  candour  with 
which  he  has  himself  invited  comparison  by  giving  various  references  to 
Eeis's  papers,  itself  precludes  such  inference.  In  the  second  place,  I  do 
not  think  that  at  the  date  of  these  quotations  Bell  understood  German 
sufficiently  well  to  comprehend  Reis's  very  precise  statement  of  the 
problem  of  the  Telephone.  I  simply  exhibit  these  parallel  extracts  to 
show  the  thoroughness  with  which  Reis  had  grappled  with  the  problem 
with  which,  fourteen  years  later,  Bell  also  grappled ;  and  to  prove  in  the 
most  irrefragable  manner,  from  the  necessary  identity  in  the  terms 
selected  for  expressing  the  facts  of  the  solution  of  the  problem,  that  the 
problem  to  which  each  found  a  solution  was  identical.  The  circumstance 
that  does,  however,  puzzle  me,  and  which  does  not  appear  in  these 
parallel  extracts,  is  that,  whilst  in  his  original  memoir,  Reis  speaks  in 
detail  of  the  auditory  ossicles  and  their  movements  as  having  suggested 
his  transmitter,  and  casually  mentions  the  phonautograph  of  Scott  in 
support  of  his  views,  Bell,  in  his  original  lecture  before  the  American 
Academy,  speaks  in  detail  of  Scott's  phonautograph  as  having  suggested 
his  transmitter,  and  casually  refers  to  the  auditory  ossicles  and  their 
movements. 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE. 


175 


Eeis. 

The  electromagnet  .  .  . 
will  be  demagnetised  and  mag- 
netised correspondingly  with 
the  condensations  and  rarefac- 
tions of  the  mass  of  air, .  .  .  and 
the  armature  .  .  .  will  be 
set  into  vibrations  similar  to 
those  of  the  membrane  in 
the  transmitting  apparatus. — 
(Legat's  Report,  Zeitschrift, 
p.  128,  1862.)  [p.  77.] 


The  transmitter,  Fig.  A, 
consists  of  a  conical  tube  .  .  . 
closed  by  a  membrane  ...  by 
speaking  .  .  .  into  the  tube  .  .  . 
there  will  be  evoked  a  motion 
of  the  membrane.  .  .  (op.  tit.) 


The  apparatus  .  .  .  offers 
the  possibility  of  creating 
these  vibrations  in  every 
fashion  that  may  be  desired, 
and  the  employment  of  electro- 
galvanism  gives  us  the  possi- 
bility of  calling  into  life,  at 
any  given  distance,  vibrations 
similar  to  the  vibrations 
that  have  been  produced,  and 
in  this  way  to  reproduce  at  any 
place  the  tones  that  have  been 
originated  at  another  place. — 
(Legat's  Eeport,  op.  cit.) 

As  soon  therefore  as  it  shall 
be  possible  ...  to  set  up 
vibrations  whose  curves  are 
like  those  of  any  given  tone  or 


Bell 

The  current  traversing  the 
coils  of  the  electromagnet  E, 
occasions  an  increase  and  dimi- 
nution in  its  intensity,  and  the 
armature  A1  is  thrown  into 
vibrations  .  .  .  and  thus  im- 
parts to  the  air  at  n1  a  fac- 
simile copy  of  the  motion  of 
the  air  that  acted  upon  the 
membrane  n. — (Specification 
of  British  Patent,  No.  4765, 
Dec.  9th,  1876,  p.  17.) 

A  cone  A  is  used  to  con- 
verge sound  vibrations  upon 
the  membrane. 

When  a  sound  is  uttered  in 
the  cone  the  membrane  a  is 
set  in  vibration.  .  .  . 

.  .  .  and  thus  electrical  undu- 
lations are  created  upon  the 
circuit  E  b  e  f  g.  .  .  .  The 
undulatory  current  passing 
through  the  electromagnet  / 
influences  its  armature  h  to 
copy  the  motion  of  the  arma- 
ture c.  .  .  .  These  undula- 
tions are  similar  in  form 
to  the  air  undulations 
caused  by  the  sound. 


—  that  is,  they  are  repre- 
sented graphically  by  similar 
curves.  . 


176 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


Eels. 

combination  of  tones,  we  shall 
receive  the  same  impression 
as  that  tone  or  combination  of 
tones  would  have  produced 
upon  us. — (Memoir  *  On  Tele- 
phony,' p.  60.)  [p.  55.] 

Any  sound  will  be  repro- 
duced, if  strong  enough  to  set 
the  membrane  in  motion. — 
(Letter  to  Mr.  Ladd,  1863.) 
[P-  84.] 


the  armature  belonging  to 
the  magnet  will  be  set  into 
vibrations  similar  to  those 
of  the  membrane  in  the 
transmitting  apparatus.— 
(Legat's  Eeport,  1862.)  [p.  77.] 


Bell 

A  similar  sound  to  that 
uttered  into  A  is  then  heard  to 
proceed  from  I. — (Specification 
of  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  174,465.) 


There  are  many  other  uses 
to  which  these  instruments 
may  be  put,  such  as  ...  the 
telegraphic  transmission  of 
noises  or  sounds  of  any 
kind.— (16.) 

I  would  have  it  understood 
that  what  I  claim  is : —  .  .  . 
.  .  .  Tenth.  In  a  system  of 
electric  telegraph  or  telephony 
consisting  of  transmitting  and 
receiving  instruments  united 
upon  an  electric  circuit,  I  claim 
the  production  in  the  armature 
of  each  receiving  instrument 
of  any  given  motion  by  subject- 
ing said  armature  to  an  attrac- 
tion varying  in  intensity,  how- 
ever such  variation  may  be 
produced  in  the  magnet,  and 
hence  I  claim  the  produc- 
tion of  any  given  sound  or 
sounds  from  the  armature 
of  the  receiving  instru- 
ment by  subjecting  said  arma- 
ture to  an  attraction  varying 
in  intensity  in  such  manner 
as  to  throw  the  armature 
into  that  form  of  vibration 
that  characterizes  the 
given  sound  or  sounds. — 
(Specification  of  British  Pa- 
tent, No.  4765,  Dec.  9,  1876.) 


INVENTOR    OF  THE   TELEPHONE.  Ill 

One  cannot  help  thinking  that  some  claims  to  great  inven- 
tions are  just  a  little  "  too  previous." 

If  it  should  still  be  said  that  Eeis's  method  of  transmitting 
speech,  whether  it  did  its  work  by  undulatory  currents  or  no, 
was  avowedly  imperfect,  and  that  therefore  such  a  claim  as 
that  quoted  above  is  justified  by  the  subsequent  invention  of 
an  instrument  the  articulation  of  which  was  more  reliable,  let 
us  compare  what  each  inventor  has  said  about  the  imper- 
fections* of  his  own  instrument. 

Reis.  Bell. 

That  which  has  here  been  It  is  a  mistake,  however,  to 
spoken  of  will  still  require  suppose  that  the  articulation 
considerable  improvement,  was  by  any  means  perfect.  .  .  . 
and  in  particular  mechanical  Still  the  articulation  was  there, 
science  must  complete  the  and  I  recognized  the  fact  that 
apparatus  to  be  used. — (Legat's  the  indistinctness  was  entirely 
Report,  1862.)  [p.  78.]  due  to  the  imperfection  of  the 

instrument. — ('  Kesearches  in 
Telephony,'  Journal  of  Soc.  of 
Telegr.  Engineers,  Dec.  1877.) 

If  it  should  be  said  that  Bell  is  here  speaking  only  of  an 
early  and  experimental  form,  and  not  of  his  real  invention, 
it  should  be  remembered  that  Bell  here  refers  to  the  appa- 
ratus with  cone  and  membrane,  identical  with  that  exhibited 
at  Glasgow  in  September,  1876,  by  Sir  William  Thomson 
(who  had  received  it  from  Bell)  and  by  him  described  as 
the  very  "  hardihood  of  invention,"  and  "  by  far  the  greatest 
of  all  the  marvels  of  the  electric  telegraph."  It  certainly 

*  Reis's  failures  were  chiefly  with  the  vowels,  Bell's  more  particularly 
with  the  consonants.  Reis's  contacts  were  liable  to  break,  and  the  follow- 
ing-springs of  his  contact-regulators  too  little  pliable.  Bell's  transmitter 
could  not  open  and  close  the  circuit  proportionally  with  the  motions  of  the 
tympanum,  and  owing  to  the  sluggishness  due  to  self-induction  in  the  coils 
of  his  telephone,  the  induced  undulations  of  the  current  failed  to  come  up 
in  suddenness  to  those  of  the  tympanum.  In  consequence  whip  sounded 
like  whim,  and  kiss  like  kith,  even  in  the  perfected  Bell  Telephones  made 
two  years  after  Bell's  first  "  improvements  "  in  telephony  were  patented. 


178  PHILIPP  REIS, 


worked  upon  the  principle  of  undulatory  currents,*  whether  it 
articulated  or  not.  Bell  had  himself,  speaking  in  May  1876, 
before  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  upon  his 
researches,  even  more  explicitly  admitted  the  imperfections  of 
his  own  instrument. 

The  effects  were  not  suffi- 
ciently distinct  to  admit  of 
sustained  conversation  through 
the  wire.  Indeed,  as  a  general 
rule,  the  articulation  was 
unintelligible,  excepting 
when  familiar  sentences  were 
employed.  —  (Proceedings  of 
American  Academy  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  vol.  xii.  p.  7.) 

Yet  this  most  imperfect  machine,  of  which  the  articulation 
was,  as  a  general  rule,  unintelligible,  had,  two  months  pre- 
viously, had  a  patent  granted  to  it  as  a  new  invention,  the 
claim  being  for  "  the  method  of,  and  apparatus  for,  trans- 
mitting vocal  or  other  sounds  telegraphically,  as  herein 

*  The  following  very  remarkable  passage  occurs  in  the  evidence  given 
by  Professor  Graham  Bell  concerning  Keis'.s  Telephones.  (See  published 
volume  of  '  Proceedings  in  the  United  States  Patent  Office  before  the 
Commissioner  of  Patents/  Evidence  for  A.  G.  Bell,  p.  14.) 

Question  37.  "If  a  Reis  Telephone,  made  in  accordance  with  the 
descriptions  published  before  the  earliest  dates  of  your  invention,  would  in 
use  transmit  and  receive  articulate  speech  as  perfectly  as  the  instruments 
did  which  were  used  by  you  on  June  25,  1876,  at  the  Centennial,  would 
it  be  proof  to  you  that  such  Reis  Telephones  operated  by  the  use  of  un- 
dulatory movements  of  electricity  in  substantially  the  same  way  as  your 
instruments  did  upon  the  occasion  referred  to  ?  " 

Answer  by  Bell.  "  The  supposition  contained  in  the  question  cannot 
be  supposed.  Were  the  question  put  that  if  I  were  to  hear  an  instrument 
give  forth  articulate  speech  transmitted  electrically  as  perfectly  as  my 
instruments  did  on  the  occasion  referred  to  in  the  question,  I  would  hold 
this  as  proof  that  the  instrument  had  been  operated  by  undulatory 
movements  of  electricity,  I  would  unhesitatingly  answer,  Yes." 

Surely  no  better  authority  is  needed  to  support  the  proposition  that  if 
Reis  made  his  Telephone  speak,  as  he  said  he  did,  he  employed  undulatory 
currents. 


INVENTOR    OF   THE   TELEPHONE.  179 

described,  by  causing  electrical  undulations  similar  in  form  to 
the  vibrations  of  the  air  accompanying  the  said  vocal  or  other 
sounds,  substantially  as  set  forth." 

If  then  mere  mechanical  imperfections  do  not  make  an 
invention  any  the  less  a  true  invention  capable  of  legal  recog- 
nition, it  would  be  dishonest  to  the  last  degree  to  deny  to 
Philipp  Eeis  the  honour  of  his  invention,  of  which  he  honestly 
and  openly  stated  both  the  successes  and  the  imperfections. 
He  told  the  world  what  he  aimed  at,  and  in  what  measure 
success  had  crowned  his  aims.  His  claim  to  be  the  inventor 
of  the  Telephone  he  considered  to  be  justified  by  that  measure 
of  success.  If  he  was  so  far  in  advance  of  his  time  that  the 
world  was  unprepared  to  receive  or  use  the  splendid  discovery 
which  he  gave  freely  to  it,  that  was  not  his  fault ;  nor  does 
neglect  or  apathy  make  him  in  one  single  degree  the  less  en- 
titled to  the  credit  of  his  inventions.  Tulit  alter  Jionores  has 
not  unfrequently  been  truly  said  concerning  the  men  of 
genius  who  have  had  the  misfortune  to  live  in  advance  of 
the  age. 

But  posterity  does  not  let  the  names  of  such  truly  great 
ones  perish  in  the  dust.  The  inventor  of  the  Telephone  will 
be  remembered  and  honoured  in  the  coming  if  not  in  the 
present  age. 


180 


PHILIPP  REIS, 


SCHEDULE  OF  AUTHORITIES 


Title  of  Work. 

Place  of 
Issue. 

Date. 

Volume  and 
Page. 

British 
Museum. 

'  Jahresbericht    des  Phy-1 
sikalischen  Vereins   zu> 
Frankfurt-am-Main  '   .  .  j 

Frankfurt- 
a.-M. 

(1860-1 
\1863 

p.  57    \ 
p.  129  / 

Ac.  4428 

'  Fortsohritte  der  Physik  "1 
(Kronig  and  Beetz)  .  .  / 

Berlin      .. 

/1861 
\1863 

xvii.  p.  171-173..  \ 

?p.  96..      ../ 

Ac.  3775 

Dingler's  '  Polytechnisches  I 
Journal*  j 

Stuttgart 

1863 

(clxviii.  p.  185-187) 
'clxix.  p.  23..      ..} 
|clxix.  p.  399       ..  ) 

Pp.  1780 

*  Polytechnisches  Central- 
Blatt  '  (Schnedermann 
and  Botteher) 

Cassel      .. 

1863 

xxix.  p.  858 

Pp.  1615  6. 

Bottger's  '  Polytechni-1 
sches  Notizblatt  '  .  .  .  .  J 

Mainz 

1863 

/No.  6  \ 
\No.l5         ..      ../ 

Pp.  1787 

'  Didaskalia  '    1 

Frankfurt-  \ 
a.-M.        J 

1862 

May  8,  May  14  .. 

•• 

'Zeitschrift  des  Deutsch- 
Oesterreichischen 
Telegraphen     Vereins  '  { 
(Dr.  Brix)     J 

Berlin      .  . 

1862 

ix.  p.  125     ..      .. 

- 

Kuhn's  *  Handbuch  der 
angewandten  Elektrici- 
tatslehre'  

Leipzig    .  . 

1866 

p.  1017-1021      .. 

2244i    .. 

Pisko's  '  Die  Neueren  Ap-^l 
parate  der  Akustik  '    .  .  / 

Vienna     .  . 

1865 

/p.  94-103    ..      ..} 
\p.  241-243  ..      ../ 

8705  cc. 

(Pisko's)  'Hessler's  Lebr- 
bucb  der  Tecbniscben 
Physik'  

Vienna     .  . 

1866 

Vol.  I.  p.  648     .. 

•• 

Miiller  Pouillet's    «Lebr-| 
buch  der  Physik' 

Brunswick 

1868 

Vol.  II.  p.  386-388 

•• 

INVENTOR    OF   TEE   TELEPHONE. 


181 


AND  KEFERENCES. 


Royal  Society. 

Ronald's  Library. 

Institution  Civil  1 
Engineers. 

Royal  Institution. 

Great  Seal  Patent 
Office. 

School  of  Mines. 

University  College, 
London. 

Bodleian  Library, 
Oxford. 

King's  College. 

Oxford  University  I 
Museum  Library.! 

1846-1860 

-. 

.. 

.. 

•• 

.. 

.. 

.. 

.. 

.. 

* 

-• 

V/ 

J 

6546,  us  E 

^ 

V/ 

•• 

V/ 

^ 

' 

•• 

' 

v/ 

1296,  94  A 

V/ 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

1132,  94  I 

•• 

•• 

" 

•• 

•• 

.. 

.. 

V/ 

.. 

9511,  24  E 

.. 

.. 

.. 

.. 

,. 

•• 

S 

.. 

v/ 

13146,  163  c 

.. 

•• 

198  e  133 

•• 

•• 

v/ 

•• 

•  • 

'• 

•• 

.. 

.. 

•• 

•• 

V/ 

•• 

V/ 

•• 

•  • 

•  • 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

IA  newer  1 
edition  } 
(1872)    1 

•• 

v/ 

(Ed. 

1876) 

-. 

•  • 

' 

182  PHILIPP  REIS. 


ADDITIONAL  REFERENCES  CONCERNING  REIS'S 
TELEPHONE. 

Schenk's  Philipp  Reis,  der  Er finder  des  Telepkons,  1878. 

Sack's  Die  Entivickelung  der  elektrischen  Telephonic,  1878. 

Ferguson's  Electricity  (Ed.  1867),  p.  257. 

Wiedemann's  Galvanismus  (1874),  Vol.  ii.  p.  598. 

Gartenlaule,  die;  for  1863,  No.  51,  p.  807-809. 

Am  der  Natur ;  for  1862,  xxi.  p.  470-474. 

Cosmos,  Vol.  xxiv.  p.  349  (1864). 

Proc.  Lit.  Phil.  Soc.  Manchester  (1865),  Nov.  10,  1864. 

Rep.  Brit.  Assoc.  (1863),  p.  19. 

Die  Geschichte  und  Entwickelung  des  elektrischen  Fernsprech- 

wesens,  1880.     (Officially  issued  from  the  Imperial  German 

Post-Office,  Berlin.) 


LONDON :    PRINTED  BY   WILLIAM   CLOWES  AND   SONS,   LIMITED,  STAMFORD   STREET 
AND   CHARING   CROSS. 


Plate.l. 


REPRODUCTION  OF  TONES  IN  THE  ELECTRO-GALVANIC  WAY. 


\ 


\ 


THOS  KELL  A  SON,  LITH.40.KING    ST   COVENT   GARDEN. 


Pb.te.Il. 


REPRODUCTION   OF  TONES   IN  THE   ELECTRO-GALVANIC  WAY. 


HQ>-€HQ 


THOS  KELL  i   SON,  LITH.  40.  KING    ST   COVEKT    GARDE?:. 


BOOKS  RELATING 

TO 

APPLIED  SCIENCE 


PUBLISHED   BY 


E.  &  F.  N.  SPON, 

LONDON:    16,  CHARING  CROSS. 

NEW  YORK  :  44,  MURRAY  STREET. 


A  Pocket-Book  for  Chemists,  Chemical  Manufacturers, 

Metallurgists i  Dyers,  Distillers,  Brewers,  Sugar  Refiners,  Photographers, 
Students,  etc.,  etc.  By  THOMAS  BAYLEY,  Assoc.  R.C.  Sc.  Ireland,  Ana- 
lytical and  Consulting  Chemist  and  Assayer.  Second  edition,  with 
additions,  437  pp.,  royal  32mo,  roan,  gilt  edges,  $s. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  CONTENTS  : 

Atomic  Weights  and  Factors — Useful  Data — Chemical  Calculations — Rules  for  Indirect 
Analysis — Weights  and  Measures — Thermometers  and  Barometers  —  Chemical  Physics- 
Boiling  Points,  etc. — Solubility  of  Substances — Methods  of  Obtaining  Specific  Gravity — Con- 
version of  Hydrometers — Strength  of  Solutions  by  Specific  Gravity — Analysis — Gas  Analysis — 
Water  Analysis — Qualitative  Analysis  and  Reactions — Volumetric  Analysis — Manipulation — 
Mineralogy  —  Assaying  —  Alcohol  —  Beer  —  Sugar  —  Miscellaneous  Technological  matter 
relating  to  Potash,  Soda,  Sulphuric  Acid,  Chlorine,  Tar  Products,  Petroleum,  Milk,  Tallow, 
Photography,  Prices,  Wages,  Appendix,  etc.,  etc. 

The  Mechanician :    A  Treatise  on  the  Construction 

and  Manipulation  of  Tools,  for  the  use  and  instruction  of  Young  Engineers 
and  Scientific  Amateurs,  comprising  the  Arts  of  Blacksmithing  and  Forg- 
ing ;  the  Construction  and  Manufacture  of  Hand  Tools,  and  the  various 
Methods  of  Using  and  Grinding  them  ;  the  Construction  of  Machine  Tools, 
and  how  to  work  them  ;  Machine  Fitting  and  Erection  ;  description  of 
Hand  and  Machine  Processes  ;  Turning  and  Screw  Cutting  ;  principles  of 
Constructing  and  details  of  Making  and  Erecting  Steam  Engines,  and  the 
various  details  of  setting  out  work,  etc.,  etc.  By  CAMERON  KNIGHT, 
Engineer.  Containing  1147  illustrations,  and  397  pages  of  letter-press. 
Third  edition,  4to,  cloth,  iSs. 

B 


CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


On  Designing  Belt  Gearing.      By  E.   J.   COWLING 

WELCH,  Mem.  Inst.  Mech.  Engineers,  Author  of  'Designing  Valve 
Gearing.'  Fcap.  8vo,  sewed,  6d. 

A  Handbook  of  Formula,  Tables,  and  Memoranda, 

for  Architectural  Surveyors  and  others  engaged  in  Building.  By  J.  T. 
HURST,  C.E.  Thirteenth  edition,  royal  32010,  roan,  $s. 

"  It  is  no  disparagement  to  the  many  excellent  publications  we  refer  to,  to  say  that  in  our 
opinion  this  little  pocket-book  of  Hurst's  is  the  very  best  of  them  all,  without  any  exception. 
It  would  be  useless  to  attempt  a  recapitulation  of  the  contents,  for  it  appears  to  contain  almost 
everything  that  anyone  connected  with  building  could  require,  and,  best  of  all,  made  up  in  a 
compact  form  for  carrying  in  the  pocket,  measuring  only  5  in.  by  3  in.,  and  about  f  in.  thick, 
in  a  limp  cover.  We  congratulate  the  author  on  the  success  of  his  laborious  and  practically 
compiled  little  book,  which  has  received  unqualified  and  deserved  praise  from  every  profes- 
sional person  to  whom  we  have  shown  it." —  The  Dublin  Builder, 

The  Cabinet  Maker ;  being  a  Collection  of  the  most 

approved  designs  in  the  Mediaeval,  Louis- Seize,  and  Old  English  styles, 
for  the  use  of  Cabinet  Makers,  Carvers,  &c.  By  R.  CHARLES.  96  plates, 
folio,  half-bound,  lor.  6d. 

Quantity  Surveying.    By  J.  LEANING.    With  42  illus- 
trations, crown  8vo,  cloth,  $s. 

CONTENTS  : 

A    complete    Explanation    of   the    London 


Practice. 
General  Instructions. 
Order  of  Taking  Off. 

Modes  of  Measurement  of  the  various  Trades. 
Use  and  Waste. 
Ventilation  and  Warming. 
Credits,  with  various  Examples  of  Treatment. 
Abbreviations. 
Squaring  the  Dimensions 
Abstracting,  with  Examples  in  illustration  of 

each  Trade. 
Billing. 

Examples  of  Preambles  to  each  Trade. 
Form  for  a  Bill  of  Quantities. 

Do         Bill  of  Credits. 

Do.        Bill  for  Alternative  Estimate. 
Restorations  and  Repairs,  and  Form  of  Bill. 
Variations  before  Acceptance  of  Tender. 
Errors  in  a  Builder's  Estimate. 


Schedule  of  Prices. 

Form  of  Schedule  of  Prices. 

Analysis  of  Schedule  of  Prices. 

Adjustment  of  Accounts. 

Form  of  a  Bill  of  Variations. 

Remarks  on  Specifications. 

Prices     and     Valuation     of     Work,     with 

Examples  and  Remarks  upon  e^ch  Trade. 
The  Law  as  it  affects  Quantity  Surveyors, 

with  Law  Reports. 
Taking  Off  after  the  Old  Method. 
Northern  Practice. 
The    General    Statement    of    the    Methods 

recommended  by  the  Manchester  Society 

of  Architects  for  taking  Quantities. 
Examples  of  Collections. 
Examples  of  "  Taking  Off"  in  each  Trade. 
Remarks  on  the  Past  and  Present  Methods 

of  Estimating. 


A    Practical    Treatise   on   Heat,  as   applied  to   the 

Useful  Arts]  for  the  Use  of  Engineers,  Architects,  &c.  By  THOMAS 
Box.  With  14  plates.  Third  edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  I2s.  6d.  *.  _ 

A    Descriptive    Treatise  on  Mathematical  Drawing 

Instruments:  their  construction,  uses,  qualities,  selection,  preservation, 
and  suggestions  for  improvements,  with  hints  upon  Drawing  and  Colour- 
ing. By  W.  F.  STANLEY,  M.R.I.  Fifth  edition,  -with  numerous  illustrations, 
crown  8vo,  cloth,  5.?. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON. 


Spans  A  rchitects  and  Builders  Pocket-Book  of  Prices 

and  Memoranda.  Edited  by  W.  YOUNG,  Architect.  Royal  32mo,  roan, 
45-.  6d.  ;  or  cloth,  red  edges,  $s.  6d.  Published  annually.  Tenth  edition. 

Now  ready. 

Long-Span  Railway  Bridges,  comprising  Investiga- 
tions of  the  Comparative  Theoretical  and  Practical  Advantages  of  the 
various  adopted  or  proposed  Type  Systems  of  Construction,  with  numerous 
Formulae  and  Tables  giving  the  weight  of  Iron  or  Steel  required  in 
Bridges  from  300  feet  to  the  limiting  Spans  ;  to  which  are  added  similar 
Investigations  and  Tables  relating  to  Short-span  Railway  Bridges.  Second 
and  revised  edition.  By  B.  BAKER,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.  Plates,  crown  8vo, 
cloth,  5-r. 

Elementary  Theory  and  Calculation  of  Iron  Bridges 

and  Roofs.  By  AUGUST  RITTER,  Ph.D.,  Professor  at  the  Polytechnic 
School  at  Aix-la-Chapelle.  Translated  from  the  third  German  edition, 
by  H.  R.  SANKEY,  Capt.  R.E.  With  500  illustrations,  8vo,  cloth,  15.$-. 

The  Builder  s  Clerk :  a  Guide  to  the  Management 

of  a  Builder's  Business.     By  THOMAS  BALES.     Fcap.  8vo,  cloth,  i s.  6d. 

The    Elementary     Principles    of    Carpentry.       By 

THOMAS  TREDGOLD.  Revised  from  the  original  edition,  and  partly 
re-written,  by  JOHN  THOMAS  HURST.  Contained  in  517  pages  of  letter- 
press, and  illustrated  with  48  plates  and  150  wood  engravings.  Third 
edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  i8s. 

'  Section  I.  On  the  Equality  and  Distribution  of  Forces  —  Section  II.  Resistance  of 
Timber  —  Section  III.  Construction  of  Floors — Section  IV.  Construction  of  Roofs — Sec- 
tion V.  Construction  of  Domes  and  Cupolas — Section  VI.  Construction  of  Partitions — 
Section  VII.  Scaffolds,  Staging,  and  Gantries — Section  VIII.  Construction  of  Centres  for 
Bridges — Section  IX.  Coffer-dams,  Shoring,  and  Strutting — Section  X.  Wooden  Bridges 
and  Viaducts — Section  XI.  Joints,  Straps,  and  other  Fastenings — Section  XII.  Timber. 

Our  Factories,    Workshops,   and  Warehouses:    their 

Sanitary  and  Fire-Resisting  Arrangements.  By  B.  H.  THWAITE,  Assoc. 
Mem.  Inst.  C.E.  IVith  183  wood  engravings,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  <)s. 

Gold :  Its  Occurrence  and  Extraction,  embracing  the 

Geographical  and  Geological  Distribution  and  the  Mineralogical  Charac- 
ters of  Gold-bearing  rocks  ;  the  peculiar  features  and  modes  of  working 
Shallow  Placers,  Rivers,  and  Deep  Leads ;  Hydraulicing ;  the  Reduction 
and  Separation  of  Auriferous  Quartz  ;  the  treatment  of  complex  Auriferous 
ores  containing  other  metals  ;  a  Bibliography  of  the  subject  and  a  Glossary 
of  Technical  and  Foreign  Terms.  By  ALFRED  G.  LOCK,  F.R.G.S.  With 
numerous  illustrations  and  tiiaps,  1250  pp.,  super-royal  8vo,  cloth, 

2/.   I2.f.  6d. 

R    2 


CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


Progressive  Lessons  in  Applied  Science.     By  EDWARD 

SANG,  F.R.S.E.     Crown  8vo,  cloth,  each  Part,  3.5-. 

Part  i.  Geometry  on  Paper — Part  2.  Solidity,  Weight,  and  Pressure— Part  3.  Trigono- 
metry, Vision,  and  Surveying  Instruments. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  Coal  Mining.     By  GEORGE 

G.  ANDRE,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.,  Member  of  the  Society  of  Engineers. 
With  82  lithographic  plates.  2  vols.,  royal  410,  cloth,  3/.  izr. 

Sugar  Growing  and  Refining :    a    Comprehensive 

Treatise  on  the  Culture  of  Sugar-yielding  Plants,  and  the  Manufacture, 
Refining,  and  Analysis  of  Cane,  Beet,  Maple,  Milk,  Palm,  Sorghum, 
and  Starch  Sugars,  with  copious  statistics  of  their  production  and  com- 
merce, and  a  chapter  on  the  distillation  of  Rum.  By  CHARLES  G. 
WARNFORD  LOCK,  F.L.S.,  &c.,  and  G.  W.  WIGNER  and  R.  H.  HARLAND, 
FF.C.S.,  FF.I.C.  With  205  ilhistrations,  8vo,  cloth,  30?. 

Spons1  Information  for  Colonial  Engineers.     Edited 

by  J.  T.  HURST.     Demy  8vo,  sewed. 

No.  i,  Ceylon.    By  ABRAHAM  DEANE,  C.E.    2s.  6d. 
CONTENTS  : 

Introductory  Remarks — Natural  Productions  —  Architecture  and  Engineering  —  Topo- 
graphy, Trade,  and  Natural  History— Principal  Stations— Weights  and  Measures,  etc.,  etc. 

No.  2.  Southern  Africa,  including  the  Cape  Colony,  Natal,  and  the 
Dutch  Republics.  By  HENRY  HALL,  F.R.G.S.,  F.R.C.*.  With 
Map.  y.  6d. 

CONTENTS : 

General  Description  of  South  Africa — Physical  Geography  with  reference  to  Engineering 
Operations — Notes  on  Labour  and  Material  in  Cape  Colony — Geological  Notes  on  Rock 
Formation  in  South  Africa — Engineering  Instruments  for  Use  in  South  Africa — Principal 
Public  Works  in  Cape  Colony:  Railways,  Mountain  Roads  and  Passes,  Harbour  Works, 
Bridges,  Gas  Works,  Irrigation  and  Water  Supply,  Lighthouses,  Drainage  and  Sanitary 
Engineering,  Public  Buildings,  Mines— Table  of  Woods  in  South  Africa— Animals  used  for 
Draught  Purposes — Statistical  Notes — Table  of  Distances — Rates  of  Carriage,  etc. 

No.  3.  India.   By  F.  C.  DANVERS,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.  With  Map.   4^.  6d. 
CONTENTS : 

Physical  Geography  of  India — Building  Materials — Roads — Railways — Bridges — Irriga- 
tion—River Works  —  Harbours  —  Lighthouse  Buildings  —  Native  Labour  — The  Principal 
Trees  of  India — Money — Weights  and  Measures— Glossary  of  Indian  Terms,  etc. 

A    Practical    Treatise   on    Casting  and    Founding, 

including  descriptions  of  the  modern  machinery  employed  in  the  art.  By 
N.  E.  SPRETSON,  Engineer.  Third  edition,  with  82  plates  drawn  to 
scale,  412  pp.,  demy  8vo,  cloth,  i8j. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON. 


The  Clerk  of  Works:  a  Vade-Mecum  for  all  engaged 

in  the  Superintendence  of  Building  Operations.  By  G.  G.  HOSKINS, 
F.R.I.B.A.  Third  edition,  fcap.  8vo,  cloth,  u.  6d. 

Tropical  Agriculture ;  or,  the  Culture,  Preparation, 

Commerce,  and  Consumption  of  the  Principal  Products  of  the  Vegetable 
Kingdom,  as  furnishing  Food,  Clothing,  Medicine,  etc.,  and  in  their 
relation  to  the  Arts  and  Manufactures  ;  forming  a  practical  treatise  and 
Handbook  of  Reference  for  the  Colonist,  Manufacturer,  Merchant,  and 
Consumer,  on  the  Cultivation,  Preparation  for  Shipment,  and  Commercial 
Value,  etc.,  of  the  various  Substances  obtained  from  Trees  and  Plants 
entering  into  the  Husbandry  of  Tropical  and  Sub-Tropical  Regions.  By 
P.  L.  SIMMONDS.  Second  edition,  revised  and  improved,  515  pages, 
8vo,  cloth,  i/.  \s. 

Steel:   its    History,    Manufactiire,    and    Uses.       By 

J.  S.  JEANS,  Secretary  of  the  Iron  and  Steel  Institute.  860  pages  and 
•2$  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  36^. 

American    Foundry  Practice:    Treating    of   Loam, 

Dry  Sand,  and  Green  Sand  Moulding,  and  containing  a  Practical  Treatise 
upon  the  Management  of  Cupolas,  and  the  Melting  of  Iron.  By  T.  D. 
WEST,  Practical  Iron  Moulder  and  Foundry  Foreman.  Second  edition, 
•with  numerous  illustrations,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  los.  6d. 

The  Maintenance  of  Macadamised  Roads.     By   T. 

CODRINGTON,  M.I.C.E,  F.G.S.,  General  Superintendent  of  County  Roads 
for  South  Wales.  8vo,  cloth,  6s. 

Hydraulic    Steam    and  Hand  Power   Lifting   and 

Pressing  Machinery.  By  FREDERICK  COLYER,  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.  Inst.  M.E. 
With  1$  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  i8j. 

Pumps  and  P limping  Machinery.      By  F.   COLYER, 

M.I.C.E.,  M.I.M.E.     With  23  jolding plates,  8vo,  cloth,  12s.  6d. 

Tables  of  the  Principal  Speeds  occurring  in  Mechanical 

Engineering,  expressed  in  metres  in  a  second.  By  P.  KEERAYEFF,  Chief 
Mechanic  of  the  Obouchoff  Steel  Works,  St.  Petersburg ;  translated  by 
SERGIUS  KERN,  M.E.  Fcap.  8vo,  sewed,  6d. 

Girder  Making  and  the  Practice  of  Bridge  Building 

in  Wrought  Iron,  illustrated  by  Examples  of  Bridges,  Piers,  and  Girder 
Work,  etc.,  constructed  at  the  Skerne  Iron  Works,  Darlington,  by 
EDWARD  HUTCHISON,  M.  Inst.  M.E.  With  35  plates,  demy  8vo, 
cloth,  los.  6d. 


CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


Spons  Dictionary  of  Engineering,  Civil,  Mechanical, 

Military,  and  Naval',  with  technical  terms  in  French,  German,  Italian, 
and  Spanish,  3100  pp.,  and  nearly  8000  engravings,  in  super-royal  8vo, 
in  8  divisions,  5/.  8.r.     Complete  in  3  vols.,  cloth,  5/.  5^.     Bound  in  a 
superior  manner,  half-morocco,  top  edge  gilt,  3  vols.,  6/.  I2J. 
Seepage  15. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Origin,  Progress,  Prevention,  and 

Cure  of  Dry  Rot  in  Timber;  with  Remarks  on  the  Means  of  Preserving 
Wood  from  Destruction  by  Sea- Worms,  Beetles,  Ants,  etc.  By  THOMAS 
ALLEN  BRITTON,  late  Surveyor  to  the  Metropolitan  Board  of  Works, 
etc.,  etc.  With  10  plates,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  'js.  6d. 

Metrical  Tables.     By  G.  L.  MOLESWORTH,  M.I.C.E. 

32mo,  cloth,  is.  6d. 

CONTENTS. 

General — Linear  Measures — Square  Measures — Cubic  Measures — Measures  of  Capacity — 
Weights — Combinations — Thermometers. 

A    Handbook   of   Electrical    Testing.      By   H.     R. 

KEMPE,  Member  of  the  Society  of  Telegraph  Engineers.  New  edition, 
revised  and  enlarged,  with  81  illustrations.  Crown  8vo,  cloth,  I2s.  6d. 

Electro -Telegraphy.       By  FREDERICK   S.    BEECHEY, 

Telegraph  Engineer.  A  Book  for  Beginners.  Illustrated.  Fcap.  8vo, 
sewed,  6d. 

Handr ailing:  by  the  Square  Cut.     By  JOHN  JONES, 

Staircase  Builder.    Fourth  edition,  with  seven  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  3^.  6d. 

Handrailing :  by  the  Square  Cut.     By  JOHN  JONES, 

Staircase  Builder.     Part  Second,  with  eight  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  $s.  6d. 

The  Gas    Consumer  s   Handy  Book.     By  WILLIAM 

RICHARDS,  C.E.     Illustrated.     i8mo,  sewed,  6d. 

Steam  Heating  for  Buildings ;    or,  Hints  to  Steam 

Fitters,  being  a  description  of  Steam  Heating  Apparatus  for  Warming 
and  Ventilating  Private  Houses  and  large  Buildings  ;  with  Remarks  on 
Steam,  Water,  and  Air  in  their  relation  to  Heating ;  to  which  are  added 
miscellaneous  Tables.  By  J.  W.  BALDWIN,  Steam  Heating  Engineer. 
With  many  illustrations.  Second  edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  ics.  6d. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON. 


A  Pocket-Book  of  Useful  Formula  and  Memoranda 

for  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineers.  By  GUILFORD  L.  MOLESWORTH, 
Mem.  Inst.  C.E.,  Consulting  Engineer  to  the  Government  of  India  for 
State  Railways.  With  numerous  illustrations,  744  pp.  Twenty-first 
edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  32mo,  roan,  6s. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  CONTENTS: 

Surveying,  Levelling,  etc. — Strength  and  Weight  of  Materials — Earthwork,  Brickwork, 
Masonry,  Arches,  etc. — Struts,  Columns,  Beams,  and  Trusses — Flooring,  Roofing,  and  Roof 
Trusses — Girders,  Bridges,  etc. — Railways  and  Roads — Hydraulic  Formulae — Canals,  Sewers, 
Waterworks,  Docks — Irrigation  and  Breakwaters — Gas,  Ventilation,  and  Warming — Heat, 
Light,  Colour,  and  Sound — Gravity :  Centres,  Forces,  and  Powers — Millwork,  Teeth  of 
Wheels,  Shafting,  etc. — Workshop  Recipes — Sundry  Machinery — Animal  Power — Steam  and 
the  Steam  Engine— Water-power,  Water-wheels,  Turbines,  etc. — Wind  and  Windmills- 
Steam  Navigation,  Ship  Building,  Tonnage,  etc. — Gunnery,  Projectiles,  etc. — Weights, 
Measures,  and  Money — Trigonometry,  Conic  Sections,  and  Curves — Telegraphy— Mensura- 
tion—Tables  of  Areas  and  Circumference,  and  Arcs  of  Circles — Logarithms,  Square  and 
Cube  Roots,  Powers — Reciprocals,  etc. — Useful  Numbers — Differential  ar.d  Integral  Calcu- 
lus— Algebraic  Signs — Telegraphic  Construction  and  Formulas. 

Spons     Tables     and    Memoranda    for    Engineers; 

selected  and  arranged  by  J.  T.  HURST,  C.E.,  Author  of  'Architectural 
Surveyors'  Handbook,' '  Hurst's  Tredgold's  Carpentry, '  etc.  Fifth  edition, 
64010,  roan,  gilt  edges,  I s. ;  or  in  cloth  case,  is.  6d. 

This  work  is  printed  in  a  pearl  type,  and  is  so  small,  measuring  only  2t  in.  by  if  in.  by 
i  in.  thick,  that  it  may  be  easily  carried  in  the  waistcoat  pocket. 

"  It  is  certainly  an  extremely  rare  thing  for  a  reviewer  to  be  called  upon  to  notice  a  volume 
measuring  but  2$  in.  by  if  in.,  yet  these  dimensions  faithfully  represent  the  size  of  the  handy 
little  book  before  us.  The  volume — which  contains  118  printed  pages,  besides  a  few  blank 
pages  for  memoranda — is,  in  fact,  a  true  pocket-book,  adapted  for  being  carried  in  the  waist- 
coat pocket,  and  containing  a  far  greater  amount  and  variety  of  information  than  most  people 

would  imagine  could  be  compressed  into  so  small  a  space The  little  volume  has  been 

compiled  with  considerable  care  and  judgment,  and  we  can  cordially  recommend  it  to  our 
readers  as  a  useful  little  pocket  companion." — Engineering. 

Analysis,  Technical  Valuation,  Purification  and  Use 

of  Coal  Gas.  By  the  Rev.  W.  R.  BOWPITCH,  M.A.    With  wood  engravings, 

8vo,  cloth,  12s.  6d. 

Condensation  of  Gas — Purification  of  Gas— Light — Measuring — Place  of  Testing  Gas — 
Test  Candles — The  Standard  for  Measuring  Gas-light — Test  Burners — Testing  Gas  for 
Sulphur — Testing  Gas  for  Ammonia — Condensation  by  Bromine — Gravimetric  Method  of 
taking  Specific  Gravity  of  Gas — Carburetting  or  Naphthalizing  Gas — Acetylene — Explosions 
of  Gas — Gnawing  of  Gaspipes  by  Rats — Pressure  as  related  to  Public  Lighting,  etc. 

A    Practical    Treatise   on    Natural  and  Artificial 

Concrete,  its  Varieties  and  Constructive  Adaptations.  By  HENRY  REID, 
Author  of  the  '  Science  and  Art  of  the  Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement.' 
New  Edition,  with  59  woodcuts  and  $  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  15^. 

Hydrodynamics :  Treatise  relative  to  the  Testing  of 

Water- Wheels  and  Machinery,  with  various  other  matters  pertaining  to 
Hydrodynamics.  By  JAMES  EMERSON.  With  numerous  illustrations, 
360  pp.  Third  edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  4.5-.  6d. 


CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


The  Gas  Analyst's  Manual.     By  F.  W.  HARTLEY, 

Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.,  etc.  With  numerous  illustrations.  Crown  8vo, 
cloth,  6s. 

Gas    Measurement   and    Gas   Meter    Testing.       By 

F.  W.  HARTLEY.  Fourth  edition,  revised  and  extended.  Illustrated, 
crown  8vo,  cloth ,  4^. 

The  French- Polisher s  Manual.  By  a  French- 
Polisher;  containing  Timber  Staining,  Washing,  Matching,  Improving, 
Painting,  Imitations,  Directions  for  Staining,  Sizing,  Embodying, 
Smoothing,  Spirit  Varnishing,  French- Polishing,  Directions  for  Re- 
polishing.  Third  edition,  royal  32ino,  sewed,  &d. 

Hops,    their    Cultivation,    Commerce,    and    Uses   in 

various  Countries.     By  P.  L.  SiMMONDS.     Crown  8vo,  cloth,  4^.  6d. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Manufacture  and  Distri- 
bution of  Coal  Gas.  By  WILLIAM  RICHARDS.  Demy  410,  with  numerous 
wood  engravings  and  29  plates,  cloth,  28s. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  CONTENTS  : 

Introduction  —  History  of  Gas  Lighting — Chemistry  of  Gas  Manufacture,  by  Lewis 
Thompson,  Esq.,  M.R.C.S. — Coal,  with  Analyses,  by  J.  Paterson,  Lewis  Thompson,  and 
G.  R.  Hislop;  Esqrs. — Retorts,  Iron  and  Clay — Retort  Setting — Hydraulic  Main — Con- 
densers—  Exhausters  —  Washers  and  Scrubbers  —  Purifiers — Purification  —  History  of  Gas 
Holder  —  Tanks,  Brick  and  Stone,  Composite,  Concrete,  Cast-iron,  Compound  Annular 
Wrpught-iron  —  Specifications  —  Gas  Holders  —  Station  M  eter  —  Governor  —  Distribution- 
Mains — Gas  Mathematics,  or  Formulae  for  the  Distribution  of  Gas,  by  Lewis  Thompson,  Esq.— 
Services — Consumers'  Meters — Regulators — Burners — Fittings — Photometer — Carburization 
of  Gas — Air  Gas  and  Water  Gas — Composition  of  Coal  Gas,  by  Lewis  Thompson,  Esq. — 
Analyses  of  Gas — Influence  of  Atmospheric  Pressure  and  Temperature  on  Gas — Residual 
Products — Appendix — Description  of  Retort  Settings,  Buildings,  etc.,  etc. 

Practical  Geometry  and  Engineering  Drawing ;    a 

Course  of  Descriptive  Geometry  adapted  to  the  Requirements  of  the 
Engineering  Draughtsman,  including  the  determination  of  cast  shadows 
and  Isometric  Projection,  each  chapter  being  followed  by  numerous 
examples ;  to  which  are  added  rules  for  Shading  Shade-lining,  etc., 
together  with  practical  instructions  as  to  the  Lining,  Colouring,  Printing, 
and  general  treatment  of  Engineering  Drawings,  with  a  chapter  on 
drawing  Instruments.  By  GEORGE  S.  CLARKE,  Lieut.  R.E.,  Instructor 
in  Mechanical  Drawing,  Royal  Indian  Engineering  College.  20 plates^ 
4to,  cloth,  15^. 

The   Elements   of    Graphic    Statics.     By   Professor 

KARL  VON  OTT,  translated  from  the  German  by  G.  S.  CLARKE,  Lieut. 
R.E.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Drawing,  Royal  Indian  Engineering 
College.  With  93  illustrations ,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  $s. 

The   Principles   of  Graphic   Statics.       By    GEORGE 

SYDENHAM  CLARKE,  Lieut.  Royal  Engineers.  With  112  illustrations. 
4to,  cloth,  12s.  6d. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON. 


The  New  Formula  for  Mean  Velocity  of  Discharge 

of  Rivers  and  Canals.  By  W.  R.  KUTTER.  Translated  from  articles  in 
the  '  Cultur-Ingenieur,'  by  Lowis  D'A.  JACKSON,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 
8vo,  cloth,  I2J.  6ct. 

Practical  Hydraulics  ;  a  Series  of  Rules  and  Tables 

for  the  use  of  Engineers,  etc.,  etc.  By  THOMAS  Box.  Fifth  edition, 
numerous  plates,  post  8vo,  cloth,  5>r. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Construction  of  Hori- 
zontal and  Vertical  Waferwheels,  specially  designed  for  the  use  of  opera- 
tive mechanics.  By  WILLIAM  CULLEN,  Millwright  and  Engineer.  With 
ii  plates.  Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  small  4to,  cloth,  \2s.6d. 

Aid  Book  to  Engineering  Enterprise  Abroad.     By 

EWING  MATHESON,  M.  Inst.  C.E.  The  book  treats  of  Public  Works 
and  Engineering  Enterprises  in  their  inception  and  preliminary  arrange- 
ment ;  of  the  different  modes  in  which  money  is  provided  for  their 
accomplishment ;  and  of  the  economical  and  technical  considerations  by 
which  success  or  failure  is  determined.  The  information  necessary  to 
the  designs  of  Engineers  is  classified,  as  are  also  those  particulars  by 
•which  Contractors  may  estimate  the  cost  of  works,  and  Capitalists  the 
probabilities  of  profit.  Illustrated,  2  vols.,  8vo,  I2J.  6d.  each. 

The   Essential  Elements   of   Practical    Mechanics; 

based  on  the  Principle  of  Work,  designed  for  Engineering  Students.  By 
OLIVER  BYRNE,  formerly  Professor  of  Mathematics,  College  for  Civil 
Engineers.  Third  edition,  with  148  wood  engravings,  post  8vo,  cloth, 
7s.  6d. 

CONTENTS : 

Chap.  I.  How  Work  is  Measured  by  a  Unit,  both  with  and  without  reference  to  a  Unit 
of  Time— Chap.  2.  The  Work  of  Living  Agents,  the  Influence  of  Friction,  and  introduces 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  Laws  of  Motion— Chap.  3.  The  principles  expounded  in  the  first  and 
second  chapters  are  applied  to  the  Motion  of  Bodies— Chap.  4.  The  Transmission  of  Work  by 
simple  Machines — Chap.  5.  Useful  Propositions  and  Rules. 

The  Practical  Millwright's  and  Engineers  Ready 

Reckoner;  or  Tables  for  finding  the  diameter  and  power  of  cog-wheels, 
diameter,  weight,  and  power  of  shafts,  diameter  and  strength  of  bolts,  etc, 
By  THOMAS  DIXON.  Fourth  edition,  I2mo,  cloth,  3.?. 

Breweries  and  Mailings  :  their  Arrangement,  Con- 
struction, Machinery,  and  Plant.  By  G.  SCAMELL,  F.R.I.B.A.  Second 
edition,  revised,  enlarged,  and  partly  rewritten.  By  F.  COLYER,  M.I.C.E., 
M.I.M.E.  With  20  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  i8j. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Manufacture  of  Starch, 

Glucose,  Starch-Sugar,  and  Dextrine,  based  on  the  German  of  L.  Von 
Wagner,  Professor  in  the  Royal  Technical  School,  Buda  Pesth,  and 
other  authorities.  By  JULIUS  FRANKEL  ;  edited  by  ROBERT  HUTTER, 
proprietor  of  the  Philadelphia  Starch  Works.  With  58  illustrations, 
344  pp.,  8vo,  cloth,  18^. 


io  CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


A  Practical  Treatise  on  Mill-gearing,  Wheels,  Shafts, 

Riggers,  etc. ;  for  the  use  of  Engineers.  By  THOMAS  Box.  Third 
edition,  with  II  plates.  Crown  8vo,  cloth,  'js.  (id. 

Mining1  Machinery:   a  Descriptive  Treatise  on  the 

Machinery,  Tools,  and  other  Appliances  used  in  Mining.  By  G.  G. 
ANDRE,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.,  Mem.  of  the  Society  of  Engineers. 
Royal  4to,  uniform  with  the  Author's  Treatise  on  Coal  Mining,  con- 
taining 182  plates,  accurately  drawn  to  scale,  with  descriptive  text,  in 
2  vols.,  cloth,  3/.  12s. 

CONTENTS : 

Machinery  for  Prospecting,  Excavating,  Hauling,  and  Hoisting — Ventilation — Pumping— 
Treatment  of  Mineral  Products,  including  Gold  and  Silver,  Copper,  Tin,  and  Lead,  Iron, 
Coal,  Sulphur,  China  Clay,  Brick  Earth,  etc. 

Tables  for  Setting  out  Curves  for  Railways,  Canals, 

Roads,  etc.,  varying  from  a  radius  of  five  chains  to  three  miles.  By  A. 
KENNEDY  and  R.  W.  HACKWOOD.  Illustrated,  32mo,  cloth,  2s.  6d. 

The  Science  and  Art  of  the  Manufacture  of  Portland 

Cement,  with  observations  on  some  of  its  constructive  applications.  With 
66  illustrations.  By  HENRY  REID,  C.E.,  Author  of  'A  Practical 
Treatise  on  Concrete,'  etc.,  etc.  8vo,  cloth,  i8j. 

The  Draughtsman's  Handbook   of  Plan  and  Map 

.  Drawing-,  including  instructions  for  the  preparation  of  Engineering, 
Architectural,  and  Mechanical  Drawings.  With  numerous  illustrations 
in  the  text,  and  33  plates  (15  printed  in  colours}.  By  G.  G.  ANDRE, 
F.G.S.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.  4to,  cloth,  9*. 

CONTENTS  : 

The  Drawing  Office  and  its  Furnishings — Geometrical  Problems — Lines,  Dots,  and  their 
Combinations — Colours,  Shading,  Lettering,  Bordering,  and  North  Points — Scales — Plotting 
— Civil  Engineers'  and  Surveyors'  Plans — Map  Drawing — Mechanical  and  Architectural 
Drawing — Copying  and  Reducing  Trigonometrical  Formula,  etc.,  etc. 

7^ he  B  oiler-maker  s  andiron  Ship-builder  s  Companion, 

comprising  a  series  of  original  and  carefully  calculated  tables,  of  the 
utmost  utility  to  persons  interested  in  the  iron  trades.  By  JAMES  FODEN, 
author  of  '  Mechanical  Tables,'  etc.  Second  edition  revised,  with  illustra- 
tions, crown  8vo,  cloth,  5-r. 

Rock  Blasting:   a  Practical  Treatise  on  the  means 

employed  in  Blasting  Rocks  for  Industrial  Purposes.  By  G.  G.  ANDRE, 
F.G.S.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.  With  56  illustrations  and  12  plates,  8vo,  cloth, 
los.  6d. 

Surcharged  and  different  Forms  of  Retaining  Walls. 

By  J.  S.  TATE.     Illustrated,  8vo,  sewed,  2s. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON.  u 


A  Treatise  on  Ropemaking  as  practised  in  public  and 

private  Rope-yards,  with  a  Description  of  the  Manufacture,  Rules,  Tables 
of  Weights,  etc.,  adapted  to  the  Trade,  Shipping,  Mining,  Railways, 
Builders,  etc.  By  R.  CHAPMAN,  formerly  foreman  to  Messrs.  Huddart 
and  Co.,  Limehouse,  and  late  Master  Ropemaker  to  H.M.  Dockyard, 
Deptford.  Second  edition,  I2mo,  cloth,  3^. 

L  ax  tori  s  Builders    and  Contractors    Tables ;    for  the 

use  of  Engineers,  Architects,  Surveyors,  Builders,  Land  Agents,  and 
others.  Bricklayer,  containing  22  tables,  with  nearly  30,000  calculations. 
4to,  cloth,  5-r. 

Laxtoris  Builders  and  Contractors  Tables.  Ex- 
cavator, Earth,  Land,  Water,  and  Gas,  containing  53  tables,  with  nearly 
24,000  calculations.  4to,  cloth,  5-r 

Sanitary  Engineering:    a  Guide  to  the  Construction 

of  Works  of  Sewerage  and  House  Drainage,  with  Tables  for  facilitating 
the  calculations  of  the  Engineer.  By  BALDWIN  LATHAM,  C.E.,  M.  Inst. 
C.E.,  F.G.S.,  F.M.S.,  Past-President  of  the  Society  of  Engineers.  Second 
edition,  with  numerous  plates  and  woodczits,  8vo,  cloth,  I/.  ioj. 

Screw  Cutting  Tables  for  Engineers  and  Machinists, 

giving  the  values  of  the  different  trains  of  Wheels  required  to  produce 
Screws  of  any  pitch,  calculated  by  Lord  Lindsay,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  F.R.A.S., 
etc.  Royal  8vo,  cloth,  oblong,  2s. 

Screw    Cutting    Tables,   for  the  use  of  Mechanical 

Engineers,  showing  the  proper  arrangement  of  Wheels  for  cutting  the 
Threads  of  Screws  of  any  required  pitch,  with  a  Table  for  making  the 
Universal  Gas-pipe  Threads  and  Taps.  By  W.  A.  MARTIN,  Engineer. 
Second  edition,  royal  8vo,  oblong,  cloth,  is.,  or  sewed,  6d. 

A  Treatise  on  a  Practical  Method  of  Designing  Slide- 

Valve  Gears  by  Simple  Geometrical  Constrtiction,  based  upon  the  principles 
enunciated  in  Euclid's  Elements,  and  comprising  the  various  forms  of 
Plain  Slide- Valve  and  Expansion  Gearing  ;  together  with  Stephenson's, 
Gooch's,  and  Allan's  Link-Motions,  as  applied  either  to  reversing  or  to 
variable  expansion  combinations.  By  EDWARD  J.  COWLING  WELCH, 
Memb.  Inst.  Mechanical  Engineers.  Crown  8vo,  cloth,  6s. 

Cleaning  and  Scouring :  a  Manual  for  Dyers,  Laun- 
dresses, and  for  Domestic  Use.     By  S.  CHRISTOPHER.     i8mo,  sewed,  6d. 

A  Handbook  of  House  Sanitation ;  for  the  use  of  all 

persons  seeking  a  Healthy  Home.  A  reprint  of  those  portions  of  Mr. 
Bailey-Denton's  Lectures  on  Sanitary  Engineering,  given  before  the 
School  of  Military  Engineering,  which  related  to  the  "Dwelling," 
enlarged  and  revised  by  his  Son,  E.  F.  BAILEY-DENTON,  C.E.,  B.A. 
With  140  illustrations,  8vo,  cloth,  8*.  6d. 


12  CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


Treatise  on   Valve-Gears,  with  special  consideration 

of  the  Link-Motions  of  Locomotive  Engines.  By  Dr.  GUSTAV  ZEUNER. 
Third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  translated  from  the  German,  with  the 
special  permission  of  the  author,  by  MORITZ  MULLER.  Plates,  8vo, 
cloth,  I2s.  6d. 

A  Pocket-Book  for  Boiler  Makers  and  Steam  Users, 

comprising  a  variety  of  useful  information  for  Employer  and  Workman, 
Government  Inspectors,  Board  of  Trade  Surveyors,  Engineers  in  charge 
of  Works  and  Slips,  Foremen  of  Manufactories,  and  the  general  Steam- 
using  Public.  By  MAURICE  JOHN  SEXTON.  Second  edition,  royal 
32mo,  roan,  gilt  edges,  $s. 

The  Strains  upon  Bridge  Girders  and  Roof  Trusses, 

including  the  Warren,  Lattice,  Trellis,  Bowstring,  and  other  Forms  of 
Girders,  the  Curved  Roof,  and  Simple  and  Compound  Trusses.  By 
THOS.  CARGILL,  C.E.B.A.T.,  C.D.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.,  Member  of  the 
Society  of  Engineers.  With  64  illustrations,  drawn  and  worked  out  to  scale, 
8vo,  cloth,  12s.  6d. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Steam  Engine,  con- 
taining Plans  and  Arrangements  of  Details  for  Fixed  Steam  Engines, 
with  Essays  on  the  Principles  involved  in  Design  and  Construction  By 
ARTHUR  RIGG,  Engineer,  Member  of  the  Society  of  Engineers  and  of 
the  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain.  Demy  4to,  copiously  illustrated 
with  woodcuts  and  96  plates,  in  one  Volume,  half-bound  morocco,  2.1.  2s. ; 
or  cheaper  edition,  cloth,  2$s. 

This  work  is  not,  in  any  sense,  an  elementary  treatise,  or  history  of  the  steam  engine,  but 
is  intended  to  describe  examples  of  Fixed  Steam  Engines  without  entering  into  the  wide 
domain  of  locomotive  or  marine  practice.  To  this  end  illustrations  will  be  given  of  the  most 
recent  arrangements  of  Horizontal,  Vertical,  Beam,  Pumping,  Winding,  Portable,  Semi- 
portable,  Corliss,  Allen,  Compound,  and  other  similar  Engines,  by  the  most  eminent  Firms  in 
Great  Britain  and  America.  The  laws  relating  to  the  action  and  precautions  to  be  observed 
in  the  construction  of  the  various  details,  such  as  Cylinders,  Pistons,  Piston-rods,  Connecting- 
rods,  Cross-heads,  Motion- blocks,  Eccentrics,  Simple,  Expansion,  Balanced,  and  Equilibrium 
Slide-valves,  and  Valve-gearing  will  be  minutely  deali  with.  In  this  connection  will  be  found 
articles  upon  the  Velocity  of  Reciprocating  Parts  and  the  Mode  of  Applying  the  Indicator, 
Heat  and  Expansion  of  Steam  Governors,  and  the  like.  It  is  the  writer's  desire  to  draw 
illustrations  from  every  possible  source,  and  give  only  those  rules  that  present  practice  deems 
correct. 

Barlow  s    Tables  of  Sqiiares,    Cubes,   Square  Roots, 

Cube  Roots,  Reciprocals  of  ail  Integer  Numbers  ^lp  to  10,000.  Post  8vo, 
cloth,  6s. 

Caimis  (M.)  Treatise  on  the  Teeth  of  Wheels,  demon- 
strating the  best  forms  which  can  be  given  to  them  for  the  purposes  of 
Machinery,  such  as  Mill-work  and  Clock-work,  and  the  art  of  finding 
their  numbers.  Translated  from  the  French,  with  details  of  the  present 
practice  of  Millwrights,  Engine  Makers,  and  other  Machinists,  by 
ISAAC  HAWKINS.  Third  edition,  with  \%  plates,  8vo,  cloth,  5*. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON.  i3 


A   Practical   Treatise  on  the   Science  of  Land  and 

Engineering  Surveying,  Levelling,  Estimating  Quantities,  etc.,  with  a 
general  description  of  the  several  Instruments  required  for  Surveying, 
Levelling,  Plotting,  etc.  By  H.  S.  MERRETT.  Third  edition,  41  plates 
with  ilhistrations  and  tables,  royal  8vo,  cloth,  I2J.  6d. 

PRINCIPAL  CONTENTS  : 

Part  i.  Introduction  and  the  Principles  of  Geometry.  Part  2.  Land  Surveying;  com- 
prising General  Observations — The  Chain — Offsets  Surveying  by  the  Chain  only — Surveying 
Hilly  Ground — To  Survey  an  Estate  or  Parish  by  the  Chain  only — Surveying  with  the 
Theodolite — Mining  and  Town  Surveying — Railroad  Surveying — Mapping— Division  and 
Laying  out  of  Land — Observations  on  Enclosures — Plane  Trigonometry.  Part  3.  Levelling — 
Simple  and  Compound  Levelling— The  Level  Book — Parliamentary  Plan  and  Section — 
Levelling  with  a  Theodolite — Gradients — Wooden  Curves — To  Lay  out  a  Railway  Curve — 
Setting  out  Widths.  Part  4.  Calculating  Quantities  generally  for  Estimates — Cuttings  and 
Embankments — Tunnels— Brickwork — Ironwork — Timber  Measuring.  Part  5.  Description 
and  Use  of  Instruments  in  Surveying  and  Plotting — The  Improved  Dumpy  Level — Troughton's 
Level  —  The  Prismatic  Compass — Proportional  Compass — Box  Sextant — Vernier — Panta- 
graph — Merrett's  Improved  Quadrant — Improved  Computation  Scale — The  Diagonal  Scale- 
Straight  Edge  and  Sector.  Part  6.  Logarithms  of  Numbers  —  Logarithmic  Sines  and 
Co-Sines,  Tangents  and  Co-Tangents — Natural  Sines  and  Co-Sines—Tables  for  Earthwork, 
for  Setting  out  Curves,  and  for  various  Calculations,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

Saws:  the  History,  Development,  Action,  Classifica- 
tion, and  Comparison  of  Saws  of  all  kinds.  By  ROBERT  GRIMSHAW. 
With  220  illustrations,  410,  cloth,  I2J.  6d. 

A   Sitpplement  to  the  above ;    containing  additional 

practical  matter,  more  especially  relating  to  the  forms  of  Saw  Teeth  for 
special  material  and  conditions,  and  to  the  behaviour  of  Saws  under 
particular  conditions.  With  120  illustrations,  cloth,  9-r. 

A  Guide  for  the  Electric  Testing  of  Telegraph  Cables. 

By  Capt.  V.  HOSKICER,  Royal  Danish  Engineers.  With  illustrations, 
second  edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  4^.  6d. 

Laying  and  Repairing  Electric  Telegraph  Cables.    By 

Capt.  V.  HOSKICER,  Royal  Danish  Engineers.  Crown  8vo,  cloth, 
3J.  6d. 

A  Pocket- Book  of  Practical  Rules  for  the  Proportions 

of  Modern  Engines  and  Boilers  for  Land  and  Marine  purposes.  By  N.  P. 
BURGH.  Seventh  edition,  royal  32mo,  roan,  45-.  6d. 

Table  of  Logarithms  of  the  Natural  Numbers,  from 

i  to  108,000.  By  CHARLES  BABBAGE,  Esq.,  M.A.  Stereotyped  edition, 
royal  8vo,  cloth,  7.5-.  6d. 

To  ensure  the  correctness  of  these  Tables  of  Logarithms,  they  were  compared  with  Callett's, 
Vega's,  Mutton's,  Briggs',  Gardiner's,  and  Taylor's  Tables  of  Logarithms,  and  carefully  read 
by  nine  different  readers  ;  and  further,  to  remove  any  possibility  of  an  error  remaining,  the 
stereotyped  sheets  were  hung  up  in  the  Hall  at  Cambridge  University,  and  a  reward  offered 
to  anyone  who  could  find  an  inaccuracy.  So  correct  are  these  Tables,  that  since  their  first 
issue  in  1827  no  error  has  been  discovered. 


14  CATALOGUE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  BOOKS 


The  Steam  Engine  considered  as  a  Heat  Engine :  a 

Treatise  on  the  Theory  of  the  Steam  Engine,  illustrated  by  Diagrams, 
Tables,  and  Examples  from  Practice.  By  JAS.  H.  COTTERILL,  M.A., 
F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Applied  Mechanics  in  the  Royal  Naval  College. 
8vo,  cloth,  I2J-.  6d. 

The  Practice  of  Hand  Turning  in  Wood,  Ivory,  Shell, 

etc.,  with  Instructions  for  Turning  such  Work  in  Metal  as  may  be  required 
in  the  Practice  of  Turning  in  Wood,  Ivory,  etc.  ;  also  an  Appendix  on 
Ornamental  Turning.  (A  book  for  beginners.)  By  FRANCIS  CAMPIN. 
Second  edition,  with  wood  engravings,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  6s. 

CONTENTS : 

On  Lathes — Turning  Tools — Turning  Wood — Drilling — Screw  Cutting — Miscellaneous 
Apparatus  and  Processes — Turning  Particular  Forms — Staining — Polishing— Spinning  Metals 
— Materials — Ornamental  Turning,  etc. 

Health  and  Comfort  in  Hoiise  Building,  or  Ventila- 
tion with  Warm  Air  by  Self-Acting  Suction  P(nver,  with  Review  of  the 
mode  of  Calculating  the  Draught  in  Hot- Air  Flues,  and  with  some  actual 
Experiments.  By  J.  DRYSDALE,  M.D.,  and  J.  W.  HAYWARD,  M.D. 
Second  edition,  with  Supplement,  with  plates,  demy  8vo,  cloth,  'js.  6d. 

Treatise  on  Watchwork,  Past  and  Present.     By  the 

Rev.  H.  L.  NELTHROPP,  M.A.,  F.S.A.  With  32  illustrations,  crown 
8vo,  cloth,  6s.  6d. 

CONTENTS : 

Definitions  of  Words  and  Terms  used  in  Watchwork — Tools — Time — Historical  Sum- 
mary— On  Calculations  of  the  Numbers  for  Wheels  and  Pinions;,  their  Proportional  Sizes, 
Trains,  etc. — Of  Dial  Wheels,  or  Motion  Work — Length  of  Time  of  Going  without  Winding 
up — The  Verge — The  Horizontal — The  Duplex — The  Lever — The  Chronometer — Repeating 
Watches— Keyless  Watches — The  Pendulum,  or  Spiral  Spring — Compensation — Jewelling  of 
Pivot  Holes — Clerkenwell — Fallacies  of  the  Trade — Incapacity  of  Workmen — How  to  Choose 
and  Use  a  Watch,  etc. 

Spons  Engineers'  and  Contractors    Illustrated  Book 

of  Prices  of  Machines,  Tools,  Ironwork,  and  Contractors'  Material; 
and  Engineers*  Directory.  Third  edition,  410,  cloth,  6s. 

Algebra    Self-Taught.       By  W.    P.    HIGGS,    M.A., 

D.Sc.,  LL.D.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E.,  Author  of  'A  Handbook  of  the  Differ- 
ential Calculus,'  etc.  Second  edition,  crown  8vo,  cloth,  2s.  6d. 

CONTENTS : 


and  Proportionate  Parts  —  Transformation  of  System  of  Logarithms — Common  Uses  of 
Common  Logarithms — Compound  Multiplication  and  the  Binomial  Theorem — Division, 
Fractions,  and  Ratio— Continued  Proportion — The  Series  and  the  Summation  of  the  h'eries — 
Limit  of  Series— Square  and  Cube  Roots— Equations— List  of  Formulae,  etc. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  &  F.  N.    SPON. 


JUST  PUBLISHED. 

tn  super-royal  8vo,  1168  pp.,  with  2400  illustrations,  in   3  Divisions,  cloth,  price  13*. 
each  ;  or  i  vol.,  cloth,  a/.  ;  or  half-morocco,  a/.  8,r. 

A    SUPPLEMENT 


SPONS'   DICTIONARY  OF  ENGINEERING, 

Cifril,  fpcdjmtiral,  UKlitarg,  mtb  |takl 

EDITED  BY  ERNEST  SPON,  MEMB.  Soc.  ENGINEERS. 

THE  success  which  has  attended  the  publication  of  '  SPONS'  DICTIONARY  OF 
ENGINEERING'  has  encouraged  the  Publishers  to  use  every  effort  tending  to 
keep  the  work  up  to  the  standard  of  existing  professional  knowledge.  As  the 
Book  has  now  been  some  years  before  the  public  without  addition  or  revision, 
there  are  many  subjects  of  importance  which,  of  necessity,  are  either  not 
included  in  its  pages,  or  have  been  treated  somewhat  less  fully  than  their 
present  importance  demands.  With  the  object,  therefore,  of  remedying  these 
omissions,  this  Supplement  is  now  being  issued.  Each  subject  in  it  is  treated 
in  a  thoroughly  comprehensive  way  ;  but,  of  course,  without  repeating  the 
information  already  included  in  the  body  of  the  work. 
The  new  matter  comprises  articles  upon 


Abacus,  Counters,  Speed 
Indicators,  and  Slide 
Rule. 

Agricultural  Implements 
and  Machinery. 

Air  Compressors. 

Animal  Charcoal  Ma- 
chinery. 

Antimony, 

Axles  and  Axle-boxes. 

Barn  Machinery. 

Belts  and  Belting. 

Blasting.     Boilers. 

Brakes. 

Brick  Machinery. 

Bridges. 

Cages  for  Mines. 

Calculus,  Differential  and 
Integral. 

Canals. 

Carpentry. 

Cast  Iron, 

Cement,       Concrete, 
Limes,  and  Mortar. 

Chimney  Shafts. 

Coal  Cleansing  and 
Washing. 


Coal  Mining. 

Coal  Cutting  Machines. 

Coke  Ovens.     Copper. 

Docks.     Drainage. 

Dredging  Machinery. 

Dynamo  -  Electric  and 
Magneto-Electric  Ma- 
chines. 

Dynamometers. 

Electrical  Engineering, 
Telegraphy,  Electric 
Lighting  and  its  prac- 
ticaldetails,Telephones 

Engines,  Varieties  of. 

Explosives.     Fans. 

Founding,  Moulding  and 
the  practical  work  of 
the  Foundry. 

Gas,  Manufacture  of. 

Hammers,  Steam  and 
other  Power. 

Heat.     Horse  Power. 

Hydraulics. 

Hydro-geology. 

Indicators.     Iron. 

Lifts,  Hoists,  and  Eleva- 
tors. 


Lighthouses,  Buoys,  and 
Beacons. 

Machine  Tools. 

Materials  of  Construc- 
tion. 

Meters. 

Ores,  Machinery  and 
Processes  employed  to 
Dress. 

Piers. 

Pile  Driving. 

Pneumatic     Transmis- 
sion. 

Pumps. 

Pyrometers. 

Road  Locomotives. 

Rock  Drills. 

Rolling  Stock. 

Sanitary  Engineering. 

Shafting. 

Steel. 

Steam  Navvy. 

Stone  Machinery. 

Tramways. 

Well  Sinking. 


NOW    COMPLETE. 

With  nearly    1500  illustrations,  in  super-royal   8vo,  in   5   Divisions,   cloth. 
Divisions  I  to  4,  13^.  6d.  each  ;   Division  5,  I'js.dd. ;  or  2  vols.,  cloth,  ,£3  IQJ. 

:  SPONS'  ENCYCLOPEDIA 

OF  THE 

INDUSTRIAL  ARTS,  MANUFACTURES,  AND  COMMERCIAL 
PRODUCTS. 

EDITED  BY  C.  G.  WARNFORD  LOCK,  F.L.S. 

Among  the  more  important  of  the   subjects  treated  of,   are  the 
following  : — 


Acids,  207  pp.  220  figs. 
Alcohol,  23  pp.  1 6  figs. 
Alcoholic  Liquors,  13  pp. 
Alkalies,  89  pp.  78  figs. 
Alloys.  Alum. 

Asphalt.         Assaying. 
Beverages,  89  pp.  29  figs. 
Blacks. 

Bleaching  Powder,  1 5  pp. 
Bleaching,  5 1  pp.  48  figs. 
Candles,  18  pp.  9  figs. 
Carbon  Bisulphide. 
Celluloid,  9  pp. 
Cements.       Clay. 
Coal-tar  Products,  44  pp. 

14  figs. 
Cocoa,  8  pp. 
Coffee,  32  pp.  13  figs. 
Cork,  8  pp.  17  figs. 
Cotton  Manufactures,  62 

pp.  57  figs. 
Drugs,  38  pp. 
Dyeing  and  Calico 

Printing,  28  pp.  9  figs. 
Dyestuffs,  16  pp. 
Electro-Metallurgy,      13 

pp. 

Explosives,  22  pp.  33  figs. 
Feathers. 
Fibrous    Substances,    92 

pp.  79  figs. 
Floor-cloth,  1 6  pp.  21 

figs. 

Food  Preservation,  8  pp. 
Fruit,  8  pp. 


Fur,  5  pp. 

Gas,  Coal,  8  pp. 

Gems. 

Glass,  45  pp.  77  figs. 

Graphite,  7  pp. 

Hair,  7  pp. 

Hair  Manufactures. 

Hats,  26  pp.  26  figs. 

Honey.         Hops. 

Horn. 

Ice,  10  pp.  14  figs. 

Indiarubber       Manufac- 
tures, 23  pp.  17  figs. 

Ink,  17  pp. 

Ivory. 

Jute    Manufactures,     1 1 
pp.,  ii  figs. 

Knitted      Fabrics  — 
Hosiery,  15  pp.  13  figs. 

Lace,  13  pp.  9  figs. 

Leather,  28  pp.  3 1  figs. 

Linen  Manufactures,   16 
pp.  6  figs. 

Manures,  21  pp.  30  figs. 

Matches,  17  pp.  38  figs. 

Mordants,  13  pp. 

Narcotics,  47  pp. 

Nuts,  10  pp. 

Oils    and     Fatty    Sub- 
stances, 125  pp. 

Paint. 

Paper,  26  pp.  23  figs. 

Paraffin,  8  pp.  6  figs. 

Pearl  and  Coral,  8  pp. 

Perfumes,  10  pp. 


Photography,   13  pp.  20 

figs. 

Pigments,  9  pp.  6  figs. 
Pottery,  46  pp.  57  figs. 
Printing  and  Engraving, 

20  pp.  8  figs. 
Rags. 
Resinous    and     Gummy 

Substances,  75  pp.  16 

figs. 

Rope,  1 6  pp.  17  figs. 
Salt,  31  pp.  23  figs. 
Silk,  8  pp. 
Silk  Manufactures,  9  pp. 

II  figs. 
Skins,  5  pp. 
Small  Wares,  4  pp. 
Soap  and  Glycerine,  39 

pp.  45  %s. 
Spices,  1 6  pp. 
Sponge,  5  pp. 
Starch,  9  pp.  10  figs. 
Sugar,     155      pp.      134 

figs. 

Sulphur. 
Tannin,  1 8  pp. 
Tea,  12  pp. 
Timber,  13  pp. 
Varnish,  15  pp. 
Vinegar,  5  pp. 
Wax,  5  pp. 
Wool,  2  pp. 
Woollen     Manufactures, 

58  pp.  39  figs. 


London:  E.  &  F.  N.  SPON,  16,  Charing  Cross. 

New  York  :  44,  Murray  Street. 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO—  ^      202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  date. 

Books  may  be  Renewed  by  calling     642-3405. 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

APR  1  0  198 

} 

MAf  -vO 

AUTO  DtStjUH  01*88 

* 

- 

FORM  NO.  DD6, 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES